THE SECRETS 



OF 



SPECIALISTS 



A. DALE COVEY, M. D, 



"Prove all things and hold fast that which is good. u 



SECOND EDITION. 



PHYSICIANS SUPPLY COMPANY. 

Publishers, 

hi Ledyard Street, 

Detroit, - Michigan. 



LIBRARY Of r;0N^RS| 

vopies Hecm 

SEP, 1 1905 

jOLASg CL AAft Noil 
I fllffd 

J copy s. 

-IT ; _ : 



Copyrighted, 1905, 

BY 

A. Dale Covey, M. D. 



\J 






6 



PREFACE 
y TO SECOND EDITION 



It has been very gratifying to the author to re- 
ceive many kind words of commendation and witness the 
cordial reception the former edition of this publication 
received. It has demonstrated that physicians are in- 
terested in "mysterious medicine," and instead of ridi- 
culing the methods of treatment often used by the so- 
called irregular practitioner, they are adopting many of 
the methods of treatment to a professional advantage in 
many ways. 

The first edition of several thousand copies was ex- 
hausted in about eighteen months and in presenting this 
volume many new subjects are discussed with a view of 
assisting the establishment of the physician's office prac- 
tice. I have endeavored to carry out my former policy 
by briefly discussing the different subjects, believing that 
physicians prefer condensed facts to exhaustive theoriz- 
ing. 

I will be pleased to correspond and co-operate with 
any physician interested in this line of investigation 
regarding any subject, believing our mutual interests 
and the welfare of the profession may be benefited there- 
by. 

A. DALE COVEY, M. D. 
419 Third Ave., 
Detroit, Mich. 



PREFACE. 

PREFACE 
TO FIRST EDITION 



In offering this publication to the medical profession 
it has been the author's aim to unfold the somber robe 
which has formerly clothed some of the secrets and 
mysteries connected with the healing art, and present in 
a convenient form for reference information which is not 
generally found in medical text books, relating to the dif- 
ferent methods of treatment which are successfully used 
by medical men who style themselves as specialists. 

It has been said that "one-half the world knows very 
little what the other half is doing." It is also said that 
"there are tricks in all trades." This is particularly so in 
the practice of medicine, for the regular physician is 
seldom familiar with the methods which are used and 
have made fame and fortune for many of the so-called 
irregular and other specialists. 

The object of this book is not only to expose as far 
as possible the secret methods used by these medical men 
and professional promoters who are fleecing the profes- 
sion by the sale of some secret system with an extra 
charge for territorial right, but also to offer many sug- 
gestions and methods of treatment, and legitimate med- 
ical specialties which have exceptional merit, and are in- 
dispensable in curing diseases, and establishing and in- 
creasing an office practice either for a specialist or gen- 
eral practitioner. 

Although this is not an exhaustive treatise, I believe 
that it fills a vacancy which has long existed, more thor- 



PREFACE. b 

oughly than any other work of its kind ever published, 
and I only hope that the practical application of many of 
the methods given will prove to be as successful in other 
hands as they have in mine. 

The compilation of this volume has necessitated the 
examination of a large amount of medical literature, and 
a considerable outlay of money investigating the different 
secret methods used by specialists. While I have no 
apology to make to the latter, as they were paid in full, 
I feel under special obligations to the writings of Drs. 
Andrews, Agnew, Albright, Moll, Cortland, Usher, 
Shears, Waugh, Scudder, Hammond and others, whose 
efforts have always been to expose the methods used by 
the irregular practitioner. I also feel indebted to the 
Medical World, New Idea, Western Druggist, Medical 
Brief, Alkaloidal Clinic, and other medical journals, 
whose formulae I have used with due credit. 

I would be pleased to affiliate with members of the 
medical profession in weeding out the mysteries which 
lurk around the practice of medicine, with a view of 
throwing more light on the subject in future editions 
of this book. The information here contained has been 
gained and can only be maintained by a hearty co- 
operation on the part of the profession, and I hope the 
same liberal policy will govern our relations in the 
future as it has in the past. 

A. DALE COVEY, M. D. 



THE SPECIALIST. 



THE SPECIALIST. 



Of the genius "City Doctor" 

Are species not a few; 

There are many arrant humbugs, 

There are others learn'd and true. 

The ever-weening egotist 

Will tell you all he knows, 

Some flourish on society, 

And some depend on clothes. 

One city man's an oculist; 

A second treats the ear; 

A third devotes himself to lungs, 

And curious sounds doth hear. 

A fourth with his laryngoscope. 
Will see your glottis quiver, 
While many men the kidneys love, 
And many more the liver. 
Some specialists prefer the points, 
A few the brain and nerves; 
Some spray away at old catarrhs, 
With hope that never swerves. 
Some think a man in buttons, 
A coach and pair to drive, 
May serve in lieu of wisdom 
And thus expect to thrive. 

Eut 'mid these varied callings all, 

The man who heads the list, 

Is that gentle fingered ge-in-us, 

The gy-ne-col-o-gist! 

He's such a charming fellow, 

So clever in his way; 

He always thrives in cities — 

I meet him every day. 

His rooms are over-crowded 

With ladies, quite a host, 

And if he has a wife, they trust 

She'll soon give up the ghost. 

God bless these noble specialists 
In all they have to do; 
And God have mercy on the souls 
Of all the patients, too. 

W. Tod Helmuth, M. D. 



THE SPECIALIST. 



THE SPECIALIST. 



A medical specialist has been denned as a physician 
or a surgeon who knows something about every dis- 
ease and everything about some disease, but we find 
that this definition is not applicable to all physicians 
who are in special practice, for we find men at the high- 
est pinnacle of the profession adding the title of specialist 
to their names, while the caption is also adopted by the 
boldest kind of an advertising quack. 

We therefore find that under the above title we could 
discuss many types of medical men, but inasmuch as 
every general practitioner is familiar with the work of 
the Regular Medical Specialist, we shall first discuss this 
subject from an advertising and non-ethical standpoint. 
What is to be said regarding advertising, is to explain 
the method rather than to encourage the practice. 

These specialists might be classed as the itinerant ad- 
vertising specialist; the local advertising specialist; the 
special disease advertising specialist; the mail order 
specialist; the ethical specialist; the office specialist; the 
observing specialist, etc. 

All of these except the ethical and the office specialist 
are considered irregular practitioners, whose methods 
we wish to briefly outline. Those who think all ad- 
vertising physicians are destitute of a sound knowledge 
of medicine are entertaining an erroneous idea, which 
should be released as soon as possible. While I must 
admit that there are a great many advertising physicians 
who are nothing more than medical ignoramuses, and 
are justly entitled to the name "quack" which best 



S THE SPECIALIST. 

identifies them, on the other hand we find among them 
some of the best therapeutists we have ever had the 
pleasure of meeting. These physicians are advertising 
purely from choice, as they are better remunerated for 
their services and their labors are not so hard. 

Many advanced methods of treatment have origin- 
ated with the irregular practitioner. Many condemnable, 
demoralizing influences have also come from the same 
source. In all other lines of business, if a man makes a 
discovery he can have it patented and his rights pro- 
tected, but if a physician holds his special method of 
treatment a secret, or sells the right to use it, he is at 
once denounced by the regular physicians. 

The estates of Drs. Keeley and BrinkerhofT, and the 
promoters of the various injection treatments for hernia 
and other methods, would not have been so large if they 
had made their treatments publicly known. Fortunately 
"the tricks of medicine will out," and I doubt if there 
is a secret in the practice of medicine today which cannot 
be exposed or duplicated with equal therapeutic re- 
sults. I shall endeavor to throw some light on the sub- 
ject in the following pages, but I will scarcely be able 
to begin to tell what might be said. 

There has been many discussions at medical so- 
cieties as to the best methods of eliminating the quack, 
but to my knowledge there has never been any definite 
decision. My answer to this perplexing question would 
be, to adopt his methods, whenever they are worthy of 
recognition. 

Advertising physicians are, generally speaking, good 
financiers and business men. They advertise as special- 
ists for revenue instead of for the honor of practicing 
medicine. Oftentimes they depend upon their business 
ability more than on their knowledge of medicine to 
make a success. At least, I have seen many cases in 
which their skill was not. apparent, even if they pos- 
sessed any. 

Of the advertising specialists I have met, I would 
say that fifty per cent, of them have a medical educa- 
tion equal to that of the average general practitioner. 



THE SPECIALIST. 9 

Twenty per cent, have a superior knowledge of certain 
diseases ; the remaining thirty per cent, are far below 
the average, and why they should class themselves as 
specialists is beyond my comprehension. 

The inducements from a financial standpoint are cer- 
tainly such as to encourage one to enter the advertising 
arena, for advertising specialists often receive more 
money for one day's labor than many physicians do in 
a year. You may think this, is an overdrawn statement, 
but it is a fact. 

I believe that there comes a time in life when a large 
percentage of physicians feel that they would like to 
enter the advertising field, but, owing either to a lack 
of confidence in themselves, or to the fear of being called 
a quack by their brother practitioners they confine them- 
selves to the code of ethics, and it is well that these 
objections are considered, for advertising practices are 
not all sunshine, and they have been the means of ruin- 
ing both the reputation and financial standing of many 
physicians. 

Many of the most successful advertisers will tell you 
that if they had their lives to live over again they would 
prefer the general practice of medicine, wherein they 
could enjoy the esteem, confidence and respect of their 
patients and the many social functions of which the 
advertiser knows very little. I do not mean to say that 
advertising physicians have no grateful patients, but 
there is not the same friendly and respectful feeling 
towards them that there is between the general practi- 
tioner and his patients. 



THE ITINERANT SPECIALIST. 



These specialists travel from town to town and gen- 
erally plan their circuit so as to make each point either 
once a month or once in two months. They advertise 



10 THE SPECIALIST. 

either to treat all chronic diseases or else they limit 
their practice to one or more diseases, such as piles, 
rupture, etc. 

Most of the chronic disease specialists who travel 
have a deficient knowledge of medicine, and could not 
make a living if they had a permanent residence. It 
is rather discouraging for the local physician, who labors 
night and day for the good of his patients, and does 
more work for sweet charity's sake than any one else 
in the community, to read the advertisements of one of 
these specialists an$ witness the financial success of his 
visit, for, no doubt, he has received more cash in his 
pocket for his day's work than the local practitioner 
could book in a month. 

It is rather amusing to read the headlines of some of 
the advertising circulars issued by the traveling doctor. 
I once picked up a bill on the street in a neighboring 
town with the bold faced headlines, "The President is 
coming." This certainly was a very "catchy" caption 
and everybody was wondering at first sight if the Chief 
Executive of the United States was going to make them 
a visit, but by reading a little farther it was Dr. Gordon, 
a traveling specialist, who was President of some Medi- 
cal Institute. 

There seems to be no way to suppress the practice 
of the itinerants, unless it is done by legislation. The 
laws of many states are so rigid that it prevents their 
operations to a certain extent. 

The itinerant specialist treats his patients by the 
month ; his charges range from five dollars to as much 
as he can get for each month's treatment, which, of 
course, includes all medicine. He always tries to bind 
them by a contract to take several months' treatment 
for a certain consideration; for this he takes their notes, 
which are indorsed by responsible parties. These notes 
are made payable each month as he visits the city. If 
possible, he will dispose of the notes at the bank and 
leave the city with cash on hand. 



THE SPECIALIST. 11 

THE LOCAL ADVERTISING SPECIALIST. 



This man advertises either under his own name or 
under the name of a Medical Institute, or both. His 
business methods are conducted very much like those of 
the itinerant. Many of these specialists advertise to treat 
all diseases in general ; others confine their advertising 
to eye and ear, throat, nose and lungs, catarrh and 
catarrhal deafness, hemorrhoids, hernia, etc., but the 
advertisement most frequently seen in the daily papers 
is one concerning the diseases of the sexual system. 

I once asked a physician, who had a large experi- 
ence in advertising and treating all general diseases, why 
he finally confined his advertising to treatment of dis- 
eases of the sexual organs. He replied that in his experi- 
ence he has found that people would pay more money 
for the treatment of diseases in that part of their anatomy 
than in any other. He also stated that if he had a patient 
who was suffering with both consumption and impotency 
he would be requested to cure him of impotency first. 

There is a world of truth in what he said, for people 
will neglect every other disease longer than they will 
any disorder of the sexual system. Another reason which 
makes sexual diseases a profitable specialty is, that most 
people do not care to consult their family physician in 
such matters, and, seeing the advertisement of a special- 
ist, will drift into his hands. 

Many of these specialists endeavor to advertise in a 
modest way, but the majority are bold and offensive, for 
the louder the)' shout the more victims they will secure. 
Their advertisements are often decidedly misleading, 
with bold headlines of "Free Until Cured," "One Month's 
Treatment Free," etc. Such advertisements are, of course, 
only to get the patient to call at the office and the pro- 
cess of landing them is an easy one, for instead of giving 
them one month treatment free, they tell the patient 
that they only offer their services free, but they will ex- 
pect the patient to pay for the medicine for which they 



1 

12 THE SPECIALIST. 

will only charge from five to fifty dollars a month. Their 
medicines are, of course, very expensive (?). They also 
issue circulars depicting the despairing future of the 
masturbator. These are illustrated with pictures of a 
brainless child born of a masturbator, or a half-naked 
man behind the bars, made insane by self-abuse. 

No words can tell the demoralizing influence that 
such publications have on the half-educated youth who 
gets hold of them. They are led to believe if they 
have one or two emissions a month they are afflicted 
with some incurable disease. It is this state of mind 
that is desired by the advertisers, for the more morbid- 
ness and despair, the more money in their pockets. This 
-systematized method of attempting to create disease and 
to fatten on the distress of their victims is the foulest 
possible prostitution of medicine. 

This class of physicians also treat syphilis, gonor- 
rhoea, and other venereal diseases. When business gets 
a little dull they buy a list of letters from some mail 
order man who is in the same business, and get a new 
list of patients. They often exchange names in order 
that each may work the discarded or discontented pa- 
tients of the other and thus keep the machinery running. 
Some of the methods of treatment used by these spe- 
cialists will be discussed in the chapter on genito-urinary 
diseases. 



THE SPECIAL DISEASE SPECIALIST. 



We find that these men are of a more refined nature, 
and generally very skillful in the special branch of medi- 
cine or surgery which they are practicing. They are 
entitled in every sense of the word to be called special- 
ists. They are conscientious and are interested in the 
welfare of their patients ; they believe that their methods 
of treatment are the best and they demonstrate in many 



THE SPECIALIST. 13 

cases that they are. Under this class we find rectal, 
hernia, diseases of the stomach, cancer and other special- 
ists, many of whom would be shining lights in the med- 
ical fraternity if it were not for their advertising, which 
is devoid, however, of objectionable matter. Whether 
or not advertising by such men should be allowed by the 
medical profession, I am not in a position to say, but it 
seems to me that if a man devotes his time in perfecting 
a treatment for some special disease, which his brother 
practitioner has failed to cure or recognize as incurable, 
he should for the sake of humanity let the world know 
it, and the easiest way is through printer's ink, unless 
he teaches his method to the profession, the members of 
which often do not care to spend the time to learn. 

This has been illustrated hundreds of times by rectal, 
hernia, and cancer specialists. I have seen many patients 
with cancer and hernia cured by these specialists, who 
were offered little or no encouragement from their family 
physician. 

In the following pages I will give several methods 
of treatment used by these specialists which are worthy 
of adopting in your practice, and by making use of them 
you will receive large financial returns. 



THE MAIL-ORDER SPECIALIST. 



Most physicians have very little conception of the 
amount of business done by the mail-order specialist. 
Up to a few years ago, if any one had told you that he 
could establish a large medical practice through the mail, 
you would have thought that he was a fit subject for the 
lunatic asylum ; but at the present time there are hund- 
reds of thousands of dollars spent every year in adver- 
tising, and many more thousands of dollars received by 
the advertisers. 

There are about one hundred and seventy periodicals 
published for the sole convenience of the advertisers. 
These are called Mail Order Journals or Magazines. The 



14 THE SPECIALIST. 

rates for advertising in these publications range all the 
way from ten cents to six dollars a line. A four-line 
advertisement inserted once in the entire list, would cost 
$529.20. 

This will give you an idea of the enormous amount of 
money that can be spent in advertising. A four-line ad- 
vertisement is the smallest space some papers will allow 
you to take. 

A Mail Order Medical Specialist who uses only from 
two to four inches of space each month is considered 
rather a small advertiser, although he is paying $2,272.20 
each month for his advertising, if he uses the entire list. 
There are many specialists who appropriate $100,000.00 
each year for their advertising. 

By advertising in the so-called Mail Order Journals, 
you reach patients in the most remote parts of the coun- 
try. You will have no idea from what country you may 
receive a reply from your advertisement. You may re- 
ceive letters from Australia, Japan or Iceland, or from 
a mining or logging camp, which is many miles from the 
nearest railroad. On the other hand, you may receive a 
reply from your own or from a distant city. Of all the 
medical advertising business, the mail order business 
is the most facinating, for when one once gets into it, 
it is hard for him to get out. 

The specialists who are following the mail order in- 
dustry generally confine their practice to one disease or 
to one remedy and advertise a specific treatment for Kid- 
ney complaint, Rheumatism, Catarrh, Obesity, Deaf- 
ness, Diseases of the Eye, Impotency, Female Com- 
plaints, Consumption, Asthma, Epilepsy, etc. 

The remedies for the cure of these diseases are gen- 
erally first furnished to the patient in the way of free 
samples. If the remedy has any merit, the patient is 
quite sure to order a supply. In this way he is induced 
to continue the treatment for several months. 

There are two important things to be considered in 
remedies to be sent through the mail. They should 
possess a certain degree of merit, and should contain few 
or no poisonous ingredients ; but this rule is not always 



THE SPECIALIST. 15 

adhered to, as will be seen by the formulas which are 
to follow. 

The physician who treats all chronic diseases, sup- 
plies his patients with question blanks which the patient 
can fill out and send to the doctor, together with a 
description of his case in his own language. The physi- 
cian may then prepare any treatment he deems the case 
requires. The fees for such treatments are from one to 
ten or more dollars a month. Mail order specialists 
generally treat their patients by the month, as do other 
advertising specialists. 

Mail order patients should be treated with the same 
integrity and respect as local patients, and, under all cir- 
cumstances the specialist should endeavor to hold the 
esteem and good-will of his patients. If a patient should 
write a tart, pointed, or impudent letter, it should never 
be answered by one of the same character, although the 
specialist may feel justified in doing so. No good can be 
accomplished from such correspondence, and much harm 
is often done. If one can succeed in holding the con- 
fidence of his patient and the treatment benefits him, he 
is sure to send other patients, but if the treatment is abso- 
lutely worthless, he will not hesitate to denounce it as a 
fraud. This is oftentimes done very unjustly, for no 
physician can expect as great a number of cures in a 
mail order practice as he can in patients who are con- 
stantly under his observation. 

Although there are several preparations given 
throughout this book which have or can be used in mail 
order practice, I will add several more which have come 
to my notice and which can be used successfully by the 
general practitioner. 

ASTHMA. 

Remedies for this distressing disease have always 
found a steady and increasing sale. I know of one 
gentleman who has made a large fortune through the 
sale of the following Asthma cure, which is compounded 
after the formula of Dr. Covert. The formula is a good 
one and has been published in several Medical Journals : 



16 THE SPECIALIST. 

1$ Iodide of ammonium . . .2 dr. 

Fl. ext. grindelia robusta 4 dr. 

Fl. ext. glycyrrhiza 4 dr. 

Tinct. lobelia 2 dr. 

Tinct. belladonna 2 dr. 

Syr. Tolu q. s. ad. 4 oz. 

Dose — Teaspoonful three times a day; extra doses 
during a paroxysm. 

CONSUMPTION CURE. 

The Slocum system of treatment for consumption has 
established quite a reputation, and the company is among 
the largest of mail-order advertisers. I sent for a sample 
of their preparations, which consist of a bottle of 
Psychine, Ozomulsion, Coltsfoot Expectorant and Ozo- 
jell. 

The Ozomulsion is about a twenty per cent, cod liver 
oil emulsion with the addition of guaiacol. Psychine, the 
"greatest of all tonics," is a decoction of nux vomica and 
cinnamon, which is to be taken in a wine-glass full of 
whiskey before each meal to build up the appetite. The 
Coltsfoot Expectorant is a preparation very much re- 
sembling Ayer's Cherry Pectoral, given on another page. 
This treatment will cost from five dollars to ten dollars 
a month. 

RHEUMATISM CURE. 

These are also freely advertised and the patient lib- 
erally sampled. A gentleman who had the management 
of a large mail-order Rheumatism Cure Co., said that 
they only used one drug and that was prepared as fol- 
lows in large quantities : 

I£ Ammonium chloride 160 gr. 

Aromatic elix q. s. ad. 1 oz. 

Mix. — A teaspoonful from three to six times a day. 

Each teaspoonful of the above mixture represents 
twenty grains of ammonium chloride, and it is often sur- 



THE SPECIALIST. 17 

prising to note the influence which this drug has in con- 
trolling muscular rheumatism. The cheapness of the 
drug makes it a very profitable remedy to handle, and 
it is a preparation that will establish a reputation upon 
its own merits, as the thousands of testimonials which 
this company possesses will attest. 

EPILEPSY. 

"I cure fits," is a headline seen in all mail-order pub- 
lications, and several men have accumulated large es- 
tates by selling remedies for fits. A very convenient and 
profitable remedy for epilepsy and the neuroses is hydro- 
cyanate of iron. Although this remedy has been used 
by a few physicians for several years, it has never 
gained the confidence of the profession which it fully 
deserves. It will seldom disappoint reasonable expecta- 
tions and has the advantage for mail-order purposes that 
it can be dispensed in pill form, each pill composed of the 
following: 

^ Hydrocyanate of iron I gr. 

Extract hyoscyamus y 2 gr. 

Powdered valerian (English) 2 gr. 

Sig. A pill morning and night, gradually increasing. 

HEART DISEASE. 

The frequency of diseases of the heart has created a 
demand for a "heart cure." The accompanying formula 
is used by one firm and I am told that they have the 
tablets manufactured in car-load lots. The formula is an 
old one and extensively used by the medical profession. 
Each tablet represents : 

ly Glonoin 1-100 gr. 

Tinct. strophanthus 2 min. 

Tinct. digitalis 2 min. 

Tinct. belladonna y 2 min. 

[2] 



18 THE SPECIALIST. 

STOMACH DISEASES. 

A physician who has a large local and mail order 
practice and advertises as a stomach specialist, claims he 
can cure ninety per cent, of all cases of dyspepsia by 
confining his patient to a raw or very slightly cooked beef 
diet. In connection with this diet, his favorite stomach 
or digestive tablet is as follows : 

^ Pepsin i gr. 

Sulphite of soda 2 gr. 

Resorcin 2 gr. 

Charcoal 2 gr. 

Capsicum % gr. 

Nux vomica Ye gr. 

This treatment is certainly a very successful one and 
the raw meat diet should never be overlooked in treat- 
ing stomach diseases, as it has a very soothing influence 
on the stomach when it is in an irritable or a diseased 
state. 

ENURESIS. 

A western physician has extensively advertised a cure 
for "bed wetting," which is put up in tablet form accord- 
ing to this formula: 

^ Atropine 1-120 gr. 

Santonin ....'. *4 gr. 

Rus aromatica 5 gr. 

The directions which accompany the treatment in- 
struct children to retain their urine as long as possible 
during the day and not to drink any liquid for two hours 
before going to bed. 



THE SPECIALIST. 19 

CANDY CARTHARTIC. 

The following formula makes a preparation very 
much like Cascarets, which has had a remarkable sale: 

]J Powd. ext. senna i oz. 

Powd. ext. cascara sagrada I oz. 

Powd. ext. licorice. 2 oz. 

Powd. sugar 2 oz. 

Oil anise 2 dr. 

Oil wintergreen 2 dr. 

Aqua •• q. s. 

Mix the first six remedies and add sufficient water to 
make a paste, then divide into tablets of thirty grains 
each. 

OBESITY. 

Pills for reducing weight have found a great demand. 
These pills are made from the active principals of the 
Phytolacca berry and bladder wrack, and put on the 
market under different names. 



THE EYE SPECIALIST. 



For the last four years eye specialists have been using 
large space in mail order publications. They advertise to 
cure every form of eye disease, from cataract to the 
simpler forms of inflammation, and the surprising part 
of it is, they have been remarkably successful. Since the 
last edition of this book I have received many letters from 
physicians, requesting information regarding their treat- 
ment. Finally I secured the secrets of their business 
from a physician who attended to the compounding and 
shipping of the treatment for one of these specialists, 
whose income from mail order patients exceeded over 
$100.00 a day. Their treatment for the diseases of the 
eye is somewhat stereotyped. Their principal panacea 
for all diseases of the eye is the oil of thuja. This is cer- 



20 THE SPECIALIST. 

tainly a remarkable remedy, and offers us one of the best 
means of treatment for many diseases of the eye. This 
remedy is advertised as "a harmless, painless, soothing 
and healing preparation that gives instant relief and ab- 
solute cure for all aches and pains, burning of the eyes, 
from inflammation, strain or granulated lids. It is also 
a sure cure for corneal opacities, etc." 

The above statement, made by them, is true in many 
cases. This remedy is often combined with cocaine hy- 
drastin and coloring matter, to disguise it. 

Referring to this remedy, Prof. W. C. Converse, of 
Chicago, says : 

"In cases of ophthalmia neonatorum on gonorrhoea! 
ophthalmia, where there has been considerable destruc- 
tion of corneal tissue, the cicatricial tissue which takes 
the place of the destroyed cornea is hard and opaque, and 
cannot be absorbed or rendered transparent; it is not in 
cases of this kind that I report success, but in the diffuse 
nebula, or in the more dense form called a macula, which 
follow corneal ulcers, that I have had my best results. 

The classical treatment of calomel dusted in the eye, 
or the daily application of the yellow oxide-of-mercury 
in cosmoline, plus the indicated remedy, have helped to a 
certain point, and then improvement has stopped, and it 
is in these cases that I have used Thuja oil, and been 
surprised and gratified with the results. The Thuja oil 
seems to stimulate the blood-supply of the conjunctiva, 
promoting the reproduction of clear corneal substance. 

My method of application is to have the patient drop 
one drop of Thuja oil on the affected eye; then close the 
lids and gently massage the eye over the closed lids, and 
apply a hot wet cloth to the lids for five minutes once a 
day after the massage, but the Thuja oil three times a 
day. 

The two following cases whose records I give are 
College clinic cases that have been watched with interest 
by members of the present Senior class : 

Olive S., ii years old, has had many attacks of 
phlyctenular keratitis. The cornea had the appearance 
of an interstitial keratitis ; she had been treated at the 



THE SPECIALIST. 21 

neighboring college clinics. She was not attending 
school, because of poor vision, for six months. She said 
they had used a yellow salve on her eyes with but slight 
improvement. 

This was one year ago. I commenced the Thuja oil, 
which she used faithfully. Improvement was noticeable 
in two weeks. Vision at the last visit was 20-30, and she 
is now attending school. 

J. P., 29 years old. A large macula following a large 
corneal ulcer treated one year at different eye-clinics, 
with no improvement. Up to date he has used one ounce 
of the Thuja oil, and now there is but a slight haziness 
of the cornea which can be noticed only with oblique 
illumination. 

In the past year I have used Thuja oil on many other 
cases in my clinic and in private practice with uniformly 
favorable results. I consider that the Thuja oil treatment 
is superior to any other method now in use for corneal 
opacities. " 

Another remedy which has obtained quite a reputa- 
tion as a solvent for cataract and other diseases of the 
eye is cineraria maritima. This is another remedy im- 
ported from South America, (the land of healing pro- 
ducts.) I am not familiar with the use of this remedy, 
but many favorable results have been reported from its 
use, and it is worthy of trial in many cases. 

The sale of these remedies, together with the fitting 
of glasses, makes a very profitable industry for the mail 
order eye specialist. 



SELLING RECIPES. 



Every mail order Journal contains advertisements for 
selling recipes ; this is particularly so with toilet articles, 
household preparations, etc. These recipes are sold at 
prices ranging from twenty-five cents to ten or more dol- 
lars. I give the following as illustrations of this class, 
the former representing a $1.00 hair restorative recipe 



22 THE SPECIALIST. 

and the latter recipe for making artificial maple syrup, 
which has been sold many times to manufacturers fron\ 
$10.00 up : 

GRAY HAIR MADE DARK. 

IJ Tannate quinia I % dr. 

Lavender flowers 4 dr. 

Rosemary leaves 6 dr. 

Bay laurel leaves 2 dr. 

Oil myrbane 20 min. 

Oil citronella . . 20 min. 

Put one pint of boiling water on the above, and set 
it aside to cool for one hour. Then strain through a cloth 
and add one ounce of glycerine and two ounces of alcohol 
(or bay rum). It is then ready for use. 

If your hair is naturally oily, you may omit the gly- 
cerine. 

DIRECTIONS FOR USING. 

After shaking the bottle, pour a few spoonfuls into a 
vessel. Take a sponge, moisten with compound, and rub 
the scalp thoroughly. Do this every other morning and 
evening until the hair has resumed its natural color, and 
then apply once a week thereafter. It will not stain the 
scalp, and contains no poisons. 

HARMLESS BLACK OR BROWN HAIR DYE. 

I£ Pyro-gallic acid 4 dr. 

Sulphite sodium 30 gr. 

Alcohol 1 oz. 

Soft water. 3 oz. 

Dissolve the Pyro-Gallic Acid in the Alcohol, and the 
Sulphite Soda in the water. Mix the two (2) solutions 
together, and then it is ready to use. 



THE SPECIALIST. 23 

DIRECTIONS FOR USING. 

Before using, the hair should be thoroughly washed 
with soap and water. It can be so applied as to color the 
hair either black or the lighter shade of brown. If black 
is the color desired, the preparation should be applied 
while the hair is moist, and for brown it should not be 
used till the hair is perfectly dry. To apply, dip the 
points of a fine tooth comb into the compound, and gently 
draw the comb through the hair, commencing at the 
roots, till the dye has preceptably taken effect. When 
the hair is entirely dry, oil and brush it as usual. 

I send two recipes. — The first is my own original 
recipe, and the one I recommend. The second one is 
given because of its easy use, and combining both black 
and brown, according to the way applied. It is excellent 
for dyeing the whiskers. Ingredients for the first recipe 
(except Alcohol and Glycerine) sent post-paid for 25 
cents. Ingredients for the Harmless Dye (except Alco- 
hol and Water) sent post-paid for 35 cents. 

NOTE — It will be noticed that their object is not only 
to sell the recipes but also to supply the ingredients. 

ARTIFICIAL MAPLE SYRUP. 

Although this formula is a deviation from the theme 
of this publication, the product is a useful household 
article, and the process of manufacture is so simple and 
valued so highly, that I feel justified in giving it, as much 
of the maple syrup bought at stores is made by this or a 
similar process and produces an article which is hard 
to detect from the genuine. The simple process of man- 
ufacture is as follows : Crack two quarts of hickory nut 
shells, remove the meat ; tie the shells in cheese cloth and 
boil for about one-half hour in one gallon of water. When 
the solution becomes brown, add sufficient sugar to make 
the syrup the right consistency, and strain while hot. 



24 THE SPECIALIST. 

THE PREMIUM TRUST SCHEME. 

Another way of introducing proprietary medicines is 
to advertise for agents and give premiums. The appli- 
cant answering the advertisement is at once forwarded 
fifteen packages of head ache powders, which he sells at 
ten cents a package. He remits the full amount, $1.50 
and receives, as a remuneration for his services, jewelry 
and other articles. This is a very successful scheme and 
rather an honorable way of introducing remedies. If the 
remedy has merit the medical company receives many 
orders, as their address is printed on each package. 

THE FREE PRESCRIPTION C. O. D. SCHEME. 

This scheme has formerly been used by the "Lost 
Manhood" fakirs, and consists of advertising a free pre- 
scription for lost vitality. The prescription is sent to the 
applicant as ordered, in due time, and contains the fic- 
titious names of many remedies. The patient also re- 
ceives a flowery letter stating that these remedies are 
imported from Central Africa, South America or some 
other foreign country, and thinking perhaps, their local 
druggists might not carry them in stock, they decide to 
send them one complete month's treatment, by express 
C. O. D., $6.00. If the prospective patient is slow in ac- 
cepting the package, he is frequently written to by what 
is known as the "follow up system/, which consists of a 
series of letters extolling the valuable properties of the 
treatment. The price of the treatment is also gradually 
reduced during the correspondence from $6.00 to $1.50; 
in the meantime the express company is notified if the 
package is not accepted, it can be destroyed, as its value 
is less than the express charges to return it. This has 
proven to be a very successful scheme, as fully three- 
fourths of the packages are accepted. There were no less 
than twelve of these medical companies in operation at 
one time. The Postoflice authorities have refused them 
the use of the mail, however, and they have clo c cd out 
their business. 



THE SPECIALIST. 25 

THE OBSERVING SPECIALIST. 



DIAGNOSING DISEASES WITHOUT ASKING 
ANY QUESTIONS. 

This is a new feature which is being practiced by 
many advertising specialists and, although this method 
cannot be applied to all cases, it is surprising to note how 
often they will hit the nail on the head. 

I had occasion to visit one of those physicians for 
the purpose of learning his secret if possible, and was 
somewhat surprised at the accuracy in which he would 
often describe symptoms, and the weight it had in gain- 
ing the confidence of the patients, which is a very im- 
portant feature from a financial standpoint. People 
generally think that if a physician can tell their ailments 
without asking any questions he must be a healer of 
wonderful skill and ability. 

This physician had charge of one of the largest med- 
ical and surgical institutes in our country, which afforded 
him an opportunity to examine from twenty to seventy- 
five patients a day, and after watching him take cases, I 
am thoroughly convinced that the face will map out 
many diseases and the physician, who is the least ob- 
serving and familiar with the symptoms of disease, can 
tell many of them by studying the physiognomy of his 
patients. 

The expression and the color of the face, tempera- 
ment, the carriage of the body, conversation, breathing, 
eye, the pulse, tongue, and, the occupation, are the prin- 
cipal things upon which these "physiognomy diagnosti- 
tions" locate disease. 

There are only three questions which are asked the 
patient, namely: To see the tongue, his age, and his oc- 
cupation. 

During my stay with this physician I watched him 
take many interesting cases, and I think it will be of 
sufficient interest to outline the ones which are quite 
familiar to every physician. 



26 THE SPECIALIST. 

The first patient was a gentleman, forty-six years old, 
who entered the consulting room rather slowly and took 
a seat. There was an expression of melancholy on his 
face ; he looked sad and friendless ; the skin and com- 
plexion was slightly yellow, but not decidedly noticeable; 
the doctor looked at his tongue, which had a brown coat, 
and told him he had disease of the liver; a feeling of 
fullness in the right side, laying his hand on the right 
hypochondriac region ; he also told him that he had a 
pain under the right shoulder blade ; at times would feel 
drowsy; had no ambition; the urine at times was scanty 
and high-colored ; was troubled with indigestion. He 
also mentioned other symptoms which are generally as- 
sociated with diseases of the liver. In this case you will 
see that his diagnosis was founded upon the color of the 
skin, the general torpidness of the body and the coating 
of the tongue. 

The next case was still less difficult. A young lady 
eighteen years old, whose face at once would explain her 
symptoms, for she had a pronounced case of anaemia. 
The doctor immediately told her her disease was due 
to lack of red blood corpuscles in the blood ; that her 
menstrual periods were scanty and irregular; that her 
heart would palpitate on the least exertion ; that she 
would get dizzy when rising from a recumbent posi- 
tion, etc. 

The next patient was a lady thirty-seven years old, 
mother of four children; was nearly as pale and anaemic 
as the former patient. The doctor examined her care- 
fully and told her that she was suffering with female 
troubles ; that her menses were too profuse and appeared 
oftener than they should ; that this excessive loss of blood 
would not allow her body the proper nourishment, and at 
times she was extremely nervous and irritable ; and also 
that her digestive organs were feeble, due to lack ot 
nourishment from the excessive lors of blood, and that 
like the former anaemic patient, she had palpitation of 
the heart, faintness, etc., all of which she admitted to 
be true. 



THE SPECIALIST. 27 

After the patient was dismissed, I asked the doctor 
why he should diagnose her disease as originating in the 
female organs. He discussed the temperament of the 
patient; the tissues of the body were sleazy in texture 
and would readily yield to the congestion in the parts 
during the menstruation, and owing to this excessive loss 
of blood would naturally bring other organs into sym- 
pathetic suffering. 

The next patient was a man, fifty-one years old, who 
apparently seemed to be enjoying the best of health, but, 
after examining the tongue, he was immediately told that 
he had dyspepsia. The tongue had a heavy white coat, 
which indicated that an excessive amount of acid was 
being secreted by the stomach and that he would have 
sour eructations, heart-burn, occasionally, pain in the pit 
of the. stomach and soreness on pressure, etc. 

In this case it was plain to see that the tongue told 
the story. 

The next case was a man sixty-one years old, with 
rather a plethoric temperament. After the doctor felt of 
his pulse, he at once advised him that he had a valvular 
disease of the heart. He called my attention to the re- 
ceding pulse which was particularly characteristic with 
its forcible impulse, which rapidly declined ; the so-called 
water-hammer" pulse. The blood vessels throughout 
the body would pulsate so that they were visible to the 
eye. The use of the stethoscope showed plainly that 
the patient was suffering with arotic regurgitation. 

The above only illustrate a small number of cases met 
with and, although he made many failures, he was rea- 
sonably successful in the majority of cases. I have seen 
him locate diseased organs by finding a sore spot on the 
spinal column, and relieve pain by making pressure on 
this spot and desensitizing the nerve supply, which is 
the method used by the osteopaths. He would locate 
rectal diseases by the position which the patient sits in 
the chair. Kidney troubles can also be located by the 
condition of the eye, and the desire of the patient to press 
the small of his back .upon some hard substance. The 
color of the skin will point out diseases of the blood and 



28 THE SPECIALIST. 

liver; the character of a cough will locate disease of the 
throat, bronchial tubes or lungs by its volume. 

Acna rosacea is not always due to the use of alcohol, 
but is frequently associated with disease of the stomach 
and bowels. Falling out of hair is also connected with 
diseases of the kidneys. Dark circles and discolorations 
under the eyes are associated with disturbances within 
the pelvic cavity, female diseases, etc. Masturbators and 
those who indulge in sexual excesses can often be identi- 
fied by the sheepish expression of thir faces. Notched 
teeth are often a symptom of hereditary syphilis, etc. 

The late Dr. J. K. Scudder, of Cincinnati, was among 
the first to call attention to the different coatings of the 
tongue and their relation to diseases of the stomach, 
bowels and blood. The doctor says, "If the tongue is 
heavily coated at its base with a yellowish white fur, 
we know that there are morbid accumulations in the 
stomach. If the tongue is uniformly coated from base 
to tip with a yellowish fur, rather full, and moist, we 
have the history of atony of the small intestines. If the 
tongue is elongated and pointed, red at tip and edges, 
papillae elongated and red, we have evidence of irrita- 
tions of the stomach with deterioration of the blood. 

"Again, we have a tongue that might be designated 
as 'slick.' It is variously colored, but it looks as if a 
fly should light on it he would slip up and break his neck. 
It is evidence of a want of functional power, not only of 
the stomach and the bowels, but of all parts supplied 
by the sympathetic nerves. 

"The tongue tells us of acidity and alkalinity of the 
blood in language so plain that it cannot be mistaken. 
The pallid tongue with white fur is an index of acidity of 
the stomach and blood, and it is surprising to note how 
rapidly these conditions can be cured by the use of sul- 
phite of soda. A deep red tongue indicates alkalinity and 
is readily cured by the employment of an acid. 

"Impoverishment of the blood (sepsis) is indicated 
by a dirty dark colored fur, and requires a treatment that 
will antagonize this septic process." 



THE SPECIALIST. 29 

You will notice that this "unruly member" alone tells 
us a good deal and by careful study might tell us more. 
It is with these objective and semi-objective symptoms, 
together with the sense of touch, that these spe- 
cialists become familiar and use as a foundation for their 
diagnosis. Although I have only given you a rough 
sketch of the subject and present this article only as 
good material for thought, hoping that it may prove ot 
some assistance to you in locating diseases by observa- 
tion. 



THE ETHICAL SPECIALIST. 



We find that medical men, even of this description, 
often like to see their names in print, which will react 
to a financial advantage on their part, but these men 
differ from the regular advertisers inasmuch as they do 
not pay for their advertising. There is hardly an edition 
of a local paper that does not contain an account of the 
discovery of some physician or the dexterity of some 
surgeon in a certain operation. 

The detailed copy was, no doubt, handed to the editor 
by the physician himself, with a request that it should 
be printed. This, of course, is profitable advertising for 
the practitioner, but the editor is led to believe that the 
article was written for the advancement of science. 

This is well illustrated in the world-wide advertising 
which Profs. Roch and Brown-Sequard have received out 
of their consumption lymph and the "elixir of life." Al- 
though they were only scientific bubbles, the advertis- 
ing these gentlemen received has had much to do in 
bringing their names before the public. 

In smaller towns local items of births, fractures, etc, 
are handed to the editor with the name of the doctor 
attached as being the attending physician. This is a 
very judicious way of advertising. 



30 THE SPECIALIST. 

I remember once meeting a young physician, who 
had just located in a small city, who was called to ad- 
just a fracture. The papers wished to encourage the 
young man and devoted a half column to praising his 
success. He afterwards tolcl me that the editorial was 
instrumental in placing several cases of fracture in his 
hands that year. 

Accoucheurs have also established a large obstetric 
practice by having their names published in connection 
with births. The mention of a physician's name in con- 
nection with any case, medical or surgical, will be of 
more or less advantage to the physician and is considered 
legitimate advertising. 

Perhaps the most dangerous member of the Medical 
Profession is the ethical medical hypocrite. We can have 
some respect for the bold faced advertiser, as he makes 
no pretentions other than what he is, but the tricks prac- 
ticed by many physicians under the cloak of ethics, 
would make many advertising physicians hang their 
heads in shame. 

I once employed a stenographer who formerly was in 
the employ of a surgeon who was the shining light of 
the community. From this source I learned many of his 
business tactics, which will outstrip the methods of the 
lowest forms of quackery. This surgeon's principle ob- 
ject was money making, and it made no difference from 
what source. A lady wrote to him that she was afflicted 
with uterine cancer ; he advised her that he could cure her 
by undergoing an operation and removing the organs. 
The fee asked was $200.00; she replied the only posses- 
sions she had in the world to secure money was to sell 
her cow and piano, which she was advised to do. She 
finally secured $90.00 and her hospital fees ; she entered 
the hospital with the understanding that she was to have 
her uterus and ovaries removed, but instead the surgeon 
simply curetted the ulcerated surface. She left the hos- 
pital at the end of a week, thinking she had departed with 
her diseased organs. She continued to menstruate, which 
created much suspicion. She finally consulted another 
physician, who told her she was still in possession of 



THE SPECIALIST. 31 

both her organs and disease. The patient finally died. 
But the brother still preserves the organs, pending legal 
action against the surgeon for mistrust. 

Another well to do patient wrote this surgeon regard- 
ing her case and the cost of an operation. He replied, 
''The price of the operation will be $400.00; if you are 
a pauper I will charge you only $100.00." It was a ques- 
tion in this case whether or not one could admit being a 
pauper for $300.00. I do not wish to be understood as 
entertaining pessimistic ideas regarding the ethical sur- 
geon or specialist, for as a general rule they are noble, 
conscientious and charitable practitioners, but occassion- 
ally we find one whose trickiness surpasses that of the 
regular advertiser, still he is protected under the wings 
of ethics. Of all the specialties, those which incorporate 
surgery in its different branches are the most compensa- 
tive. The shrewd and unscrupulous physician realizes 
this after he has been in practice but few years and never 
allows an opportunity to pass where an operation can be 
justly (or perhaps, unjustly), performed. You will ob- 
serve that as a rule specialists who have the largest in- 
come are classed as surgeons or are practicing some 
speciality involving some of its branches. This often has 
a tendency to produce a narrower type of medical men 
by exaggerating the minute and advising operations 
when unnecessary. When you hear of a physician re- 
peatedly saying, "he just arrived in time to save her life, 
or an operation will be absolutely necessary," he can gen- 
erally be regarded as a medical or surgical "grafter." 



THE OFFICE SPECIALIST. 



I fully realize that most physicians do not care to 
advertise, and as I have previously stated, I do not wish 
to be understood as advocating the practice, but owing 
to the purpose of this book I thought it would not be out 
of place to briefly outline some of the methods of medical 



32 THE SPECIALIST. 

advertising, which are in use at the present day. With 
justice to all and malice toward none, we have now come 
to the point where we can consider one of the most 
greatly neglected features of a general practitioner's 
work — office practice, and office specialties. 

Of all the professions, the Medical Profession is the 
most over crowded, and still our 155 Medical Colleges are 
turning out Physicians at the rate of about 6,000 a year. 

Referring to Polk's directory, we find there are over 
135,000 physicians in the United States, which, according 
to the population, makes one physician to every 6.55 in- 
habitants, with an average income of about $1,000.00 a 
year, or $2.73 a day, which is about equal to ordinary 
skilled labor. There are thousands of learned and skill- 
ful physicians in the United States who scarcely make a 
living and there is no profession in the world which has 
so many side issues as medicine, and the general practi- 
tioner finds as competitors all kinds of speculative med- 
ical philosophers. When we stop to think that there are 
over one million Christian scientists, to say nothing of 
the various healers, hypnotists, mind curers, self inspired 
medical pretenders, patent medicines, etc., on the illegiti- 
mate side, while in legitimate medicine our cities are 
crowded with free clinics, dispensaries, hospitals, etc., 
which are visited by many people, who are perfectly 
able to pay for their medical services. 

It is rather discouraging for the young physician who 
has spent four years in medical college and several hun- 
dred dollars, to confront the world with a laborious pro- 
fession, which does not offer him a yearly income much 
greater than ordinary labor. The question arises, what 
can be done to make the practice of medicine remunera- 
tive in proportion to the amount of skill required, capital 
and time expended in obtaining the knowledge? It has 
been said that this is the age of specialists, which is quite 
true, and with this we find the general practitioner lean- 
ing towards a tendency to become sort of a general ad- 
visor and distributing agent, we find him sending his 
surgical patients to the surgeon, female patients to the 
gynaecologist, eye patients to the oculist, ear patients to 



THE SPECIALIST. 



33 



the aurist, and throat and nose patients to the laryngolo- 
gist, etc. While this is often advisable in many cases 
they could often receive as effective treatment in his 
hands if he would provide himself with the proper in- 
struments and equipment to treat them and thus receive 
the credit of curing them. If there is any credit or glory 
in the practice of medicine he will keep it within his 
bounds. The physician who walks the street with his 
office in his hat and depends upon writing prescriptions 




The above cut illustrates the Physicians Supply Co's Improved Opera- 
ting Table. This table is made of oak, highly polished, and fills all the 
requirements of a physician's operating table or chair. Both ends can be raised 
or lowered independently, at any desired angle. It is provided with an exten- 
sion, sliding out from either side, convenient for holding the arm or instruments 
during £n operation. It has two stirrups, which can be adjusted to any length 
and concealed when not in use. As an economical (Price $10.00) and desirable 
piece of office furniture it is doubtful if the table can be excelled. 



and visiting the bedside of the sick for one dollar a visit, 
is generally a physician who is always financially em- 
barrassed ; while on the other hand, we find the physician 
who has a well equipped and regulated office, with a 
working library and endeavoring to keep abreast with the 
times by subscribing for the leading medical journals 
and providing himself with suitable instruments, we find 
a physician who is progressive and prosperous and who 
no doubt is receiving the cream of the medical practice, 
[3] 



34 THE SPECIALIST. 

which he justly deserves, for he is better able to combat 
with disease, as he has every modern appliance at hand 
for the benefit of his patients. This brings us up to the 
point of what may be considered a properly equipped 
office and what is the best way to make the practice of 
medicine remunerative in a legitimate ethical way. This 
depends upon two things, a reasonable amount of tact 
and skill and a proper office equipment, and utilizing of- 
fice specialties which has formerly been monopolized by 
other specialists. 

In the following chapters we will endeavor to give the 
details of several specialties, many of which have made 
fame and fortune for their promoters, and can be as suc- 
cessfully used today as ever before, but in order to suc- 
cessfully conduct that much neglected part of the general 
practitioner's work — office practice — requires the expen- 
diture of a small sum of money for equipment, the more 
extensive the equipment, the greater his success and in- 
come. 

If a physician were to enter any commercial business, 
one thousand dollars would be a very small capital to 
commence with. By appropriating this amount for the 
purpose of an office equipment which will assist him in 
his life work, he can have nearly every modern appliance 
and instrument in present use, and is far better able to 
meet the demands of the public and cure diseases than 
the physician who confines his stock in trade within the 
walls of his cranium. There is no other way in the world 
which will give a physician as much prestige and patron- 
age as to conduct a small private sanitarium, or equip a 
suitable suite of offices with all modern appliances. I 
have seen this plan of properly equipping offices carried 
out on several occasions and in every instance the plan 
has been sufficiently remunerative to justify the extra 
expenditure in securing the equipment. Nearly every 
physician who has adopted this plan will tell you that his 
increased income for the first six months has paid for his 
complete outfit. It requires considerable room to equip 
offices of this kind and a good, modern, centrally located 
house, or a flat over some store is best suited for the pur- 



THE SPECIALIST. 



35 



pose. The sanitarium, or office, as you choose to call it, 
should have a finely furnished reception room. Physi- 
cians as a rule, do not appreciate the value of a well 
furnished reception and consultation room, which has 




The Physicians Supply Co's Toilet Cabinet and Instrument Case. 
The accompanying cut illustrates one of the neatest, most convenient and prac- 
tical pieces of office furniture a physician can possibly possess. It is a complete 
water works within itself in a compact form. 

The cabinet proper contains a towel rod, shelves for instruments, medicines, 
etc. Below this is a five gallon galvanized reservoir, by simply unfolding the 
front part you have a wash stand which can be filled with water through a half- 
inch nickel faucet. Below the wash bowl is a place for soap, comb, brush, instru- 
ments, towel, or whatever you desire. All you have to do to empty the wash 
bowl is simply to close the cabinet, this throws the water into a galvanized iron 
tank below which can be removed by opening the lower part in the same manner 
and drawing out the lower reservoir. In the lower part of the cabinet is a place 
for soiled towels, etc. In the front door of this cabinet is a plate glass mirror 
12x18 inches, and on the sides "are two movable hooks which can be used for 
coats, hat or towels. 

The cabinet is made of oak, modern in design, sanitary in construction and 
richly finished. The dimensions are six feet high, one foot 8 inches deep at its 
base. The accompanying cut shows the cabinet opened and closed. Price, $15.00. 



much to do in favorably impressing patients regarding 
the prosperity and refinement of your institution of bus- 
iness. 

You should also have an electrical room, containing 
all modern electrical apparatus, a static machine, an 



^>b THE SPECIAL- ST. 

X-ray outfit, a galvanic and faradic cabinet, etc. Baths of 
every description can be added at very little expense and 
are very profitable. I know of one physician in this city 
whose income is over six thousand dollars a year from 
baths alone, who is using the same bath apparatus and 
methods given in another chapter in this book. Other 
rooms should be equipped _ with a compressed air outfit, 
for throat and nose work, vibratory massage, etc. Other 
appliances can be added as you desire. This will give 
you a decidedly up-to-date office, and I dare say there is 
not another office anywhere near you which is prepared 
to offer the treatment for diseases you are able to supply 
I have been a very close observer of this method of con- 
ducting offices and sanitariums, as they are frequently 
called, and I have never known of a failure where there 
was a reasonable amount of energy back of them. 

I know of no other field which offers the general prac- 
titioner as great a prestige or a richer financial harvest 
than a well equipped office outlined above. This institu- 
tion requires no advertising and can be conducted in a 
strictly ethical and legitimate way, for "by their work ye 
shall know them." Many physicians are conducting these 
offices in small towns on a profitable basis. I recently 
met a physician who resided in a hamlet of only six hun- 
dred inhabitants, who stated he increased his business 
two thousand dollars the first year after adding the 
equipment. In selecting a location, however, it is best 
to establish yourself in a city of at least ten thousand in- 
habitants. 

In the following pages I will outline several special- 
ties and methods of treatment which will be of much 
service in establishing an office p-ractice. 



"Go to the pillow of disease 

When night brings no repose, 

And on the cheek where sickness pre3 ? s 

Bid health to plant a rose." 



BATHS. 37 



THE BALNEOTHERAPEUTIC 
SPECIALIST. 



BATHS. 



In this chapter may be outlined the value of hot, cold, 
warm water, steam, medicated vapor, superheated air, 
sand, mud and electric baths, also the value of friction 
and massage, drinking water, etc., as therapeutic agents. 
The earliest history has given facts that baths have al- 
ways been an important feature in the healing art, and 
bath institutions were established long before the birth 
of hospitals and sanitariums. Romans served their 
armies with all the advantages of the bath and wherever 
their armies were stationed elaborate bath institutions 
were founded, which had no doubt much to do with the 
physical superiority of the nation. During the reign of 
Tiberius, from 14 to 37 A. D., there were nearly nine hun- 
dred public and private baths in Rome alone, and no 
Villa was considered properly furnished unless provided 
with suitable bath apartments. Many of these were the 
grandest constructions that architectural genius has ever 
created. The Augustan age was an epoch conspicuous 
for the development of sanitary measures for the promo- 
tion of public health and officers of high dignity were ap- 
pointed for the management of these establishments. 
The magnitude and gigantic proportions of some of these 
establishments is almost beyond comprehension, the era 
embraced by one of these immense establishments was 
equal to the space occupied by twenty-five ordinary city 
blocks. There were no less than eleven similar institu- 
tions in one city, some of them covering a space of one 
square mile, and accommodating- 18,000 bathers at one 
time. 



38 BATHS. 

During the excavation of Pompeii, in the years of 
1824 and 1825, many public baths were opened in a good 
state of preservation. It is my belief that if some of the 
modern philanthropists, who wish to immortalize them- 
selves by building public libraries, etc., for their monu- 
ments, would build public bath establishments, their ef- 
forts would be better appreciated, as the former is only 
a luxury for the few, while the latter is a necessity for 
the many. Most sanitariums of the present day have 
well equipped bath accommodations. Many of these in- 
stitutions are located near Mineral Springs, where their 
principal drawing feature is in extolling the virtue and 
healing properties of the water, and thus we learn how 
the Warren Springs, Ind., mud baths were discovered by 
a laborer, who was cured of rheumatism while excava- 
ting for a ditch. Since then thousands have been burying 
their anatomy with the same results. It is also handed 
down in history that the famous Bethesda Springs, lo- 
cated at Waukesha, Wis., was accidentally discovered 
by a well known gentlemen who was cured of diabetes 
by drinking the water. Similar history is generally con- 
nected with most watering places and mineral springs in 
both this country and abroad, where thousands of people 
go every year to wash out their ills. 

Although a large number of sanitariums are located 
at these watering places, it is not necessary to be estab- 
lished near a mineral spring to derive all the benefits ob- 
tained from baths. With a very little outlay of money, 
any physician can incorporate baths with his armamen- 
tarium with equal results and receive large financial re- 
turns. 

THE EQUIPMENT. 

The equipment required to conduct a bath establish- 
ment can be secured at prices ranging from fifty to sev- 
eral thousand dollars. The four essential things required 
is water, a bathtub, a bath cabinet and a massage table. 
Realizing the fact that many physicians live in places 
where they have no waterworks, the equipment can be 



BATHS. 



39 



arranged independent of this privilege, with an outlay 
of capital amounting to a very few dollars ; by securing 
a portable folding bath tub and heater complete, a bath 
cabinet, and an operating table, which can be used for 
massage. With this equipment and whatever accessories 
you require, you are prepared to administer nearly every 
kind of bath in present use. If your bath patronage is 




PORTABLE BATH TUB — FRENCH PATTERN. 

very extensive, you should have four rooms, two for 
ladies and two for gentlemen, although the entire bath 
can be conducted in one room, but to save time, you 
should have a drying room for both ladies and gentlemen 
where they may rest after the bath and their bodies have 
the proper reaction to resist the prevailing atmospheric 
temperature. 

BATHS. 

Is the exposure of the body by immersion or other- 
wise to some medium to which it is unaccustomed, or 
else one to which it is accustomed, but is applied in an 



40 BATHS. 

unusual manner ; therefore, we may take baths in air, 
water, mud, vapor and medicated air, superheated 
dry air, etc., either for the purpose of cleanliness or medi- 
cation. Baths taken in water, mud and sand have a range 
of temperature from 32 to 120 degrees F., according to 
the effect we desire to obtain. The temperature of baths 
are divided as follows : Cold baths 32 to 60 dgrees, F. 
Cool baths range from 60 to 70 degrees F. Temperate 
from 85 to 92 degrees F. Tepid, 92 to 98 degrees F. 
Warm baths have a temperature of 98 degrees F. Above 
this thev are considered hot. 



COLD BATHS 

may be had either in the sea, stream or bath tub, the 
former offers no advantage over the latter, other than 
the motion of the water and the proportion of salt the 
sea water contains, which varies at different points. An 
artificial sea bath may be obtained by adding five pounds 
of common salt to 30 gallons of water, which adds much 
to the pleasure and stimulating effect of the bath. Cold 
baths should only be given to the robust, as they cause 
contraction of the external capillaries with a reduction 
of the external and a primary increase of the internal tem- 
perature, therefore should be avoided by patients suffer- 
ing with heart disease, and those with a tendency to in- 
ternal hemorrhage, also emaciated, anaemic and con- 
valescent people. Cold baths are given for their tonic 
and stimulating effect and to reduce the temperature in 
fevers ; they are used by athletes as a "hardening pro- 
cess," to develop muscle and to render the body less sus- 
ceptible to atmospheric changes, they are also beneficial 
in neurasthenia, insomnia and scrofula; they seem to in- 
crease the weight in thin, and decrease the weight in 
fleshy people ; the appetite is increased and general ani- 
mation of the body is experienced after a cold plunge 
bath, which is best taken immediately on rising while 
the body is warm. After the bath the body should be 
rubbed with a harsh towel until the blood returns to the 



BATHS. 41 

surface, which gives the skin a fine glow and is very in- 
vigorating and refreshing. The cool bath has a similar 
effect in a less degree and is the proper one for infants, 
the weak and aged, where the tonic effect is desired 
Before immerging, the head and face should be damp- 
ened with water of an equal temperature. 



THE HOT OR TEMPERATE BATH 

or a bath in liquid about the same temperature as the 
body, has a larger field of usefulness than all other baths 
combined. This bath has no marked effect upon the tem- 
perature of the body, which remains about normal. A 
bath with the temperature varying from 103 F. to no 
F., acts as an antiphlogistic and analgesic, and is partic- 
ularly advantageous in the treatment of neuralgia, mus- 
cular and articular rheumatism, convulsions, hysterical 
and maniacal excitement. It also hastens the appearance 
of the rash in measles and other eruptive fevers. It may 
be used to an advantage in many external and internal in- 
flammations. These baths have both a local and general 
sedative effect in dysmenorrhea, cystitis, vesical spasms, 
and relieve the tension in strangulated hernia ; they also 
sustain the animal heat and relieve depression in cholera, 
dysentery and many other morbid conditions. Very hot 
baths should be administered carefully and of not too 
long duration, as prolonged baths are generally followed 
by considerable debility and muscular lassitude. They 
should be particularly avoided in heart disease and dia- 
betes. A hot or cold graduated bath may be had by add- 
ing hot or cold water to the bath water at 98 degrees F. 
until the degree desired is reached, thus avoiding the im- 
mediate shock of either the hot or cold water. 



MEDICATIONS FOR BATHS. 

The following formulae for the more commonly em- 
ployed medicated baths used in diseases of the skin, etc., 
are as follows : 



42 BATHS. 

THE ACID BATH. 

1$ Acid nitric fort i l / 2 oz. 

Acid hydrochloric fort i oz. 

Aqua 30 gal. 

These baths are employed in pruritus urticaria and 
papular eczema. 

THE ALKALINE BATH. 

I£ Soda carb 3 oz. 

Potassium? carb 4 oz. 

Borax pulv 2 oz. 

Use one of these powders for 30 gallons of bath water, 
with one-half pound of starch employed in acute eczema 
ichthyosis psoriasis erythema and urticaria. 

THE CREASOTE BATH. 

1^ Creasote 2 dr. 

Glycerine 2 oz. 

Aqua 30 gal. 

MERCURY BATH. 

IJ Hydrarg. chlor. corrosive 45 gr. 

Ammonium chloride 2 J / 2 dr. 

Aqua 2y 2 oz. 

This solution is to be poured into 30 gallons of bath 
water, is used in pruritus parasitic skin diseases and 
syphilis. Great care should be taken in this bath and 
avoid the water from coming in contact with the eyes or 
mouth. 

TAN AND TAR BATHS. 

Tar baths are employed by rubbing the diseased 
patches with tar, and then removing the tar by the or- 
dinary bath. This bath was much employed by the late 
Professor Hebra in psoriasis. Tan baths contain a hand- 
ful of fresh tan bark in each bath. This has been recom- 
mended for purpura. 



BATHS. 43 

MUD AND SAND BATHS. 

Are also sometimes called Moor baths, antiphlogistic 
baths, and lava baths. They are of ancient origin and 
have recently become popular through the advertising 
efforts of the Sanitarium located at Warren Springs, Ind. 
They consist in burying the entire body, except the head, 
in mud mixed with mineral or common water until it 
assumes the consistency of the homogeneous mass. 
These baths can be given either in a bath tub or on a 
large table with elevated edges. The mud should be 
sifted and devoid of all coarseness before mixing with the 
water; the body is then packed in this substance thor- 
oughly. These baths can be given in a higher degree 
of heat than ordinary water. The friction and heat from 
these baths is very stimulating to the skin and seems to 
have the power of eliminating many substances from the 
body, hence the term, "antiphlogistic." These baths are 
of special value in skin diseases, rheumatism, neuralgia, 
syphilis, diabetes and chronic exudations and indura- 
tions in the pelvic cavity, and are also useful in peripheral 
paralysis, contracted muscular ankylosis, etc. Baths of 
this description can be successfully conducted at any 
place. 

I recently visited a physician who was conducting a 
very successful and prosperous Sanitarium, and although 
he was not located near a Mineral Springs, he adminis- 
tered nearly every bath utilized at the more fashionable 
watering health resorts. 

For the simple mud bath, he used a good quality of 
blue clay, which he secured from a neighboring town, in 
car load lots. His patients were led to believe, however, 
that the clay was imported from a long distance and 
looked upon this earth very mysteriously, as being the 
panacea for all ills. Aside from the simple mud baths 
he made a great "advertising hit" with his sulphur, and 
what is termed "sulpho-lava" baths. Most invalids who 
visit health resorts expect an odor of some obnoxious 
healing water, and he successfully covered this point 
with the following fluid : 



44 BATHS. 

ARTIFICIAL SULPHUR BATHS 

are generally obtained by adding- one or two ounces of 
sulphurated potassa in forty gallons of water. The fol- 
lowing, however, is the one used at this institution : 

I> Sulphurated potassa or soda y 2 oz. 

Sodium bicarbonate i oz. 

Sodium chloride 60 gr. 

Castile soap shavings 30 gr. 

Alum 30 gr. 

Calcium carbonate 30 gr. 

Water 1 gal. 

Mix and boil, stirring with a wooden rod until thor- 
oughly dissolved. This gives oft an odor of sulphureted 
hydrogen, which has the characteristic odor of most sul- 
phur mineral waters. This solution is added to forty 
gallons of water for the bath. The most popular bath 
given at this institution, however, was called the 

SULPHO-LAVA BATH. 

It was this bath which gave this Sanitarium its great- 
est reputation. The bath was a mixture of the above so- 
lution, with the blue clay and an addition of sufficient 
water to make the mud the consistency of plastering 
mortor. The patient was placed upon a massage table 
with elevated edges, and completely covered (except the 
head) with this mixture. During the bath the patient 
was constantly massaged by kneeding and rotating the 
muscles from head to foot. This might seem rather 
ludicrous to one who is unfamiliar with baths, but as it 
was, it was very curative in its effects in many cases, and 
when patients left the institution they would ever sound 
the praises of Sulpho-Lavo baths. 

SAND BATHS. 

Are given in a similar way to the mud baths by com- 
pletely covering the body with the sand. There is no 
place in the world in which sand baths are taken in the 



BATHS. 



45 



natural state so extensively as at Atlantic City. You 
can stroll along the "Board Walk" for miles and see peo- 
ple burying their anatomy in sand. Most of the bathers 
take these baths for pleasure, while others claim they 
derive much benefit from the practice. On a recent visit 
to this resort I counted no less than one hundred and 
fifty, fat and lean, rich and poor, awkward and indiffer- 
ent, isolated in a place back of the "Board Walk" not 
over eight rods square. 



HOT AIR AND VAPOR BATHS 




THE TURKISH BATH CABINET. 



Are also called Turkish, Roman and Russian baths. 
These baths are best administered in a bath cabinet, 
where the entire body is concealed (except the head) 
which is allowed to protrude through an opening, with 



46 BATHS. 

a tight-fitting cover around the neck. There are several 
cabinets on the market, which can be secured at prices 
ranging from $5.00 to $100.00. The accompanying cuts 
illustrate the bath chair and the Betz hot air apparatus, 
the two styles which are the most frequently used in 
hospitals, sanitariums and habitue institutes. The super- 
heated air and vapor baths are indispensable as a "boil- 
ing out" process for the elimination of the poisonous ele- 
ments of many diseases. The smaller cabinet, although 
not as impressive, is equally as serviceable in many cases 
and has the advantage that medicated vapor can be ob- 
tained by placing the medicated solution in a receptacle 
over a heater. These two cabinets should be added to a 
physician's equipment to make it complete. 

The use of vapor baths to aid the penetration of med- 
icinal ' substances is well known in the treatment of 
syphilis by the use of the mercurial vapor bath. While 
the body is immerged in the mercurial vapor bath, it not 
only eliminates the syphilitic virus, but we get the con- 
stitutional effect of the mercury. This is also true with 
many skin diseases, where sulphur and its compounds 
are chiefly used. A higher temperature can be tolerated 
in hot air than in vapor; by wrapping the patient in robes 
a temperature as high as five hundred degrees F. can be 
reached. If the body is naked, however, it cannot stand 
this degree of heat. In giving these baths the heat should 
be admitted gradually, and when a sufficient degree of 
heat has been reached to produce profuse perspiration 
or the bath feels uncomfortable it should be modified or 
discontinued. These baths should not be of longer dura- 
tion than twenty or thirty minutes. The patient is al- 
lowed all the water to drink he desires, and to prevent 
cerebral congestion, the head should be wrapped in cold 



BATHS. 47 

cloths ; the pulse should also be watched carefully, and 
never allowed to exceed 125 pulsations per minute. By 
the use of the Betz apparatus these baths may be local- 
ized to any diseased part of the body, as the arm, leg, 
back, etc., where we wish the specific effect of super- 
heated air to cure certain organs and conditions. Super- 
heated air, vapor and medicated baths will unquestion- 




THE BETZ SUPERHEATED AIR BATH APPARATUS. 

ably cure many diseases where other medications are a 
total failure. They are of special value in the treatment 
of kidney diseases, rheumatism, gout, obesity, and as an 
eliminative process in the treatment of syphilis, malaria, 
lead and other metallic poisons, alcoholism and the drug 
habits, colds and certain forms of insomnia are also rapid- 
ly cured. In some instances it is a good plan to follow 
these baths with a hot water or shower bath, which can 
be gradually cooled as desired. 



48 BATHS. 

Drs. Skinner, Sterrett and others have made micro- 
scopic and chemical observations with patients taking 
hot air baths, with the following results : Both the white 
and red blood corpuscles are greatly increased. The 
quantity of urine passed for twenty-four hours following 
the bath is increased from twenty-five to one hundred 
per cent, as is also the excretion of urea. 

Dr. Skinner in his excellent little book "The Thera- 
peutics of Dry Hot Air," says: "When we consider the 
large number of pathologic conditions in which the re- 
constructive functions are deficient, the modifications in 
the composition of the blood noted above assume an in- 
teresting significance ; and when we think of the number 
and variety of diseases which are dependent wholly or in 
part upon the retention in the system of products of sub- 
oxidation, the sphere of the body hot air treatment as 
indicated by its effect upon oxidation and the excretory 
functions become extended within the limits of consider- 
able magnitude/' 



THE ELECTRIC LIGHT BATH 

Is supposed to have been originated by Dr. Kellogg, 
of Battle Creek, Michigan. This bath is conducted upon 
the same plan'as the hot air bath, only electric lights are 
depended upon to furnish the heat. The cabinet contain 
several incandescent lights to produce the required heat ; 
the globes are of different colors, which are supposed by 
some to have a curative effect upon disease ,but this is 
doubtful. 



BATHS. 



49 




THE ELECTRIC BATH EQUIPMENT. 



THE ELECTRIC BATH. 

The electric bath is a great benefit and is applied in 
all cases where electricity in general is of service as a 
therapeutic agent. These baths are obtained by applying 
the two poles at different points of the bath tub by means 
of two portable electrodes used for this purpose, as illus- 
trated in the accompanying cut. Any small portable 
battery will be sufficient to supply the current. These 
baths are very stimulating and invigorating, and are of 
special service in nervousness, paralytic diseases, insom- 
nia, etc. 

[4] 



50 



BATHS. 




THE SHOWER BATH EQUIPMENT. 

THE SHOWER BATH 

Is generally used as an after bath, as a stimulating, 
cleansing, rinsing or cooling process, after mud, soap 
and other materials have been used. It offers a very 
agreeable morning bath, where the plunge bath is ob- 
jectionable. This bath can be added to any equipment at 
very little expense by the use of the portable attach- 
ment illustrated in the accompanying cut. 



OSTEOPATHY, MASSAGE AND PHYSICAL CULTURE. 51 

OSTEOPATHY, MASSAGE AND 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 



The above caption describes subjects which are fast 
becoming recognized as holding respective plates as a 
means of restoring and preserving health. To the phy- 
sician who has formerly been wedded to drugs, physical 
methods of curing disease may seem absurd. No at- 
tempt will be made in this chapter to give the minute 
technique of the different manipulations and movements 
used by these specialists, but I feel the subject is an im- 
portant one, especially if used in connection with baths 
and deserves at least a passing notice, as it is a valuable 
adjunct to the healing process in many ways. 

Osteopathy and Massage have been denned as a scien- 
tific method of treating disease by systematic manipula- 
tion, and it can be executed with better results if used in 
connection with baths. No bath institution in the coun- 
try could obtain the results and the percentage of cures 
they do if it were not for the manipulations used during 
and after the baths. 

Like many others, I have always objected to the term 
Osteopathy, believing these manipulations have a larger 
field of usefulness on nerve centers and muscular tissue 
than oh bones, as the term suggests. The Osteopath has 
a decided advantage over the ordinary masseuse, as he 
generally possesses an accurate knowledge of anatomy 
and physiology and can determine when and where to 
manipulate and what results can be obtained. 

Although Osteopathy was a subject of much ridicule 
in its infancy, the same as many other healing processes, 
its value has been demonstrated and I believe I am safe 
in prophesying that in a few years the subject will be- 
come recognized by all Medical Colleges. This subject 
has too broad a scope to be discussed here, but if I can 
succeed in pointing out its value, text-books can be con- 



52 OSTEOPATHY, MASSAGE AND PHYSICAL CULTURE. 

suited with the complete technique of all manipulations, 
and a physician's time will be well spent in becoming 
familiar with these manual and mechanical agents. When 
a physician can suppress pain and open canals, that re- 
fuse matter may escape through nature's drainage sys- 
tem, or allow nutritive matter to enter without the aid 
of medicine, it is my belief that it is a far more scientific 
accomplishment than to give an opiate or cathartic pill 
for the same purpose. 

Although this practice may have a limited field of use- 
fulness, it can be specifically applied in many cases where 
other therapeutic measures do not have access. The 
fundamental principal of Osteopathy, Massage, and per- 
haps Physical Culture, is to create activity of cell life; 
equalize circulation, restore misplaced organs and func- 
tions, relax contracted muscles, nerve tissue, partial or 
complete ankylosed joints, stimulate nerve force and re- 
lieve nerve pressure. With this end in view the masseuse 
depends upon stroking, kneeding, friction and percussion, 
while the Osteopath has access to the more remote organs 
through manipulation of the nerve centers, using the en- 
tire length of the spinal column for his principal operat- 
ing grounds. 

The spinal column bears the same relation to the 
Osteopath as the keyboard of a piano does to the pianist. 
Those who are not familiar with this method of treat- 
ment, it may seem exaggerating to state that fully one- 
half of all aches and pains of the body may be instantly 
relieved and cured by making pressure and interrupting 
nerve force from the spinal nerve centers. I have learned 
that in many cases it is more convenient to have educated 
fingers than to possess drugs. I will illustrate this point 
with my first introduction to Osteopathy: 

While in attendance at a social gathering in the coun- 
try, a lady was taken suddenly ill with excruciating pain 
in her stomach, and unfortunately, or perhaps fortunate- 
ly, I could not relieve her Avith the usual hypodermic in- 
jection of morphine, she had been in the habit of taking 
for these attacks, as I had left my medicine case at home. 
There was an Osteopath present, however, who grace- 



OSTEOPATHY, MASSAGE AND PHYSICAL CULTURE. 53 

fully came to her assistance ; he advised her to remove her 
corset, and in less than two minutes he located the nerve 
centers in the spinal column, which were very sensitive 
to the touch. With a few manipulations and increased 
pressure, the patient experienced immediate relief. This 
terminated her suffering for the day and consequently 
gave him much credit for his display of skill. From this 
observation alone I learned the value of an educated 
finger and its superior advantages to morphine and other 
drugs in many cases. 

Baths and manipulation are companionable adjuncts 
in restoring health ; both can be practiced with a greater 
degree of success if used in conjunction. In visiting any 
reputable bath establishment much stress is laid upon 
massage and manipulations, and although many cures 
are credited to the baths and water, equal credit should 
be given to the manipulations. Simple friction of the 
skin with the hands or a rough towel, has long been 
recognized as a valuable means of suppressing local pain, 
while vigorous rubbing of the extremities ^hastens the 
general circulation and secretory functions of the skin, 
also soothes the nervous system even to a state of drowsi- 
ness, especially if used in connection with baths. These 
facts illustrate its value in conditions ranging from the 
simple stroking of the head to cure headache, to the more 
vigorous rubbing used to restore collapse, with which 
every physician is familiar. If these conditions can be 
relieved by simple friction of the hands of the uneducated 
masseuse, is it to be wondered at that scientific manipu- 
lators with the knowledge of anatomy and physiology 
can manipulate surfaces which will have a specific reac- 
tion on the more remote organs of the body? 

Masseuses, or rubbers, as they are called, which best 
identifies them, as founded at bath houses, have a defi- 
cient knowledge of massage other than superficial rub- 
bing and kneeding. With a rheumatic patient coming 
under their care they are instructed to give a general 
rubbing, not only of the effected parts, but of the entire 
body and to apply gentle tension to the local muscles 
surrounding the diseased parts ; this is done by rotating 



54 OSTEOPATHY, MASSAGE AND PHYSICAL CULTURE. 

the muscles on the bones and stretching the extremities. 
This results in a readjustment of circulation, elimination 
of waste and a general stimulation of the tissues and 
nerve centers, all of which tend toward the restoration 
of health. 

These rubbings and baths are taken with great ben- 
efit by those who live a sedentary life and with the lazy 
and luxurious, as a rejuvenating and beautifying process. 
I quite agree with physical culturists that these groom- 
ings are not a suitable substitute for exercise and pure 
air, but the effects received from the combined treatment 
is wonderfully beneficial in many cases. 

PHYSICAL CULTURE. 

Since the beginning of the present century physical 
culture has created wide spread interest and perhaps has 
gained more followers among the laity than any other 
subject for the preservation of health and preventation of 
disease. Although many physicians who are devoting 
their lives to the application of drugs as the only healing 
agents, look upon this subject in the same skeptical way 
they do regarding Osteopathy, massage, etc., it is the 
writer's belief, that much good can be accomplished in 
many ways from this source. 

Physical Culture differs fromOsteopathy and Massage 
inasmuch as its principals endeavor to teach the patient 
how to care for and cure their own weaknesses, while 
the Osteopath depends upon his knowledge of anatomy 
and skill in making the proper manipulations of the weak 
and diseased parts. Physical culture teaches people how 
they may establish hygienic methods in dress, diet and 
habits, relax stiff joints and contracted muscles, reduce 
adipose tissue and convert it into muscle, how to create 
vivacity of manner, sprightliness of carriage and activity 
of circulation ; it teaches those who live sedentary and in- 
dolent lives as well as the hypochondriac, round shoul- 
dered and ill-shaped persons how they may overcome 
their difficulty, or develop their bodies to healthy, and 
graceful proportions and cure many diseases by devoting 



OSTEOPATHY, MASSAGE AND PHYSICAL CULTURE. 55 

a small portion of their time to this practice. If we can 
accomplish these things, it certainly should receive a 
few tender thoughts from physicians. 

Exercise and living close to nature is the foundation 
of the teachings. Of all exercises there are none from 
which more benefit can be derived than in walking. The 
people who are most in need of physical culture are those 
who live a sedentary life. In our crowded cities there 
are hundreds of clerks and business men who hurridedly 
eat their breakfast, take a car to their place of business, 
sit at their desk all day, return to their home in the even- 
ing; after dinner read the paper and retire. By following 
this out for years their limbs become devoid of muscle 
and strength. Although their stomach may be "rounded 
out" the tissue is sleazy in texture, while if they had 
walked to and from their employment, their brain would 
be more active and all their mental and physical functions 
greatly improved. It is this class of people who furnish 
material for the various schools and "professors" of phy- 
sical culture who manage their business, either by direct 
teaching or by a course of instruction through the mail. 
They outline different movements which can be carried 
out either by personal efforts or with the assistance of a 
developing machine; the latter is generally included in 
a course of instruction, which costs from $10.00 to $25.00. 

I have investigated several of their systems and find 
they are very much alike. Their principal object is to 
incorporate such movements of the body, which will, 
during the course of the exercise, bring every muscle of 
the body into action. If certain parts of the body require 
developing more than others, this is the part which re- 
ceives very particular attention. In carrying out this 
systematic way of exercise, each movement is practiced 
a certain number of times. These exercises are never al- 
lowed to be carried to the extreme, and as soon as the 
patient feels fatigue from one movement, he is placed 
upon another until the regular routine is completed. 

I admit that at the present time physical culture is 
somewhat a fad. It is instrumental, however, in anima- 
ting many lazy livers. 



56 MINERAL WATERS. 

MINERAL WATERS. 

If physicians were to accept the testimony of the 
proprietors of the various mineral water resorts, they 
would be led to believe that mineral water was a panacea 
for all ills. The fact of the matter is mineral waters are 
very much overestimated therapeutic agents. Although 
the water is the commercial drawing feature for many 
health resorts, the invalid who visits these places receives 
more benefit from the change of scene and the freedom 
of cares, business worry and the rigid dietetic and hy- 
gienic restrictions instituted at these watering places 
than they dofrom the medicinal properties of the water. 

I am located only a few miles from Mt. Clemens, 
which has a world-wide reputation for its "wonder work- 
ing water." I venture to say if the thousands of invalids 
who visit this city seeking for health, depended only upon 
drinking this water, many of them would be doomed to 
disappointment, but the use of water in connection with 
baths and massage eliminate many poisonous elements 
independent of any mineral the water may contain. I be- 
lieve invalids can receive equally as effectual treatment 
with appropriate medication and the use of ordinary pure 
water. 

The chemical and medicinal constituents of all mineral 
waters are well known, and if we decide they are the 
remedies required for an individual case, apply the medi- 
cation in its regular commercial form, or they can be 
given in the way of artificial mineral water if preferred. 

Although this country supplies mineral waters equal 
in medicinal value to the imported waters, distance seems 
to lend enchantment and more value is placed on the 
foreign products. It has been stated that much of the 
imported water bottled and sold in this country as the 
genuine, is made from artificial salts, according to the 
following formulae : 



MINERAL WATERS. 57 

HUNYADI JANOS WATER. 

The following 1 makes an excellent imitation : 



L t5 



1^ Potassium sulphate 6 gr. 

Calcium sulphate 60 gr. 

Sodium sulphate 3^2 oz. 

Magnesium sulphate 4^ oz. 

Water enough to make 1 gal. 

Mix, dissolve and filter. 



CARLSBAD WATER. 
(Sprudel Springs.) 

^ Sulphate of potassium 2 gr. 

Chloride of sodium 18 gr. 

Bicarbonate of sodium . .36 gr. 

Sulphate of sodium, dried 44 gr. 

Triturate the ingredients previously well dried to a 
fine uniform powder. A solution of about sixteen grains 
of the above with six fluid ounces of water represents an 
equal volume of Carlsbad water in its essential con- 
stituents. 

KISSINGEN WATER. 

(Rakoczi Springs.) 

I£ Chloride of potassium 17 gr. 

Chloride of Sodium 357 gr. 

Sulphate of Magnesium, anhydrous. 59 gr. 
Bicarbonate of soda 107 gr. 

Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a 
fine uniform powder. A solution of about 24 grains of 
this preparation in 6 fluid ounces of water, represents an 
equal volume of Kissingen Water in its essential con- 
stituents. , 



58 MINERAL WATERS. 

VICHY WATER. 

(Grande Grille Springs.) 

I£ Bicarbonate of sodium 352 gr. 

Carbonate of potassium 16 gr. 

Sulphate of magnesium, anhydrous. . 16 gr. 
Chloride of sodium 32 gr. 

Triturate the ingredients, previously well dried, to a 
fine, uniform powder. A solution of about 14 grains of 
this preparation, in 6 fluid ounces of water, represents an 
equal volume of Vichy Water in its essential constituents. 



CONGRESS WATER. 

^ Potassium bicarbonate J4 oz. 

Sodium bicarbonate .5^2 oz. 

Magnesium sulphate 2>H oz - 

Sodium chloride (pure) 2^4 ° z - 

Calcium chloride (anhydrous) 3^2 oz. 

Water 10 gal. 

Mix., dissolve and filter. 



FRIEDRICHSHALL WATER. 

1^ Sodium bicarbonate 384 gr. 

Sodium sulphate crys i}4 oz. 

Potassium sulphate 165 gr. 

Magnesium sulphate 20 oz. 

Sodium chloride (pure) 10 J4 oz. 

Calcium chloride (anhydrous) 1 oz. 

'Water 10 gal. 

Mix., dissolve and filter. 



CANCER. 59 



THE CANCER SPECIALIST. 



Surgeons, as a rule, regard the knife as the only 
effective means of removing tumors and cancerous 
growths, consequently, in systematic treatises very little 
is said concerning other means for their removal ; and 
what is said is often in condemnation of them as useless, 
if not pernicious. This indifference, neglect and perhaps 
prejudice on the part of surgical teachers has opened a 
field for the cancer specialist who can remove these 
growths without cutting operations. 

I have had the pleasure of visiting several of their in- 
stitutes, and I find them enjoying a very remunerative 
practice. I consider their methods of treatment far more 
successful and desirable than those of the surgeon who 
depends upon the knife exclusively. 

It may be laid down as almost a positive result of 
surgical practice that a cancer extirpated with the knife 
returns sooner than one removed by the caustic treat- 
ment. The separation attendant upon the latter, seems 
to remove the remaining cancer cells, while excision 
leaves them to begin anew their destructive proliferation. 
We therefore find that the principal objection to the knife 
in removing malignant growths is, that no surgeon in the 
world, no matter how skilled he may be, is able to dis- 
tinguish the healthy from the diseased tissue, and after 
he feels that he has thoroughly removed every trace of 
the difficulty, some diseased cells may be left behind, and 
the growth will again develop. 

From a therapeutic standpoint, there have been 
three methods devised for destroying these growths. 
First, by local external applications; second, by hypo- 
dermic injections into the substance of the growth; and 
third, by internal treatment. While the two latter 
methods are not practical, the former, in my opinion, is 



60 CANCER. 

the treatment par excellence for all superficial malignant 
growths. I have had quite an extensive experience in the 
use of the caustic treatment and in this chapter I wish 
to disclose the methods which were used by myself, and 
which are identical with those used with success in mosi 
of the cancer institutes. Before discussing the treatment, 
I wish to outline in brief the characteristics of the dif- 
ferent forms of malignant tumors, which may be of some 
assistance to you in forming a diagnosis. 



SARCOMA. 



Definition. A malignant growth composed almost en- 
tirely of cells, which have their origin in those of the con- 
nective tissues and which are embryonic in character. 

Character and Growth. The connective tissues are 
always the starting point of sarcoma. The cell elements 
are either round, spindle-celled, or in large, plate-like 
forms, and may exist either separately or in conjunction 
in the same tumor. External injury or local irritation 
seems in many instances to be the cause of the growth., 
but in others there is no evident cause. It may occur at 
any age, but is most common between the ages of twenty 
and forty. It begins as a single nodule, or several may 
commence at the same time, and it grows rapidly. After 
a time the neighboring glands become the seat of dis- 
ease, the primary tumor ulcerates, and with the advent of 
ulceration the growth increases rapidly, the system be- 
comes infected, and death supervenes. Sometimes the 
most distant organs, for example, the lungs or the liver, 
may be involved, without the intervening lymphatics be- 



ing affected. 



Diagnostic Features. Always begins in the connective 
tissues, is most common in the skin, periosteum and bone, 
infrequent in secreting and glandular organs. Differs in 
feel according as it occurs in hard or soft tissue. In 
the former it may be firm, tense and elastic, but is gener • 



CANCER. 61 

ally soft and fluctuating. May occur at any age, but is 
most common between twenty and forty. Growth is 
generally rapid and may attain a large size. Ulceration 
is usually present, but does not take place until late in 
life of the disease. Little pain until ulceration occurs. 
The subcutaneous veins are only slightly enlarged. The 
contiguous lymphatics become infected with the disease, 
but not until late in its progress. Unless thoroughly re- 





->affi^> 






1133 


Mr ^ H 

WmB 









Sarcomas— Supposed to have their origin in the periosteum of the 
inferior maxillary bone. 

moved the tumor usually recurs and in the locality from 
which it was removed. The microscope shows the tumor 
to be composed of a mass of connective tissues without 
alveolar arrangement. 

Prognosis. Is never favorable unless the growth is 
promptly removed by the caustic treatment. If allowed 
to run their course they terminate in death in six months, 
while others may continue for several years. 

SCIRRHUS. 

Definition. A malignant growth, composed of fibrous 
tissue and undeveloped epithelial tissue, known also as 
atrophying cancer, and stone cancer. 



62 CANCER. 

Character and Growth. Cause cannot always be de 
termined. Frequently follows injury. Attacks in most 
cases the liver, uterus, or breasts. In the latter organs 
is more frequently found than all other forms of tumors. 
Is very rare before the fortieth year of age. Commences 
as a firm, hard, dense nodule under the skin, being at 
first easily movable. As it grows it contracts adhesions 
to the surrounding parts, becomes firmly fixed and is the 
seat of sharp, lancinating pains. As the disease pro- 
gresses, the integument becomes infiltrated, hard, livid, 
and traversed by numerous blood-vessels. The glands 
in the immediate neighborhood take on the cancerous 
disease, the tumor ulcerates, the whole system becomes 
depraved and the patient dies. 

Diagnostic Features. Seldom occurs before th»' 
fortieth year. Most common of all tumors of the breasi 
at that age. Is uniformly hard. Grows slowly com 
pared with other epithelial tumors. Early becomes 
anchored to the skin and surrounding tissue. Does not 
attain a large size. Sharp shooting pains. In the breast 
the nipple is retracted. The superficial veins are but 
slightly enlarged. Ulceration in about one year. The 
edges are steep and abrupt, and the discharge is very 
offensive. The neighboring lymphatic glands are early 
affected with similar disease. There is a marked consti- 
tutional involvement. The microscope shows small 
round cells with little pits or depressions, surrounded by 
a fibrous stroma. 

Prognosis. Invariably bad. Case usually terminates 
fatally in from two to four years, unless thoroughly re- 
moved by proper treatment. 



ENCEPHALOMA. 



Definition. A malignant growth containing loss 
fibrous tissue than scirrhus, but a greater quantity of 
epithelial cells. Known also as the soft cancer, the cere- 
briform cancer, rose cancer, fundus nematodes. 



CANCER. 63 

Character and Growth. Is most common in the bones, 
the testicles, the eye, the lymphatic glands, mammie, 
uterus and liver. It may attack any portion of the body 
and occur at any age. It is almost the only form of 
cancer that occurs in childhood. It may begin as a single 
nodule, or many nodules may appear simultaneously. 
Being an extremely vascular structure it grows with 
great rapidity, and often attains a large size in a short 
period of time. It is usually soft and fluctuating, and 
being easily compressed is modified much in form by the 
tissues surrounding it. Is peculiarly liable to extend int. 1 
the muscular and other interspaces, acquiring deep- 
seated connections and surrounding important organs. 
At a period varying from a few months to a year and a 
half, ulceration takes place, a foul ulcer is formed, the 
lymphatic glands become affected, and the whole system 
becomes diseased. The disease may terminate by ex 
hausting the strength of the patient or by the destruc- 
tion of some important organ. 

Diagnostic Features. Occurs at all periods of life. 
Soft, elastic and lobulated. Grows rapidly and attains a 
large size. Pain dull and heavy; not pronounced until 
ulceration takes place. Superficial veins early enlarged. 
Ulcerates readily. The ulcer has undermined edges. 
The lymphatics are early involved, and the constitutional 
symptoms pronounced. Microscopic appearances sim • 
ilar to those of scirrhus. 

Prognosis. Very grave. Terminates fatally in from 
eight months to two years, unless thoroughly removed in 
the early stages. 



EPITHELIOMA. 



Definition. A malignant growth, developed from the 
squamous epithelium. Comprises the malignant dis- 
eases of skin and mucous tissue. 



64 



CANCER. 



Character and Growth. Most frequent locality is the 
lower lip, but it is often found in the tongue, cervix, 
uteri, face, anus, vagina, penis and scrotum. It begins 




EPITHELIOMAS OF FACE. 



usually in the skin or mucous membrane, but by exten- 
sion may occupy any tissue, bone, muscle or cartilage. 
Occurs most frequently after the fortieth yeai. Long- 
continued irritations is the most common cau^e. It be- 




EriTHELIOMAS OF LOWER LIP. 



gins early as a crack, tubercle, wart, or incrustation, and 
extends with the progress of the induration. Lymphatic 
involvement occurs, but not until the disease has made 



CANCER. 65 

considerable progress. The extension of disease, except 
in epithelioma of the tongue is not rapid, many years 
oftimes elapsing before its termination. 

Diagnostic Features. Situated at the junction of the 
skin and mucous membrane or upon either of these 
structures. Originates in a crack, fissure or wart-like 
excrescence. Has an indurated base. Slow growth. Ac- 
companied by similar disease in neighboring glands, and 
eventually by constitutional disease. Microscope shows 
squamous-celled epithelium with the characteristic al- 
veolar arrangement. 

Prognosis. Very grave. When the tongue is affected 
terminates fatally in from six to eighteen months, in the 
lip and upper jaw, may exist for years. Free and early 
removal is followed by permanent cure. 



COLLOMA. 



Definition. A malignant growth resembling structur- 
ally the encephaloma, but containing besides a quantity 
of clear colloid material. Known as gelatiform cancer. 

Character and Growth. Is found most frequently in 
the omentum, stomach, ovary, tectum and bones of the 
extremities. It may occur as an infiltration, its most 
common form, taking on the shape cf the organ in which 
it is situated, or it may grow as a pionounced tumor. Its 
general history is similar to that ot encephaloma, except 
that it rarely occurs in childhood, grows somewhat more 
slowly, and does not so readily involve lymphatic glands. 

Diagnostic Features. Is difficult to distinguish, previ- 
ous to removal from other forms of carcinoma. Is often 
situated in the abdominal cavity. Grows slowly. Upon 
section, clear, gelatinous substance is found in abund- 
ance. 

Prognosis. Grave. Usually terminates in death in 
a short time if allowed to run its course. 

[5] 



66 CANCER. 

MELANOMA. 



Definition. A malignant growth resembling enceph- 
aloma, but containing in addition a large amount of black 
pigment. Known as black cancer. 

Character and Growth. Occurs most commonly in 
the eye and skin. In all the main facts of its history it 
is in close conformity to the encephaloid cancer, but is 
particularly noticeable on account of the pigment which 
marks it in varying shades from iron gray to deep black. 
This coloring matter is similar to that which is found in 
the choroid membrane, and the rete-mucosum of colored 
skins. The cancer is very apt to begin in or underneath 
a pigmentary mole. Although popularly believed to be 
excessively malignant, its rate of progress differs but 
little from the ordinary encephaloid cancer. 

Diagnostic Features. Has the same general character- 
istics as the encephaloma, except that it is marked by an 
excess of pigment. 

Prognosis. Grave. Terminates in death in a short 
time, unless early removed. 



THE TREATMENT OF TUMORS. 



Must necessarily be divided into two methods, viz : 
The knife and the caustic treatment. For all tumors of a 
benign nature, whether internal or external, I would 
recommend a thorough dissection with the knife, as it 
will not leave as large a scar, and can be done more, 
quickly, and causes less suffering, making use of either a 
local or a general anaesthetic. 

If the tumors are no longer than a hen's egg, I hav~ 
frequently removed them without any suffering what- 
ever, by injecting cocaine as given in the Obtundent 
formulas on another page. 



CANCER. 



67 



The injection should be made around the borders of 
the tumor, rather than into its center. There are also a 




ENCEPHALO MELANOMA. 



few well-selected cases of malignant growths that can 
be removed by the knife in this way, but as a general 



68 CANCER. 

practice, the caustic treatment is the best. On the other 
hand, there are tumors of a harmless nature which may 
be removed with the caustic treatment if preferred. 

People usually have a perfect horror of the knife and 
the surgeon who will remove their unwelcome visitors 
without its use, is the one they seek for relief, and he is 
the one to judge of the best method of treatment. 



INTERNAL TREATMENT. 



There have been many internal remedies highly 
lauded from time to time as a cure for cancer, but I be 
lieve that nearly every physician will agree with me that 
their use will be attended with more of a psychic effect 
than one of any real curative value. 

Lassar stands almost alone in the belief that the 
iodide of arsenic, given internally, has an influence in 
curing carcinomatous formations. 

Denissenko recently reported good results from the 
use of chelidonium majus as a constitutional and local 
remedy. But the good results that he seemed to have 
at first, have later failed both in his and in other hands, 
although this remedy does seem to have some deterrent 
action upon epithelial cell-growth. 

Conium and phytolacca have been advocated at dif- 
ferent times, but have fallen into disuse. 



CAUSTIC REMEDIES. 



The local remedies used for destroying these growths 
are numerous. Nitric acid, sulphuric acid, lactic acid and 
pyrogallic acid have all been advocated, but are of very 
little use. Nitrate of silver has also been used, but its 
action is too superficial to be practical. Caustic potash 
is another remedy worth mentioning, but its action has a 
tendency to destroy too much healthy tissue. In my 



CANCER. 69 

opinion, there are only three remedies worthy of men- 
tion in the removal of cancers by the caustic method of 
treatment, viz : Salicylic acid, chloride of zinc and 
arsenic. 

Salicylic acid has only a limited action, but, often- 
times it is a valuable one, as this agent may be used 
to good advantage in softening and removing the super- 
ficial layers of epithelium and preparing the way for 
other caustics, as will be mentioned later. 

Chloride of zinc is perhaps the oldest caustic used in 
the local treatment of cancer, and has formerly entered 
largely into the "plasters" of the older cancer specialists. 
Its action is very effective, but causes considerable pain. 
It establishes an aseptic slough and thus avoids any 
hemorrhage or constitutional poisoning. I have removed 
several growths by its use and have fqund it very satis- 
factory. 



ARSENIC. 



Dr. Marsden, the surgeon-in-chief of the London 
Cancer Hospital, was among the first to bring the use of 
arsenic into prominence as a caustic for cancer. He has 
used it in over six thousand cases with phenomenal suc- 
cess, and arsenic stands today the banner remedy in the 
local treatment of all forms of cancer. This remedy has 
many advantages over any other caustic. It can be used 
with less pain, and seems to produce just the degree of 
sloughing required to destroy the growth, whether super- 
ficial or deep-seated. It is rather select in its action, as 
it destroys only the diseased tissue and does not damage 
the healthy structures or through absorption cause 
arsenical poisoning, even if used over large surfaces. It 
removes every particle of the growth, and does not leave 
any cancer-cells to develop again. It does not leave an 
ugly-looking scar, as do other caustics. The deformity is 
very slight, even if the growth has been of large size. 



70 



CANCER. 



Dr. Marsden's original paste was two drachms of 
arsenic and one of powdered acacia, but I prefer the ad- 
dition of cocaine, which lessens the pain, as used by Prof. 
John A. Wyeth, M. D., in the following formula : 

ly Acid arsenious 2 dr. 

Powdered acacia I dr. 

Cocaine muriate 5 to 20 gr. 

Aqua q. s. 

Mix the first three ingredients and add just enough 
water to make the paste the consistency of cream. The 
paste should always be prepared fresh before each ap- 
plication. 



THE METHOD OF APPLYING. 



I always begin the treatment of cancer by taking a 
piece of isinglass plaster and placing it over the parts to 
be removed. I then take a lead pencil and mark a line 
around the growth about one-quarter of an inch from the 
diseased margin. I now cut the center out of the isinglass 
plaster and dampen the piece which has a hole in the 
center and place it on the healthy parts which surround 
the growth. We have now outlined the exact tissue to 
be removed and the plaster will protect the healthy 
parts. 

The skin or outer integument should now be removed 
either by curetting, with the use of a local anaesthetic, or 
by the use of salicylic acid as mentioned before. Now 
you have an abraded surface on which to supply your 
plaster. 

The paste should now be prepared and spread on the 
piece of isinglass plaster you cut out, which is the exact 
size of the cancer to be removed, and applied to the 
growth, over which you can dress with absorbent cotton 
and bandages. This should be allowed to remain in situ 
from twenty-four to forty eight hours, as long as the 



CANCER. 



71 



patient can stand the pain. His suffering may be re- 
lieved, however, by the use of morphine hypodermically. 
When the time comes to remove the plaster,, you will 
find a black necrossed mass. You should now apply a 
flaxseed poultice until the slough separates, and the can- 
cer comes away in one body. If you have any reason to 
believe that every particle has not been destroyed, you 




The above picture illustrates the action of Marsden's Paste in removing 
cancers. This growth was removed with two appli- 
cations of the paste. 

may apply another plaster, but if, in your opinion, the 
operation has been complete, apply iodoform ointment 
and a simple dressing and allow it to heal. 

You will find that the plaster will cause extensive 
swelling. If on the face, the eyes may be swollen shut, 
but this will gradually subside and cause no trouble. You 
should always advise the patient that he may expect 
some swelling. Much caution must be exercised in ap- 
plying this treatment around the lips and other mucous 
surfaces, and the parts must be protected, so that the 
patient will not swallow any of the paste, resulting in 
arsenical poisoning. 



72 CANCER. 

This method of treatment may be used in all cases in 
which the cancerous tumor is not over four inches in 
diameter. If the growth is larger than that, apply to one 
side first and after that has been removed, apply the 
treatment to the other side. 

Although this is the best and most generally accepted 
treatment which is used by cancer specialists, I will add 
several formulas which have also been used with a 
greater or less degree of success, and have formerly made 
a reputation for their originators. 



DR. LANDOLFI'S CANCER PASTE. 



This practitioner obtained a wide celebrity throughout 
Italy by the use of a preparation which he claimed to be 
a specific cure for cancer, providing that the growth was 
accessible, and that the system was not already too deep- 
ly implicated in the cancerous cachexia. The formula he 
usually employed, although it differed somewhat in the 
relative proportion of the ingredients, was the following : 

^ Zinci chloridi i dr. 

Auri chloridi I dr. 

Antimonii chloridi I dr. 

Brominii chloridi I dr. 

Farinae and acqua..q.s. to seperate form a 
thick paste. 

To be applied on small portions of linen to the ulcer- 
ated surface. 

The essential element he regarded was the chloride of 
bromine, the quantity of which he often increased to two 
or three drachms. The chloride of zinc was used chiefly 
for its hemostatic qualities, and he increased this in- 
gredient when there was a marked tendency to hemor- 
rhage. The pain of the application is considerabie, and 
must be allayed by opiates. The application need not re- 



CANCER. 73 

main on more than twenty hours, and may then be re- 
placed by an emollient cataplasm. About the eighth day 
the eschar should become detached and leave a healthy 
granulating surface. If any points remain of less satis- 
factory appearance, or still presenting cancerous ulcera- 
tions, a little of the caustic paste is again to be applied. 
Dr. Landolfi believed it best, though not in all cases 
indispensable, to administer the chloride of bromine in- 
ternally in doses of one-tenth or one-twelfth of a drop, in 
pill form, twice a day, for three to six months. 



BOUGARD'S PASTE. 

IJ Hydrarg. chlor. cor I part. 

Acid.arseniosi 2 parts. 

Hydrarg. sulphuret. rub 10 parts. 

Ammonium mur 10 parts. 

Farini trit 120 parts. 

Amyli 120 parts. 

Zinc* chlorid. crys 120 parts. 



CERNY AND TRUNECEK'S TREATMENT. 

^ Acid arseniosi 1 part 

Spts. vini rect 75 parts. 

Aqua des 75 parts. 

Mix, spread over the parts each day with a brush, 
until the entire cancer has sloughed off. 



COSME'S PASTE. 



The following is the formula of Cosme's Paste as 
modified by Herba : 

1^ Acid, arseniosi 1 part. 

Hydrarg. sulphuret rub 1 part. 

Ungt. aq. rosae 40 parts. 



74 CANCER. 

WHEELER'S PASTE. 



9 Acid arseniosi i part. 

Morph. sulphate i part. 

Calomel 8 parts. 

Pulv. acacia 48 parts. 



HUE'S TREATMENT. 



Dr. Hue uses the following formula hypodermically : 

^ Acid arseniosi 1 part. 

Cocaine hydro 5 parts. 

Aqua Des 500 parts. 

Mix, inject into the substance of the cancer every few 
days. This treatment he employed in the treatment of 
internal cancers, where it seemed impossible to apply the 
plaster. 



DAVISSON'S CANCER REMEDY. 



For several years a man named Davisson resided 
near Lake Zurich, 111., who established quite a reputation 
as a cancer specialist. The following formula is said to 
be the correct recipe for his plaster: 

3J Rochelle salts 1 oz. 

Sulphur 1 oz. 

Sulp. zinc 1 oz. 

Arsenious acid 1 oz. 



CANCER. 75 

DR. FELL'S CANCER PASTE. 



This is one of the oldest cancer remedies and was suc- 
cessfully used three-quarters of a century ago. The 



'. ... . 1 


• 




*^ 











The above cancer was removed with Dr. Fell's Cancer Paste, and 
illustrates before and one month after treatment. 

author has used this paste several times with excellent 
success. The formula is as follows : 

IJ Zinc chloride I dr. 

Pulv. sanguinar. rad I dr. 

Flour and aqua q. s. to form paste. 



KLINE'S PAINLESS CANCER PASTE. 

IJ White wax I oz. 

Fir. balsam I oz. 

Chromic acid I oz. 

Melt the wax and the balsam together, and add the 
acid slowly, stirring while cooling. Remove the cuticle 



76 CANCER. 

by blistering if necessary, and apply the plaster, spread 
upon thin muslin. When a sufficient depth of tissue has 
been destroyed, slough out with poultices if necessary. 



OZONE CANCER PLASTER. 



A physician recently canvassed this country, selling a 
cancer cure under the above name, for the formula of 
which he charged from ten dollars up. Out of curiosity, 
I purchased the formula, which was as follows : 

3J Zinc chloride ]/ 2 dr. 

Arsenious acid. I dr. 

Powdered sanguinaria I dr. 

Flour and water q. s. to make paste. 

In Southern Illinois a cancer cure has been exten- 
sively sold in a similar way, under the name of 



THE HOWARD CANCER CLAY. 



IJ Chloride of zinc I dr. 

Powdered blood root I dr. 

Pulv. charcoal i dr. 

Aqua q. s. to make a paste. 

While the above formulae possesses a certain degree 
of merit it only illustrates "what fools we mortals be," 
who pay from ten to twenty-five or more dollars for a 
name and receive formulae which are the common prop- 
ertv of the medical profession. 



CANCER. 77 

FUSCHIUS PASTE. 



^ Arsenious acid I oz. 

Vegetable charcoal i oz. 

Powd. serpentaria I oz. 

Mix. Make into a thick paste with water and apply. 



GUY'S ARCANUM. 



This formula was held a secret for many years 

^ Acid arsenious I dr. 

Powd. sulphur I dr. 

Peucedanum off . . , I dr. 

Ranunculus sylvestris I dr. 

Mix. Make into paste with water. 



ESMARCK'S PASTE. 



IJ Acid arsenious I dr. 

Morphine sulphate I dr. 

Mercurous chloride, mild I oz. 

Powd. acacia 6 dr. 

Aqua enough to make paste. 



HEBRA'S PASTE. 



^ Acid arsenious . x I dr. 

Mercuric sulphide, red 3 dr. 

Vaseline 3 oz. 






78 CANCER. 

SHERMAN'S PASTE. 



^ Zinc chloride 5 gr. 

Alum 5 gr. 

Acid Tannic 2 gr. 

Persulphate of iron 3 gr. 

Glycerine q. s. to make paste. 



LASSAR'S PASTE. 



If Acid salicylic 10 gr. 

Powd. starch 2 dr. 

Zinc oxide 2 dr. 

Lard 4 dr. 



DR. LUTTERLOH'S PASTE. 



3J Sanguinaria pulv 1 part. 

Galangal pulv 3 parts. 

Zinc chloride q. s. to make paste. 

There are several other formulae of cancer plasters 
which could be added, but it would only be a repetition 
of those already given, somewhat modified, and by pub- 
lishing them would not offer a means of broadening our 
knowledge on the subject, as what has been said will al- 
low you to treat cancers as successfully as any specialist 
who holds his methods a secret. 



RECTUM. 79 



THE 
RECTAL SPECIALIST. 



Most practitioners have greatly neglected the treat- 
ment of diseases of the rectum, and like many other 
things, it has been rather a green pasture for the special- 
ist. Although diseases of this organ have existed for 
centuries, the medical profession has been slow to recog- 
nize the different pathological conditions which exist, 
and until the invention of the speculum this was one of 
the unexplored parts of our anatomy, but by the use of 
this instrument, the surgeon may now have full access 
to different diseased conditions which exist. Until re- 
cent years rectal operations were considered of so grave 
a character that they could only he successfully treated 
by the regular surgeon, and I have no doubt that the 
treatment of diseases of the rectum would have still re- 
mained exclusively in the hands of surgeons if it had not 
been for the much condemned advertising and itinerant 
rectal specialist, whose visits invited competition and 
compelled local physicians to investigate his methods 
and devote more time to the treatment of rectal diseases. 
The opinions of surgeons differ as to the best method 
of treatment for hemorrhoids. Allingham's ligature 
operation seems to be in general favor with most sur- 
geons, but is considered by Dr. Pratt and others as "un- 
scientific and a relic of past rectal inquisition." Ailing- 
ham says that the clamp and cautery is six times as fatal 
as the ligature. Others speak of it as being a barbarous 
practice. The Whitehead and American operations ar-: 
too tedious, difficult and bloody for the general prac- 
titioner, and few specialists care to undertake them. 



80 RECTUM. 

AVe now come to the injection method, which has 
seldom met the approval of the regular rectal surgeon; 
on the other hand, he is ever ready to raise the following 
objections : 

First — That it takes too long to effect a cure, owing 
to the fact that only two or three pile tumors can be 
treated at a time. It is quite true that this method takes 
longer, but we find that patients, as a rule, prefer longer 
and gentler methods of treatment to speedy cutting oper- 
ations. 

Second — That the operation is not uniformly success- 
ful. At this point we differ with him, as this method of 
treatment may be used with the same degree of success 
as other operations if the proper fluid is injected and the 
application made in the right place. 

Third — That it cannot be used in external piles. 
This, to a certain extent, is true, although many operators 
are using it with a degree of success. We shall limit its 
application to internal piles and the ligature to the ex- 
ternal. 

Fourth — That it causes excessive sloughing. This is 
a great mistake. If the fluid is properly used, it will not 
cause any more sloughing than the ligature or cautery 
and it is surprising to note that the surgeon who advo- 
cates the cautery and ligature will condemn this method 
because it causes a sloughing of the pile tumor. Tell me 
how their methods cure, if it is not by sloughing? That 
is what we make the injections for and the sloughing 
from this method is no greater than from theirs. 

Fifth — That the method is more dangerous than other 
operations. We must admit that when this method of 
treatment was introduced into this country, unfortunate- 
ly, it fell into the hands of not only a few unskillful prac- 
titioners, but also into the hands of some men who were 
entirely destitute of a sound medical knowledge, and out- 
side of what they had learned about treating piles, knew 
nothing of the true and sacred mission of the healing art; 
hence the mortality which followed the operations of 
these men, who would buy some secret method and in- 
discriminately inject their fluids into the walls of the rec- 



RECTUM. 81 

turn, cannot be compared with the careful and judicious 
way the method is being practiced today ; but even as it 
was, this method of treatment compares quite favorably 
with other methods. Dr. Andrews has collected reports 
of 3,304 cases with thirteen deaths. This was when the 
method was in its infancy and used by unskilled opera- 
tors, as just mentioned. Allingham reports six deaths 
in 5, 863 cases from the use of the ligature. Dr. Matthews 
after successfully using the ligature in over a thousand 
cases reports one death from tetanus, also several alarm- 
ing cases of hemorrhage. 

I am sure that the injection method is as free from 
danger as the cautery, for several cases of excessive 
sloughing and hemorrhage have followed that operation. 
Furthermore, I am satisfied that the injection method of 
treating hemorrhoids, where indicated, is fully as success- 
ful as any operation in use at the present time. With the 
right fluid, skillfully injected, this method may be used 
with uniformly curative results, and is free from all 
danger and practically painless. 

The diseases of the rectum which the physician is 
called upon to treat are hemorrhoids, fissure, fistula, rec- 
tal ulcer, prolapsus and polypus, and in order that these 
conditions may be successfully treated, it is necessary 
that the operator should have a thorough knowledge oi 
the parts. A detailed description of the anatomical 
hystological and pathological conditions of this organ 
would be rather out of place in this book, but this in- 
formation is accessable to every physician in other works, 
and it will repay him to devote his time in studying them. 



DIAGNOSIS OF RECTAL DISEASES. 



When a patient consults you in regard to any form 
of rectal disease, he will almost invariably tell you that 
he has piles. This is the extent of his knowledge in the 

[6] 



82 



RECTUM. 



matter. After he has described his ailments as best he 
can, the physician may often determine the nature of his 
disease by carefully questioning him. Pain will, no 
doubt, be the most prominent symptom. The pain from 
a fissure, fistula or hemorrhoids may often be told by its 
character. Is there constipation or diarrhoea? How long 
has his disease been existing? Is there a discharge of 
blood or mucous? Do the bowels protrude during de- 
fecation? Does he have an irritable bladder? etc. After 
you have a history of his case, it is always best to request 
him to submit to a local examination, as this will 
allow you to obtain a more thorough knowledge of his 




The 3rinkerhofiE Speculum. 



case. No patient with an atom of common sense will 
object to this, and by placing the patient on a table, either 
in the Sims or the Lithotomy position, with the aid of a 
good light and the speculum, you can determine the exact 
nature of his trouble. This brings us to the point of 
considering the value of different speculums. For the 
preliminary examination of the rectum and a few minci 
operations I prefer a very small Sims speculum. This 
can be introduced with but little pain and will reveal the 
condition of affairs. For operating by the injection 
method, the Brinkerhoff speculum is, beyond a doubt, 
the best instrument in existence. This speculum is a 
hollow, conical tube, with a slide which can be with- 
drawn, exposing the surface you wish to operate on. It 



RECTUM. 83 

also has the advantage of a reflector in the end which 
throws light on all sides of the tumor. Another good 
feature of this speculum is, that its tubular shape will act 
as a basin to catch any superfluous fluid which may es- 
cape while injecting. In this way you will cauterize only 
the surface of the rectum which has been punctured. 

For dilating and other operative work Pratt's bivalve 
speculum is to be recommended. All speculums should 
be well oiled with vaseline and heated to the temperature 
of the body before introducing them. After learning 
the nature of the diseased condition which exists, we 
will next consider its treatment. 



HEMORRHOIDS. 



These are generally classified as external and internal 
tumors, resulting from a varicose condition of the hemor- 
rhoidal veins or other blood vessels, of the rectum. The 
former have their attachment outside of the external 
sphincter, while the latter have their attachment inside 
the grasp of this muscle, but can be forced down by 
straining if they are of sufficient size. Internal hemor- 
rhoids are covered with mucous membrane and may be 
found of almost any shape, size and color. The color 
will generally indicate whether they are of a venous, 
capilliary or arterial origin. Venous hemorrhoids are 
bluish in color unless they are strangulated, when the) 
become more purple. Capillary hemorrhoids are of dark 
color. They are not painful, but bleed easily. Arterial 
hemorrhoids are of. a bright red appearance, are irrita- 
ble, and also bleed freely. 

External hemorrhoids are visible to the eye without 
the use of the speculum, and may assume different shapes 
and color. The skin and mucous membrane covering 
external piles is extremely sensitive, while internal piles 
are nearly devoid of sensibility. All forms of piles seem 



84 RECTUM. 

to have a remarkable erectile power, much resembling 
the corpus spongiosum of the penis, and, if handled 
roughly, will become more prominent. This is very ad- 
vantageous to the operator as it brings them into mor° 
prominence, where they can be easily treated. 



TREATMENT OF HEMORRHOIDS. 



The words knife or surgical operation pierces the ears 
of most patients almost as keenly as the instrument itself, 
and if they are assured that they can be cured without 
pain, detention from business, and cutting operations, 
without endangering their lives, they are sure to favor 
such a procedure. Thus we find chat patients will submit 
to the injection treatment when they would prolong 
their suffering in silence rather than undergo a surgical 
operation. 

The injection treatment has many advantages other 
than the ones just mentioned, from the physician's point 
of view. The busy general practitioner can not always 
devote the time to learning the technique of cutting 
operations, as it is a well known fact that such operations 
require much skill and practice, and the practitioner who 
sends all his rectal patients to the surgeon, is depriving 
himself of both reputation and revenue which could be 
retained by the use of this method. 

Since the injection treatment has been used, nearly 
every caustic in the vegetable and mineral kingdom has 
been tested, but it is the universal opinion of physicians 
who use this method that carbolic acid, either used single 
or in combination with other remedies, is the best, and 
that better results can be obtained from a forty per cent, 
or stronger solution than from the weaker ones. The 
following formula is the most generally accepted one : 

^ Carbolic acid 40 parts. 

Olive oil 60 parts. 



EECTUM. 85 

Mix. Sig. — Inject enough of the fluid to change the 
color of the tumor to a grayish white. The amount of 
the fluid required to accomplish this will depend upon 
the size of the tumor. Small tumors require only from 
one to three minims*, while larger ones will require more. 

The hypodermic syringe for hemorrhoidal work 
should have a large piston-head and strong finger-brace. 
The piston stem should be graduated in minims with a 
set-screw. After you determine the amount of fluid a 
pile tumor will require, regulate the set-screw on the 
piston-stem so as to get about the amount of fluid you 
will require for each injection. In this way you can de- 
termine the exact amount of fluid used in each operation. 
The Hypodermic syringe plays quite an important part 
in the different operations mentioned in this book, and we 



^• IIIIIIIIIIII H II I II I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ^^^^ 



*#=-! 



GUARDED NEEDLE AND CANULA. 



wish it understood that when we use the term minims 
we mean minims as regulated by the piston and set-screw 
of the syringe, and not drops as they are ejected from the 
point of the needle, as there is quite a difference, for five 
graduated minims will be equivalent to nearly fifteen 
drops if a fine needle is used. The hypodermic syringe 
is more thoroughly discussed in the obtundent system of 
painless dentistry on another page to which you are re- 
ferred. 

The needle used for injecting hemorrhoids should b^ 
of extra length. I prefer a needle with a finer caliber 
than most operators use, as the larger needles have a 
tendency to allow the fluid to escape more freely when it 
is withdrawn, and thus cauterize the healthy walls of the 
rectum. 

Needles for this work should have a set-screw near 
the point, which will prevent you from puncturing the 



86 KECTUM. 

opposite walls of the tumor and injecting the fluid where 
it is not required. If you have a plain needle, you can 
regulate the depth of the injections by putting a very 
small piece of paper on the needle at the distance you 
deem necessary from the point. 



HOW TO OPERATE. 



After you have examined the patient and located the 
piles you wish to treat, the BrinkerhofI speculum should 
be gently introduced and the slide withdrawn, so that the 
tumor will protrude through this opening. This will give 
you full view of the tumor. The patient may be placed 
on either side, or on his back. He should always be 
placed in such a position as to allow the tumor to point 
downward if possible. This has two advantages, firs',, 
you are not so liable to inject the fluid too near the base 
of the tumor; second, if any fluid should escape when 
you withdraw the needle, it will be caught by the specu- 
lum. There will not be an overflow, however, unless you 
use too large a needle and withdraw it too quickly. 

After you have exposed the tumor to full view, tell 
the patient to strain a little, then take a wire snare, such 
as is used in throat and nose work, and surround the 
tumor you wish to inject. Do not make sufficient ten 
sion on the snare to cut the tissues, but just enough to 
restrict its base. The needle should now be inserted 
about one-third the distance from the apex. The injec- 
tion should be made as near the center of the tumor as 
possible and forced into the pile a drop at a time. This 
will allow the coagulum to gradually form and avoid 
forcing any of the contents of the tumor back into the 
main blood vessels. If the tumor is an extra large one, 
several injections may be required to thoroughly cauter- 
ize it. The needle should be gently withdrawn and, if 
any blood should follow its withdrawal, it indicates tha! - 



RECTUM. 87 

there has not been enough of the fluid used and the opera- 
tion should be repeated. One who is not accustomed to 
making these injections might think the operation would 
be attended with pain, but such is not generally the case, 
as carbolic acid is a powerful anaesthetic when used in this 
strength. If there should be pain, it generally comes on 
a few hours after the operation, and indicates that the 1 
injection has been made too near the base of the tumor 
into the deep structure. This should be avoided, as ex- 
tensive ulceration has been attributed to this mistake. 
The tumor should be covered with an ointment com- 
posed of boric acid, two drachms, and vaseline, six 
drachms, and the speculum withdrawn. Not more than 
two small or medium sized, or one large pile tumor 
should be treated at a time and two or three weeks should 
elapse before another treatment. It is always best to 
treat the large tumors first, for as soon as they are re- 
moved, the smaller ones are thrown into better view. 

There are several complications to be considered in 
all rectal operations. Retention of urine may follow an 
operation. This can be relieved by the catheter or other 
treatments. Constipation is present in a large majority 
of people who are suffering with piles and great care 
should be taken to relieve the patient of this difficulty as 
it has a decided tendency to retard the progress of your 
treatment. Secondary hemorrhage is a complication of 
all rectal operations, but it seldom occurs with the injec- 
tion treatment. If it should occur, the rectum should be 
tamponed above the bleeding point and astringent appli- 
cations made to the bleeding surface. 

Extensive ulceration will not occur unless the injec- 
tions have been made too deep. These ulcerations can 
be treated like other ulcerations of the rectum. 

One of the dangers which has been pointed out by 
surgeons opposed to this method is, that the injection 
fluid might form a thrombus, but I am doubtful if any 
such complication ever occurs. This can be guarded 
against, however, by the use of the circular pressure at 
the base of the tumors with a snare as described before. 
It might be stated that weaker solutions of carbolic acid 



RECTUM. 



would have a tendency to produce this condition more 
than the stronger ones, as the latter make a complete 
coagulum and cauterize the tissue as completely as the 
actual cautery. 



EXTERNAL HEMORRHOIDS. 



There are certain forms of external hemorrhoids tha f 
can be successfully treated by the injection method. 
These tumors are of recent formation and decidedly 
vesicular. 




PHYSICIAN SUPPLY CO'S RECTAL CASE. 

This makes a very convenient set for the Rectal Specialist. It contains four 
metal screw-top bottles for holding medicinces, two syringes, one Brinkerhoff 
speculum, one rectal polypus or dressing forceps, one suppositor for ointments, 
one silver probe-pointed canula, one guarded and one plain h3'poderinic needle. 



Pile tumors which are hard and fibrous should be re- 
moved by excision or the ligature. Many prefer the latter 
because it is practically bloodless. The minute details 
of these operations are given in nearly all works on sur- 



RKCTUM. 89 

gery and it will not be necessary to repeat them here, but 
I will give you a brief outline of the operation, which is 
very simple. 

These tumors do not require the use of the speculum 
as they are already exposed to your view. Anaesthetize 
the surface to be operated upon by first saturating a 
piece of absorbent cotton with a ten per cent, solution oi 
cocaine, and cover the parts. This is applicable only to 
tumors, that are covered with mucus membrane as the 
anaeesthetic will have no effect upon the skin. This should 
be allowed to remain about ten minutes. Then inject a 
three per "cent, solution of cocaine as given in formula 
No. 3 in the Obtundent formula on another page. These 
injections should be made just under the skin or the 
mucous membrane around the base of the tumor. The 
snare should now be applied at about the place you have 
made the injection, or just a little above, and sufficient 
force used to make circular pressure around the tumor 
without cutting the surface. Now take a knife or a pair 
of fine-pointed scissors and sever the outer integument 
along the line of the snare, being careful not to cut too 
deep. This incision severs the nerves of sensation and 
will lessen the suffering and also hasten the sloughing 
process. The ligature can now be applied to the cut sur- 
face and the tumor strangulated. I generally use two 
silk ligatures and tie several knots in each. This will 
prevent after-hemorrhage. 

After the tumor has been thoroughly ligated, snip off 
a little of the summit of the tumor and dust the parts 
well with antiseptic powder. Apply over this a piece of 
absorbent cotton and a bandage. If the patient suffer^ 
much pain after the operation, he can be allowed suffi- 
cient morphine to quiet him. 



FISTULA. 



It is claimed by Allingham that two-thirds of the 
rectal operations performed at the St. Mark's Hospital, 
London, were for fistula, but American surgeons fina 



90 RECTUM. 

hemorrhoids the most common affection. There are 
several varieties of fistula, generally classed as complete, 
which have an external and an internal opening; internal 
incomplete, which have an internal opening leading to a 
blind pouch which may become a receptacle for foreign 
matter; external incomplete, with an external opening 
only. The complete and external incomplete are very 
easily detected by the eye by their openings. The in- 
ternal incomplete may require the use of the speculum. 

Fistulas are not always attended with severe *paiii, 
but they give the patient a feeling of uneasiness, owing to 
the discharge from them, which may cause a soreness oi 
itching at the anus. 



DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT. 



If on examination, we find an external opening, wc 
can determine whether or not the fistula is complete by 
inserting a probe into the opening and following the 
point of the probe with the finger in the rectum. If the 
internal opening is a little obscure injections of antisep- 
tic colored water injected into the external opening can 
be seen oozing through the internal orifice. 

After determining the nature of the affection, we can 
apply the treatment we deem required. Most operators 
prefer to treat these affections upon a surgical basis. 
For the details of these operations we refer the reader 
to any text-book on surgery. There are several ways 
in which this ailment can be cured, however, without re- 
sorting to surgery. The oldest of these is the ligature, 
which is said to have been used by Hippocrates. 

This method consists in passing a ligature through 
the sinus into the bowel and tying it outside allowing the 
ligature to gradually cut its way to the external surface. 
The silk ligature was soon replaced by the rubber liga- 
ture as the contraction of the rubber would have a 
tendency to cut through to the surface in less time, gen- 



KKCTUM. 91 

erally requiring from five to ten days. If the rubber 
should break or become relaxed, the operation should be 
repeated. Rubber ligatures should never be tied, but 
the ends placed in a small piece of lead and pinched to- 
gether so as to avoid slipping. 

Another way of successfully treating many cases of 
fistula is to first inject peroxide of hydrogen into the 
cavity. After this has thoroughly "boiled out," the pus, 
the interior of the fistulous tract should be scarified by 
passing a probe or a scarifier up and down the canal 
several times; then inject carbolic acid through a silver 
probe, canula, commencing at the internal opening, 
gradually withdraw the probe and press out a drop at a 
time. The finger should now follow the canal and press 
out the excess of acid, if there should be any. This can 
be followed up by an injection, at least once a week, of 
eucalyptol, thoroughly saturating the cavity. Brinker- 
hofl used the following mixture which he called "Ulcer 
Specific:" 

I£ Dist. ext. hamamelis 5 dr.. 

Liq. ferri. subsulph 1 dr. 

Acid carbol. cryst 2 gr. 

Glycerine 2 dr. 

Mix. Sig. Inject ten or fifteen drops deeply into the 
fistula and press the tract of the fistula with the finger 
to force the fluid more deeply in. 

The principal thing to avoid is having the external 
opening heal before the internal. You should always 
keep the external orifice open ; this will allow free drain- 
age for the septic fluids as the healing process should 
start from within and work towards the surface. 



FISSURE. 



Of all diseases of the rectum a fissure is the most pain- 
ful. To the inexperienced, it would seem almost im- 
possible that such an innocent-looking little ulcer could 



92 RECTUM. 

cause so much suffering. It is, however, the cause of 
intolerable pain and gravely disordered reflexes. 

A fissure is simply an ulcerated abrasion of the muco- 
cutaneous membrane which lays bare certain nerve fibers 
which come in contact with foreign matter and produce 
spasmodic contraction and pain of an intense character. 
The treatment of a fissure is the simplest known in sur- 
gery and it can be cured in several ways. Dilating the 
sphincters to the full extent with a Pratt's bivalve specu- 
lum will, in nearly every case, effect a cure. If you 
haven't a speculum at hand, the thumbs of each hand can 
be inserted into the rectum and the same force applied. 
Patients can object to this treatment for no other reason 
except that they should take a general anaesthetic. If 
patients fear this, you can effect a cure by saturating a 
piece of absorbent cotton with a ten per cent, solution of 
cocaine and allow it to remain on the ulcer for five or ten 
minutes, then scarify the surface and apply a solution 
containing equal parts of carbolic acid and glycerine. 
This will convert the ulcer into a simple sore which will 
rapidly heal by keeping it dressed with antiseptic 
powders or ointment. 



RECTAL ULCERS. 



Situated above the anus are not of uncommon oc- 
curence and give rise to many reflex troubles. These 
ulcers may be caused by mechanical injury, as from in- 
troducing the nozzle of a syringe, or by a seed lying in 
the folds of the mucous membrane. They may also re- 
sult from simple inflammatory or specific diseases. 

Ulcers of the rectum are attended with pain and 
tenesmus and a feeling of uneasiness in the lower bowel. 
There may be a discharge of pus, mucous or blood. 
Morning diarrhcea is nearly always present, although in 
some cases the bowels are constipated. 



RECTUM. 93 

If ulceration of the rectum is suspected, the speculum 
should be introduced and the extent and character of the 
ulceration ascertained. If they should be due to syphilis, 
constitutional treatment alone is all that will be required, 
but, if from any other cause, they will require local medi- 
cation, in the form of antiseptics and astringents. 

When ulcers can be outlined through a speculum, 
they may become converted into a simple sore by satur- 
ating the surface with nitrate of silver, seventy grains to 
an ounce of water. This can be applied with a cotton 
pointed applicator or the surface can be anaesthetized 
with a ten per cent, solution of cocaine, then scarified 
and touched with a solution containing one drachm of 
carbolic acid and three drachms of olive oil. These treat- 
ments should be applied by the physician once or twice 
a week. The patient should also be supplied with an 
antiseptic astringent home treatment. The vaginal sup- 
positories as given on another page in the chapter on 
diseases of women, form the best treatment to my knowl- 
edge, and they are used with wonderful curative results 
in all cases of rectal ulcerations and inflammations. The 
patient should insert one of these suppositories up the 
rectum at the ulcerated surface each night before going 
to bed and after the bowels move in the morning. These 
suppositories contain a happy combination of remedies 
which is all that can be desired to promote healing, and 
extensive ulceration will rapidly yield to their use. 



PROLAPSUS OF THE RECTUM. 



This condition is of quite common occurence in chil- 
dren and is also occasionally found in adults and is fre- 
quently associated with hemorrhoids. This protrusion of 
the rectum is generally due to excessive straining at stool, 
or in patients who are paralyzed. The walls of the rec- 
tum can easily be placed in their normal position by lu- 
bricating the fore fingerd with vaseline and inserting it 



94 RECTUM. 

into the rectum and gently pushing the membrane over 
the finger into the orifice. 

The patient should be supplied with antiseptic and 
astringent treatment such as the vaginal suppository just 
mentioned, and be instructed to avoid straining at stool. 
If the bowels are constipated, treatment should be di- 
rected so as to produce free watery stools without strain- 
ing. If the prolapsus is due to hemorrhoids, they should 
be removed ; this will also cure this condition. 



POLYPUS OF THE RECTUM. 

Polypoid tumors are found in the rectum the same as 
on other mucous membranes. The treatment is very 
simple. They may be removed either by injecting tho 
same hemorrhoidal fluid as that used for piles into the 
pedicle of the tumor, or they may be ligated at the base 
of the pedicle and the top cut oft*. They may also be 
removed by the snare, and the pedicle cauterized. Polyp 1 
have a tendency to bleed quite freely at times and the 
treatment should be directed to avoid this complication. 



PRURITUS. 



This is a very common and troublesome ailment. It 
may be caused from acid, mucous, or purulent discharges 
from the anus. Some physicians believe many cases are 
of a purely parasitic origin. The following formula has 
always been very serviceable in my practice : 

Ty Acid carbolic 20 gr. 

Camphor 20 gr. 

Zinc oxide 15 gr. 

Vaseline 1 oz. 

M. Sig. Apply to the surface two or three times a 
day. 



RECTUM. 95 

The following formulae have been advocated and suc- 
cessfully used by their originators for the hypodermic 
treatment of piles : 

POWELL'S FORMULA. 



I> Acid carbol. (crystals) 2 dr. 

Tinct. thuja I dr, 

Aqua dest q. s. ad. I oz. 



OVERALL'S FORMULA. 



1^ Acid carbol I dr. 

Fl. ex. ergot I dr. 

Ol. olive i dr.' 



BRINKERHOFF'S FORMULA. 



1$ Carbolic acid I oz. 

Oilive oil 5 oz. 

Chloride of zinc 8 gr. 

The little pamphlet furnished to the itinerants pur- 
chasing the "System" directs that the amount of injec- 
tion inserted into the tumors shall be as follows : 

Largest piles 8 min. 

Medium piles 4 to 8 min. 

Small piles 2 to 3 min. 

Club-shaped painless piles nearorifice2 min. 

"BrinkerhofFs System" forbids the injunction of any 
but internal piles. 



96 RECTUM. 

RORICK'S FORMULA. 

5 Carbolic acid 2 dr. 

Glycerine 2 dr. 

Fl. ex. ergot 1 dr. 

Water iV 2 dr. 



DR. GREEN'S FORMULA. 

I£ Carbolic acid 1 oz. 

Creosote 10 min. 

Acid hydrocyanic 1 min. 

Olive oil 1 oz. 



DR. SMITH'S FORMULA. 

^ Acid carbolic .35 parts. 

Fl. ext. ergot 20 parts. 

Glycerine 30 parts. 

Distilled water 15 parts. 



DR. SHUFORD'S FORMULA. 

^ Sodium biborate 1 dr. 

Acid salicylic 1 dr. 

Glycerine 1 oz. 

Acid carbolic 3 dr. 

Mix. Sig. Inject three to five drops in small and 
eight or ten or more in large ones. 



DR. HOYT'S FORMULA. 

]$ Acid carbolic 80 min. 

Ext. hamamelis, (Pond's) 6 dr. 

Distilled water 6 dr. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 97 

THE ALCOHOL AND DRUG 
HABIT SPECIALIST. 



What are the factors which predispose certain indi- 
viduals to the excessive use of liquor, while others do not 
care to use it at all? This is a question that has never 
been satisfactorily answered. I believe that certain in- 
dividuals are born drunkards, just as I believe that 
others are born thieves, and there are children born every 
day cursed in their mother's womb by the dissipation of 
one or both parents. Bad company and poor literature 
contribute, perhaps, more towards the development of the 
drink habit than any other cause. A man with a timid 
disposition often thinks he is better able to combat with 
the world if he imbibes freely of the amber-colored 
liquid, while a man with an unevenly balanced mind be- 
lieves he can be made more worldly if he flushes his 
stomach with the fiery fluid. A poor man feels rich if he 
is in a state of semi-intoxication, and especially so if he 
is in a glittering bar-room with company in a similar 
state. Finally, the intoxication increases, stupor comes 
on, and after this has worn off in the morning comes 
thirst, misery, headache, tremor and nervous irritability. 
Again he seeks relief by the usual "eye opener," and 
again he keeps his jaded nervous system stimulated dur- 
ing the day until outraged nature rebels, and his 
stomach will no longer retain the poison, and the dis- 
ordered brain and nervous system are on the border of 
collapse unless rest or medical aid will restore him to the 
normal, and compel him to leave alcoholic liquors alone 
for a few weeks or months. This is the history of the 
average periodical drinker. 

There is another class of men whom we generally 
find in active business who do not intoxicate themselves 
to the extent just described, but who consume a large 
[7] 



98 AIXOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

amount of liquor every day and keep it up for years, 
without much apparent injury, but by carefully watch- 
ing these subjects, we find that they finally die from 
some disease for which alcohol is responsible. Possibly 
the heart may become exhausted or the liver or the kid- 
neys give out, or the weakened blood vessels at some 
point of the brain will yield and apoplexy result. 

There is another class of men who may properly be 
called degenerates. These individuals are certainly phy- 
sically and mentally weak, and, if allowed, will consume 
as much liquor as they can get their hands on. They 
wish to keep in a state of intoxication all the time, until 
they are finally taken to the prison or madhouse or wear 
out the lives of their most devoted friends. 

From so high authority as Sir William Roberts we 
find in his excellent little work on "Diet and Digestion," 
that tea, coffee, tobacco and alcohol have been bene- 
ficial in strengthening both the muscles and the brains 
of Americans. He argues that this is one of the reasons 
why we have outstripped our eastern brethren in civiliza- 
tion and intellectual attainments. If such be the case, we 
have bought our civilization and our intelligence at an 
enormous expense. 

There has been much discussion in medical literature 
as to whether the excessive use of alcohol is a disease or 
a habit. I am inclined to think that it is both, and that 
it may be either hereditary or acquired. If a man goes 
on an occasional spree and has no particular taste or 
craving for liquors, we may say that he has a habit. If 
he has an uncontrollable appetite for alcohol and feels 
that he cannot exist without the stimulant, we must ad- 
mit that it is a disease, for there are certain pathological 
changes which take place in his nervous system. 

Whether or not alcohol may be used without being 
abused is too broad a question to be discussed here, but 
we all know that it is a dangerous companion with which 
to associate, and we may live longer and better lives if 
we disinherit this king of many crimes. 

It was Henry W. Grady who said that whisky had 
wasted more lives, dug more graves and sent more souls 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 99 

unshrived to judgment than all the pestilences and wars 
since God sent the plague into Egypt and Joshua stood 
before Jericho. 



HOW TO ADMIT PATIENTS FOR TREATMENT. 

When a person applies for treatment for alcoholism 
he is generally in a state of intoxication ; he wants sym- 
pathy and a friend. Possibly he has been called a 
drunken brute, which may be true in many instances, for 
there are many individuals who are correct impersona- 
tions of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde when under the influ- 
ence of liquor. Men who have a kind, lovable and char- 
itable disposition are transformed into perfect demons by 
its influence. A person not addicted to the liquor habit 
might think that it is not a difficult task to stop drinking, 
and we often find people who subject the drunkard to the 
most severe criticism, is a habitue of perhaps a milder 
stimulant or narcotic, i. e., tea, coffee, snuff or tobacco. 
I have seen as pronounced tea drunkards as I ever have 
whisky addicts. 

Although Dr. Keeley and others who were among 
the first to classify alcoholism as a disease, were ridiculed 
by the Medical Profession, we are pleased to note at this 
writing that their views have been generally accepted, 
and by treating these conditions as disease, patients can 
be rapidly restored to their former manhood. 

Any man of ordinary intelligence knows right from 
wrong, and by explaining to him the evil effects of his 
habits and how his dissipation has reflected upon himself 
and family; how he and his have been shunned by so- 
ciety; how his noble and faithful wife has patiently 
waited for the time to come when he would abandon the 
evil habit and become the same kind father, brother or 
son that he once was. She has, no doubt, many times 
knelt in prayer, and implored the Divine Giver of Life 
to shield her loved one from this terrible curse. Have 
your patient to understand that he is able to live a dif- 
ferent and a better life and that he has applied to you 



100 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

for the purpose of having you cure him of an uncon- 
trollable disease, alcoholism, and when he has completed 
his treatment, he will return to his loved ones a much 
different man. But in order to be successful, he must 
avoid his former associates and places where liquor is 
sold, and in order that the treatment may be properly 
carried out, you must have his fullest co-operation. 



EQUIPMENT. 

There has been a diversity of opinion whether or not 
a physician in general practice, can treat alcoholism and 
the drug habits as successfully as they could be treated at 
habitue institutes. The principal and only advantage the 
institutes have they are generally equipped for treating 
such cases, and the psychic influence it has on the pa- 
tient, of "leaving home for a vacation," which is generally 
their excuse. Alcoholic habitues dislike to admit their 
weakness and acknowledge that alcohol is their master. 
You often hear the most profound drunkard remark, "I 
can drink or let it alone," but they more often drink to 
show you they can drink than they do to abandon its use 
for demonstrative purposes. 

There is rather a fraternity among drinking men, and 
while at an institute they discuss many experiences re- 
garding the evil effects of alcohol, which often leads from 
the cradle to the prison or mad house. If the modern 
temperance lecturer is deficient for food for argument, 
his time will be well spent in visiting one of these insti- 
tutes. There is no special class of men exempt from this 
evil, and we find inmates at these places who were clergy- 
men, doctors, lawyers, etc.. holding respective repentance 
with men of the lower classes, all congregated for one 
grand purpose of restoring manhood and placing them- 
selves before the world once more, the same honorable, 
upright citizen they once were. They leave the institute 
with new resolutions and a brighter future before them. 

A well equipped institute should possess everything 
which will be conducive to entertainment and health. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 101 

For this purpose a small gymnasium is of special value, 
not only for amusement, but as a strengthening process. 
Baths of every description offers the same advantages. I 
feel I cannot say too much regarding baths, as they offer 
us one of the best means of elimination obtainable, the 
Turkish bath chairs and folding bath cabinet mentioned 
on another page will answer the purpose, but the shower 
and, other baths can be added to a good advantage. Pa- 
tients should be required to take a Turkish bath, at least 
every other day throughout the treatment. Although 
the institutes have a few advantages, a physician in gen- 
eral practice can treat patients equally as successful as 
far as actual medication is concerned. The only equip- 
ment other than medicine is the bath outfit just men- 
tioned. His first step towards success is to obtain the 
utmost confidence and co-operation of his patients and 
keep them under his observation and treatment for at 
least four weeks. At the end of the first week, he no 
doubt will abandon the use of liquor and by the judicious 
use of remedial measures, at the end of the remaining 
three weeks, he will leave your care with no further de- 
sire for alcohol beverages. 



PRELIMINARY TREATMENT. 

The preliminary treatment for alcoholism depends 
somewhat upon the condition of the patient when he pre- 
sents himself for treatment. He may be perfectly sober, 
or, on the other extreme, he may be brought to you in a 
state of total collapse, or suffering with delirium tremens, 
or manifesting symptoms bordering upon this condition, 
as the result of a recent debauch ; the former condition 
will require no special treatment, while the latter de- 
mands the physician's immediate attention. The pa- 
tient's stomach may be in such a state that he cannot 
tolerate solid foods; in such cases we find hot broths, 
milk and invalid foods are the best diet. If the patient is 
not able to take this nourishment by the mouth, it can 
be given by the rectum. Many drunkards eat and sleep 



102 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

very little while on a debauch, and it is owing to this de- 
ficiency of rest and diet which have a tendency to induce 
collapse and delirium tremens, by over-taxing their al- 
ready shattered nervous system. 

It has often been observed that alcoholics who eat 
and sleep well never manifest delirious symptoms. We 
therefore find that the most important factors as a pre- 
liminary restorative treatment will be to sustain nourish- 
ment, quiet the nervous system and induce nature's sweet 
restorative — sleep — and eliminate all the poisonous ele- 
ments from the body. The patient should be encouraged 
to eat, the congested liver and portal system should be 
relieved by a full dose of calomel followed by a saline 
purgative or the continuous use of phosphate of soda. 
The congested kidneys should also be relieved with an 
active diuretic, through diaphoresis should be obtained 
by means of the Turkish bath given in the bath cabinet 
illustrated on another page and followed by a hot plunge 
bath for a few minutes in water of no degrees F. 

These baths are indispensable as a means of elimina- 
tion, and should produce sleep. If the baths should fail 
to produce sleep, the patient can be given a full dose of 
bromidia, sulphonal, trional, veronal paraldehyd, or any 
other suitable hypnotic, which will be discussed later in 
what is known as the "Rest Cure." 

Patients have been educated by the former founders of 
the so-called "gold-cure" institutes to believe they can have 
all the liquor they desire. Thus we often find it neces-i 
sary to carry out our treatment on the same plan, or the 
patient may think our treatment an inferior one. If the 
patient is very weak he should only be allowed sufficient 
liquor to support him. There is no remedy in existence 
which will support an irritable heart or calm the nerves 
of the whisky habitue as quickly as whisky. This should 
only be allowed in moderate doses, however, for a few 
days, until nature has an opportunity of recuperating 
from other sources. If the patient is a moderate drinker 
and in a state of intoxication or semi-intoxication, he 
may be allowed a four ounce bottle of whisky and ad- 
vised to see how long he can make that last. All patients 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 103 

should be emphatically forbidden to enter any place 
where liquors are sold, or drink any intoxicating liquor 
other than that which he receives from you. 

In order that the reader may become familiar with 
the different methods of treatment, I will first give the 
treatment I used while in charge of an institute and 
which I have since used in private practice with excellent 
results for the treatment of alcoholism and the drug 
habits. I will also outline many secret cures and sys- 
tems, sold to the profession at different prices according 
to territorial right, etc. By the judicious use of these 
treatments you will be prepared to treat and cure alco- 
holism and the drug habits as successfully as they can be 
treated elsewhere. 



THE REST CURE. 

Some institutes have what is known as the ''Rest 
Cure," which in detail is very much like the preliminary 
treatment just described. This treatment is of special 
value as a preliminary treatment for patients who are 
nervous or present themselves in a state bordering on 
collapse, or manifest symptoms of delirium tremens. The 
patient is given a hot water bath or a hot blanket bath, 
which consists of wrapping the patient in woolen blank- 
ets taken from water with the temperature 140 degrees 
F. These baths are frequently repeated to keep up free 
diaphoresis. Nourishment is given in small amounts as 
the patient awakens. The patient is allowed as little 
whisky as is necessary to support him and is kept in a 
hypnotic or semi-hypnotic state from two to four days, 
until the effect of the alcoholic poison wears off. 

The remedies used for the purpose of producing "rest" 
(hypnosis) are hyoscine, trional, veronal and paraldehyd. 

Dr. J. Collins, in N writing regarding the relative value 
of the three last named remedies, says : 

The reliance which we place upon them, apparently, 
judging from the frequency with which they are used, 
is indicated by the order in which they are enumerated. 



104 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

Although veronal, one of the most recently introduced 
hypnotics, has something to be said in its favor, and 
particularly that it produces a hypnosis more profound 
than that caused by trional, there are disagreeable fea- 
tures attendant upon its use which compel us to admit 
that trional is the more suitable hypnotic. My experience 
with veronal, which I have used upward of a year in a 
great many cases of insomnia of manifold causation, is 
that it causes quite the ideal artificial sleep, it sometimes 
produces motor incoordination, especially of the lower 
extremities, erythematous eruption, neuralgia, and it di- 
minishes the solids and urin. Although trional will do 
all of these, I have not noticed any of them with anything 
like the frequency that I have after giving veronal. 
Nevertheless, veronal is an excellent hypnotic, and the 
sleep-producing effects are greater than those of trional, 
given in from ten-grain to fifteen-grain doses. It usually 
produces sleep after the second or third do#e in patients 
with delirium, whereas trional must be giv^en oftentimes 
in twice or in three times this quantity before any con- 
siderable hypnosis results. We have /the best results 
from the administration of trional when we give it in ten- 
grain doses every hour and with large draughts of hot 
water. After from four to six doses have been taken, the 
patient usually secures a more or less protracted sleep. 

Paraldehyd is the most reliable of all hypnotics. 
Every one who has much experience in nervous and men- 
tal diseases will concede that this is a fact. It is never 
a pleasant medicine to take, and if given frequently it is 
sure to disorder the digestion. In delirium tremens the 
subacute or chronic gastro-duodenal catarrh is almost 
invariably present, and paraldehyd tends to increase it 
and exaggerate it ; for this reason we never give it in the 
City Hospital as a routine measure, but when other hyp- 
notics fail we rely upon its administration in producing 
sleep and are rarely disappointed." 

The rest cure is only given to patients who are deliri- 
ous or extremely nervous and irritable and have muscular 
tremor, etc., and require rest. If the patient places him- 
self in vour charge in a reasonable state of sobrietv, the 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 105 

rest treatment is omitted, with the exception of a hyp- 
notic at bedtime, otherwise the patient is placed at once 
upon the following general tonic and reconstructive treat- 
ment : 



TONIC AND RECONSTRUCTIVE TREATMENT. 

The first treatment I ever used was that known as 
the Dunlap Cure, which was approximately the same 
treatment, somewhat modified, as that used by Dr. Gray, 
the formulae of which were made public through the 
efforts of Dr. Andrews, of Chicago ; and it is my belief 
that this treatment is quite as good as any in use at the 
present time, if used according to the following revised 
formulae : 

I commence giving the patient hypodermically : 

J£ Gold and sodium chloride 4 gr. 

Aqua, dis 1 oz. 

M. Sig. Inject five to ten minims at seven and eleven- 
thirty a. m., and at five and nine p. m. Each ten minims 
represents one-twentieth grain of the chloride of gold and 
sodium. 

I also give the following internally: 

Ty Atropine ' %. gr. 

Strychnine nitrate 1 gr. 

Tinct. capsicum 2 dr. 

F. E. erythroxylon coca 1 oz. 

F. E. avena sativa 1 oz. 

F. E. chionanthus virg 1 oz. 

Compound F. E. cinchona 3 oz. 

Simple elixir 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. A teaspoonful every two hours while 
awake. 

In briefly resuming the therapeutic value of the above 
medication, I may add that it is the belief of many phy- 
sicians that the only important part gold has in the treat- 



106 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

ment of alcoholism is the gold coin which passes from the 
hand of the patient to the pocket of the doctor. This is a 
great mistake, although the term "gold cure" has been 
extensively advertised for commercial purposes and 
sounds well and looks well. The therapeutic value of 
the chloride of gold and sodium is strongly indicated to 
antagonize the evil effects of alcohol. By referring to all 
modern literature upon the subject and accepting the 
views of the most competent clinicians, we find that the 
salts of gold are alteratives of the highest order and seem 
to exercise their best efforts upon organs and tissues de- 
stroyed by the poisonous effects of alcohol. 

It is a remedy par-excellence for sclerosis of the in- 
ternal organs, especially the liver and kidneys, drunkards 
dyspepsia, characterised by red glazed tongue, relaxation 
of the bowels, catarrh of the bile-ducts, duodenum, 
jaundice, etc. It has been highly commended for suicidal 
mania, melancholia and a tonic for low spirited people, 
and many other conditions which are associated in a 
direct or indirect way with chronic alcoholism, thus we 
find that the use of gold is not as empiric as we are often 
led to believe, and is one of the principal remedies used 
at many successful institutes. Atropine has been judi- 
ciously added to the preparation as a means of relieving 
cerebral congestion and headache, which is nearly al- 
ways present after a debauch. It is also especially use- 
ful as a cardiac and respiratory stimulant. Strychnine is 
also a valuable adjunct in the treatment of alcoholism and 
the drug habits as a stomachic tonic and a stimulant to 
the heart respiratory, muscular and nervous system. Ery- 
throxylan, avena sativa and the cinchona compound have 
been added for their respective tonic properties. Chiona- 
thus in passive doses, as given here, is a cholagogue and 
mild diuratic and promotes activity of the liver and kid- 
neys, and assists elimination. There is no remedy which 
replaces the fiery taste of whisky better than capsicum. 
Whisky drinkers are accustomed to hot drinks and this 
remedy supplies this desire. This can be omitted in many 
cases, however, and should always be gradually reduced 
within a few days, or it can^be administered separately if 
desired. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 107 

After the patient has taken this treatment for a few- 
days, he generally loses his desire for liquor and dis- 
continues its use, but the treatment should be continued 
for a period of three or four weeks. On the other hand, 
we occasionally find a patient who thinks he is overly- 
wise and can "beat the cure." These patients are gen- 
erally of the lower classes and will drink, drink, and 
drink until compelled to stop. They are easily managed, 
however, and it is rather amusing to see how quickly 
you can relieve their minds of these erroneous ideas. 
After a patient has been taking the treatment a few days 
and you feel that he is fighting the treatment, when the 
time comes for the hypodermic injection, give him an 
extra large drink of whisky. Have him secure it at the 
drug store, if you wish, so that he will not think you have 
doctored it, and instead of the regular injection, give him 
one-tenth grain of apomorphine. This, of course, will 
make him sick at his stomach and vomit. In nine cases 
out of ten you cannot get him to touch liquor any more, 
but once in a while a patient will attempt to drink again. 
I remember once giving a patient seventeen of these in- 
jections before I could conquer him. 

Apomorphine and the "sickening process" have al- 
ways formed one of the "trade secrets" of the different 
gold-cure institutes, and I believe that apomorphine is 
one of the most valuable drugs we have as an emergency 
treatment in the cure of alcoholism, as it makes you 
master of the situation, and at the same time, impresses 
the patient with the fact that the treatment you are giv- 
ing is a complete antidote to alcohol, and that the two 
can not be taken at the same time. You will also find 
that some patients before quitting the treatment wish to 
see if they can take a drink of liquor, to learn whether or 
not the cure has been complete. In many cases I have 
requested them to drink and then given them an injec- 
tion of apomorphine at the same time. This satisfies 
them in the extreme. This might be condemned by some 
as an unprincipled and injudicious practice, but, such as 
it is, it is effective and curative and I believe that there 
is a larger percentage of cures in those who have under- 



108 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

gone the sickening process at least once while taking 
treatment than in those who have not. The mental im- 
pression the patient receives (and alcoholism is conceded 
to be partially a mental disease, hence the term ''dipso- 
mania") is lasting in its results. After this treatment the 
patient is thoroughly disgusted with his favorite bever- 
age. I have often seen patients become sick at their 
stomach by watching others drink, several days after 
taking the apomorphine. 

This is what is known at most gold-cure institutes as 
the "barber pole shot."' They have three solutions for in- 
jecting, labeled number one, two and three. Number 
one is white and contains a solution of nitrate of strych- 
nine ; number two contains gold and sodium and is col- 
ored red ; number three contains the apomorphine, which 
if mixed with water will turn a bluish green, hence, by 
taking medicine from each bottle, Ave get the red, white 
and blue. 

There is no special advantage of treating alcoholism 
by hypodermic medication, other than you have the pa- 
tient under your immediate control. You can absolutely 
compel him to stop drinking by the use of apomorphine 
and having him report regularly for his hypodermic treat- 
ment, you can keep him constantly under your observa- 
tion and control and witness the progress of your treat- 
ment. The hypodermic injections also have a wonderful 
psychic effect. Many patients have never received a hy- 
podermic inje'ction before they imagine that this method 
of treatment is much more certain and curative in its 
effects than the ordinary treatment given by the mouth. 

Although the apomorphine treatment is not required 
in all cases it would be almost impossible to cure some 
cases without its use, and this method of producing 
emesis is far better than to give an emetic in whisky, and 
is not nearly so easily detected. 

The combined treatment which I have just outlined 
is the one I prefer for the general class of patients and 
it will establish as great a number of cures as any treat- 
ment in present use. It can be used in either private a 
sanitarium practice with equal success. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 109 

THE TREATMENT FOR OPIUM, COCAINE AND 
OTHER DRUG HABITS. 

There are several different types of drug habitues and 
several different methods of treatment to cure them, each 
method having its enthusiastic advocate. The treatment 
of drug habits differs from alcoholism inasmuch as nearly 
every case presents different, individual characteristics 
and requires special attention and skill on the part of the 
physician to meet the emergencies. While we find al- 
coholic patients desire companionship and enjoy social 
functions, opium and other drug habitues are generally 
secretive in their disposition, and the physician who 
treats them should loose no time in securing the confi- 
dence and co-operation of his patients. They are wedded 
to their drug and believe that it is part of their existence; 
therefore they should have the assurance that they can 
have all of the drug their system requires during the 
treatment, but that they are to take only that which they 
receive from you. 

To illustrate the cautiousness of many patients, I re- 
member one lady who applied for treatment who had 
three drachm bottles of morphine and a hypodermic 
syringe secreted in her clothing. She did not tell me this 
until after she had completed the treatment, when she 
handed them to me and confessed her actions, stating 
that she had heard so much about the torture received in 
curing the morphine habit, that she came prepared not 
to suffer. She was placed upon the gradual reduction 
treatment and made a splendid recovery. 

There are several things to be considered in carrying 
out a treatment for the drug habits. We have to combat 
the physical and mental disturbances, which are sure to 
follow the withdrawal of the drug. We have to relieve 
the patient from the craving of the drug, that we may 
enable him to permanently discontinue its use. We have 
to restore his mental and physical condition so that he 
will not depend upon the drug for support. These are 
problems which often confuse the minds of the most skill- 
ful physicians, but they can be solved by appropriate 
therapeutic measures. 



110 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

Among patients applying to you for treatment, you 
will find first, the young and vigorous patients, who have 
not taken the drug long enough to produce any marked 
pathological changes in their anatomy. Second, the one 
who has used the drug for several years .without its seem- 
ingly producing any ill effects. Third, the one who uses 
the drugs for the relief of pain of some co-existing dis- 
ease, such as cancer, chronic sores, hepatic and renal 
calculi, etc. Fourth, the old and feeble who have ex- 
isted upon the drugs for years and have brought about 
pathological changes which are beyond repair. 

As the digestive and assimilative organs are prac- 
tically paralyzed ; the secretions of the stomach, liver and 
bowels are checked. They become emaciated and live 
upon their reserve of former years. 

The first and second class will generally yield to 
proper treatment. The third class may also be cured, 
providing you can establish a cure for the painful dis- 
ease, but, as a rule, the fourth class is beyond all medical 
aid and the patients should be allowed to use the drug 
as long as they live. The preliminary treatment for drug 
addicts should be very much the same as that for alcohol. 
If, in your judgment, you think the case is a curable one, 
for a few days previous to the treatment you adopt, the 
patient should take hot air and water baths and open the 
pores of his skin. The alimentary tract should be cleaned 
out by the use of calomel and phosphate of soda. Acetate 
of potassium will be found a good remedy to stimulate 
the secretions of the kidneys. The patient will then be 
ready for the regular routine treatment. There are sev- 
eral ways in which the drug habit may be treated, viz : — 
the gradual reduction method ; the rapid reduction 
method, and the immediate withdrawal method, etc. 

THE GRADUAL REDUCTION METHOD. 

This is one of the most satisfactory methods of treat- 
ment in present use for curing morphine and other drug 
habits and has the advantage that it can be used in 
private practice nearly as well as at a sanitarium or in- 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 111 

stitute with the full co-operation of the patient. This 
method of treatment offers the following advantages, 
viz : It is not attended with any marked discomfort to 
the patient, no weakness or profuse perspiration, gener- 
ally no pain or diarrhcea or extreme nervousness, col- 
lapse, etc., often accompanying other treatments. With 
this treatment there is no fixed amount of the drug re- 
duced each day, but the patient is requested to take as 
little of the drug as possible, and still remain comfortable. 
The principal point to be observed is to build up the 
patient's general constitution and prepare him for the 
reduction previous to withdrawing his drug supply, and 
allow him as minimum amount of the drug as is com- 
pensative with health and comfort, and to withdraw the 
amount so gradual that it will not be noticeable to the 
patient. Most patients take much larger amounts of the 
drug they are using than is generally necessary to keep 
them comfortable. If a patient is taking 30 grains of 
morphine a day it can be reduced to at least one-half that 
amount, or even less the first few days, and hardly be 
noticed, and the patient always feels better for its re- 
moval. It is always a good rule to commence the first 
day's treatment by reducing the amount of the drug at 
least one-half; if you are satisfied that the patient is ab- 
solutely in need of more you may allow it. If he has 
passed the first day successfully and in comparatively a 
comfortable manner, the drug may be reduced as much 
as you think he will stand the next day, finally you will 
reach the minimum amount which will support him with- 
out distress, and this should be your starting point. Re- 
member, however, that you should never allow the patient 
to suffer for the want of the drug; on the other hand, 
they often imagine they want the drug when they really 
do not require it; in such instances a hypodermic injec- 
tion of water will often pacify them. After you have 
found the minimum amount he can stand, the reduction 
should be made from now on in such small amounts each 
day that the patient will not be able to detect the reduc- 
tion. As soon as you commence to reduce the drug the 
functions of the body, which have been chained down, 



112 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

will awaken to new life and activity, the appetite will 
usually increase, the secretions will be more profuse, the 
bowels will become more regular, although the patient 
may be somewhat restless at night. AY hat sleep he does 
procure will be more profound and refreshing. If he 
should suffer too much from insomnia, a suitable hyp- 
notice may be given when he awakens. The heart may 
become irritable, Aveak, fast or irregular, requiring a hy- 
podermic injection of strychnine. 

With this method there is no stated time promised to 
effect a cure ; it might require one month, or it may re- 
quire ten weeks ; this depends somewhat upon the physi- 
cal condition of the patient, which is always to be sup- 
ported in advance or in proportion to the amount of the 
drug withdrawn, always watching the condition of the 
appetite, bowels, kidneys and heart, and see that the skin 
is active with hot air and water baths, which assist the 
eliminative process. If the patient has weak recuperative 
powers, it will take longer to effect a cure than it will 
where the functions of the body are more active. During 
the reduction the patient will require a good thorough 
tonic and eliminative treatment. The following offers 
one of the best hypodermic medications to support the 
heart's action and nervous system : 

I> Strychnine nitrate J^ gr. 

Spartein sulp 6 gr. 

Aqua I oz. 

Mix. Sig. Inject ten minims with the amount of 
morphine you find necessary to support the patient ; each 
ten minims represents strychnine, one ninety-sixth grain, 
and spartein one-eighth grain. The best time to make 
the hypodermic injections is about fifteen minutes before 
meal time and just before going to bed. The stimulating 
effect allows the patient to eat and sleep better if given 
at these times, and it is absolutely necessary that he 
should maintain a good appetite and rest to have the 
treatment progressive and accomplish results. The pa- 
tient should also take internal treatment. The following 
formula has given excellent satisfaction : 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 113 

ty F. E. avena sativa I oz. 

F. E. passiflora incarnata ij4 oz. 

F. E. Cinchona comp 2 oz. 

Bromidia 1^2 oz. 

Spts. ammonia aromatic 2 oz. 

Syr. lactucarium virosa 2 oz. 

M. Sig. A teaspoonful every two hours while awake. 

To illustrate the use of this method of treatment, we 
will say that the patient is in the habit of taking forty 
grains of morphine ; we know that he can exist in per- 
fect comfort with twenty grains, we therefore com- 
mence our first day's treatment with twenty grains. If 
the day is passed comfortably, the next day we make a 
still further reduction of two grains. This reduction is 
made from one to two grains a day until we have reached 
the minimum amount which will support him comforta- 
bly. If this should require twelve grains we will com- 
mence from this amount as a starting point and from now 
on we will make the reduction so gradual that the pa- 
tient will not be aware of it. I have the following solu- 
tion prepared : 

^ Morphine sulphate 96 gr. 

Aqua 1 oz. 

Mix. Each five minims of the above solution repre- 
sents one grain of morphine ; of this he receives four in- 
jections the first day by taking ten minims (two grains 
of morphine) of this solution and ten minims of the 
spartein and strychnine solution at about 6:45 and 11 145 
a. m., and 5:45 and 9:30 p. m. He is also allowed two 
powders of one-half grain each triturated with ten grains 
of sugar of milk, to be taken if absolutely necessary be- 
tween the injections, allowing him to have only one 
powder at a time. We will now attempt to reduce the 
morphine one grain a day for five days. After about two 
weeks, under judicious management, we will find we 
have reduced the drug from forty to about six grains a 
day without much discomfort to the patient. The reduc- 
tions from now on will have to be made in much smaller 

[8J 



114 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

amounts. A new solution should be prepared containing 
one grain to every ten minims and from this solution you 
can commence by using twelve minims with one-half 
grain powders if necessary. At the end of another week 
the patient can be well supported by three grains., By 
reducing the drug in very small amounts, for about three 
or four weeks longer it can be gradually withdrawn al- 
together without the patient's knowledge. During thf 
last three weeks if you have not abandoned the internal 
powder, it is well to substitute quinine, which has a sim- 
ilar bitterness and cannot be detected by the patient. Of 
course, you will find there are many complications aris- 
ing from this treatment the same as there are with others, 
but by carefully watching the patient and with his co- 
operation, you can effect a cure in fully eighty-five or 
ninety per cent, of all cases. If the patient is weak and 
nervous, endeavor to build him up physically and men- 
tally in proportion to the amount of the drug you with- 
draw. Do not attempt to be in too great a hurry and 
cause the patient discomfort, for it is better to have the 
patient in a peaceful state of mind than otherwise, even if 
it takes longer. 

Complete recoveries can be made by this treatment in 
six weeks in many cases, while in others it will require 
three months. Although this treatment is condemned by 
enthusiastic advocates of other treatments, I believe it 
to be the best medication for the average patient and it 
is particularly advantageous in the aged and persons with 
low vitality. If we fail to get the full co-operation of the 
patient by the gradual reduction method, there is only 
one alternative, which is the rapid reduction method. 

THE RAPID REDUCTION METHODS. 

There are two ways generally practiced of reducing 
drugs rapidly; one is known as the Intermediate With- 
drawal Method and the other as the Radical Withdrawal 
Method ; both require much discipline on the part of the 
physician, and some distress and will power on the part 
of the patient, for a few days after the drug has been en- 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 115 

tirely abandoned. The latter can be greatly overcome, 
however, by appropriate medication. Both of these 
methods have been largely used at institutes where the 
patient only had a limited time to receive treatment. 
Many patients start on this treatment and terminate with 
the Immediate Withdrawal Method, as will be discussed 
later. 

INTERMEDIATE WITHDRAWAL METHOD. 

The drug can be reduced by this method by either 
hypodermic or internal medication. I prefer the internal 
treatment in powder form, triturating the drug with 
sugar of milk. . If you are treating the patient for the 
morphine habit, duplicate quinine for the morphine as 
you withdraw the latter. This will give the powder a 
bitter taste so that it will not be' noticed by the patient 
that you are using less morphine each day, and at the 
same time you get the tonic effect from the quinine. 

The amount by which the morphine is reduced each 
day will depend upon the amount consumed. To illus- 
trate, if the patient is in the habit of consuming fifteen 
grains of morphine in twenty-four hours, it should be 
prepared with sugar of milk as follows : 

^ Morphine sulphate 15 gr. 

Sugar of milk 45 gr. 

Triturate and divide in as many powders as the 
patient wishes. He can take these powders at the same 
intervals as was his former custom. The next day we 
will make a reduction of two grains and add quinine as 
follows : 

I£ Quinine sulphate 2 gr. 

Morphine sulphate 13 gr. 

Sugar of milk 45 gr. 

Triturate and divide in powders as required. 

We will attempt to reduce the morphine two grains a 
day for the first five days and add two grains of quinine 
each day, then one grain a day for three days, then, half 



116 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

a grain a day for four days. After this, the drug should 
not be given at all, if possible. Now we commence to re- 
duce the quinine as we did the morphine until the patient 
requires none of the powders. This is the general plan of 
treatment by the simple reduction method, but often- 
times we have to deviate from this, and not reduce the 
drug so rapidly, also giving an extra dose of morphine 
to allay the nervousness. But this method of treatment 
should be adhered to as nearly as possible, and be sure 
that the patient gets a smaller quantity of the drug eacn 
day. The tonic treatment may be kept up for some 
time after the powders are abandoned, but it should be 
taken in smaller doses each day and withdrawn alto- 
gether a week or two after the quinine is stopped. 

THE RADICAL REDUCTION METHOD. 

The amount of the drug is much more rapidly reduced 
by this method than it is by the gradual reduction or in- 
termediate treatments previously given. The patient is 
allowed the drug which he is addicted for about seven to 
twelve days and then it is given up altogether. The 
method of reduction is to reduce the drug by one-half 
each day. To illustrate, if the patient should take thirty- 
two grains of morphine each day, the second days treat- 
ment he receives sixteen grains, the third day eight 
grains, and so on until the end of the tenth day, when he 
receives one-sixteenth grain, then it is used no longer. 
From the time he is allowed less than two grains a day 
for about ten clays or tivo weeks, he will suffer consider- 
able mental and physical distress, but by successfully 
bridging him over this critical period by the use of judi- 
cious therapeutic measures, he will reach the crisis suc- 
cessfully. 

Aside from the hypodermic and tonic treatment he 
receives during the critical period, a suitable hypnotic 
and baths should be given to induce sleep. It might be 
necessary to confine the patient to his bed for a few days 
and keep him in a semi-hypnotic condition, by alternating 
hyoscine with other suitable hypnotics. This method of 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 11 7 

treatment is rather a severe one and is only a modifica- 
tion of the Levinstein treatment. It can be used success- 
fully, however, in many cases where time is limited and 
the patient has sufficient courage and vitality to with- 
stand its application. It is this and similar treatments, 
however, which give institutes a bad reputation, as hav- 
ing a torture process connected with their treatment. It 
is best never to use this treatment wihout first ex- 
plaining the details of the treatment before commencing 
its use. Patients who have taken this treatment are not 
liable to give the method a very hearty commendation, 
which often reacts to a disadvantage to the physician's 
reputation. 

IMMEDIATE WITHDRAWAL METHOD. 
The Three Day Cure. 

A few months ago there was a Dr. Swain located in 
this city, who afterwards established a sanitarium in 
Cleveland and advertised quite extensively what was 
known as the "Three Day Cure." This and similar quick 
cure treatments used at institutes are described as the 
"Immediate Withdrawal Method," which is approximate- 
ly the treatment I wish to outline here. This treatment 
can be adopted to a good advantage in the young, vigor- 
ous, and in new cases. The patient is prepared for this 
treatment the same as for other treatments, by giving 
hot air and water baths a few days. Before commencing 
the treatment remove all foreign matter from the bowels 
by cathartic remedies ; the kidneys should also have 
dieuretic treatment. In the meantime the drug should 
be reduced to a minimum. After giving these prelim- 
inary measures the attention they require and the day 
comes to commence the treatment proper, the patient is 
requested to abstain from the use of the drug to which 
he is addicted until he can ho longer resist the craving. 
Then he may be given a hypodermic injection of five 
minims of the following formula : s 



118 ALCOHOD AND DRUG HABIT 

HYPODERMIC MEDICATION. 

Formula No. i. 

.,; I> Hyoscine hydrobromate. . . J4 gr. 

Tincture rhus tox , . . 5 min. . 

Tincture apis mellifica 5 min. 

Solution boracic acid (2 per cent) .... 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. Use hypodermically. Maximum dose ten 
minims, minimum dose five minims; use according to the 
directions' which follow : 

At the end of fifteen minutes, give him five minims 
more, and in a half hour he can take ten minims more. 
The patient will now tell you that his throat is very dry, 
and he will fall asleep ; his sleep will probably last four 
or five hours. If he' should become sleepy after the sec- 
ond dose, five minims will be sufficient for the last injec- 
tion. 

When the patient awakens he will complain of being 
dizzy; his pupils will be dilated and his face flushed. If 
he has been asleep four or five hours, he should have 
another injection of ten. minims. 

By this time he is getting the characteristic physio- 
logical effects of the hyoscine. He will imagine and do 
all sorts of things. He may cry, sing or imagine he sees 
funny people; he will pick at the bed clothes, etc. This 
should not cause you to be alarmed, as all these symp- 
toms are due to the denarcotizing effects of the hyoscine. 
The patient should be given hypodermic injections at in- 
tervals of four or five hours until he has been kept in 
this condition for a period of twenty-four hours; then 
discontinue their use and allow the patient to resume his 
normal mind. He may ask for more of his accustomed 
drug or he may say that he has no desire for it what- 
ever. If he should still crave the drug, he should be kept 
under the influence of hyoscine for a period of twelve 
hours longer ; then stop the treatment again until he is 
rational. If he still has a craving, you may again pro- 
duce the semi-intoxicated condition with the hypodermic 
injections for a few hours longer, but if he states he has 



ALCOHOi; AND DRUG HABIT 119 

no further use for the drug, and is free from the craving, 
you should discontinue the hypodermic injections and at 
once commence giving him the following: 

INTERNAL MEDICATION. 

Formula No. 2. 

I> Hyoscine hydrobromate . . .% gr. 

Strychnine nitrate . ... 1 gr. 

Nitro-glycerine .%. gr. 

F. E. avena sativa . . . . . 2 oz. 

Simple elixir q. s. ad. 6 oz'. 

Mix. One teaspoonful every four to six hours. 

During the time you are giving the hypodermic injec- 
tions, the patient may manifest a variety of symptoms. 
His heart action generally remains about normal, but if 
it should become weak, give him a hypodermic injection 
of 1-40 grain strychnine nitrate or 1-100 grain nitro- 
glycerine, if his body is cold. The patient will almost 
always vomit freely and feel much better afterwards. He 
may also have fetid breath, dry tongue and free saliva- 
tion. None of these symptoms should cause you alarm. 

Respiration may be accelerated, but this is of little 
concern. If it should become labored, one-fourth or one- 
half grain of morphine may be given, which will give im- 
mediate relief without retarding the treatment. During 
the treatment, the patient should have all the. water he 
wants and nutrition should be kept up as much as pos- 
sible with milk or with some one of the prepared invalid 
foods. 

After the patient tells you he has no desire for his 
accustomed drug, he should commence taking a tea- 
spoonful every four hours of formula No. 2. This should 
be continued for a few days, according to the needs of 
the patient, when it should be gradually withdrawn. 

The most common complaint of one who has taken 
the opium cure is insomnia, and it is always best to omit 
hypnotics. If possible, try to induce sleep by having the 
patient take hot or cold baths, but, if it is absolutely 
necessary, you may give from seven to fifteen grains each 
of hydrate of chloral and bromide of potassium. 



120 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

A patient undergoing this treatment should be un- 
dressed and confined to his room, and have the constant 
attention of a nurse, who should watch the patient very 
closely and see that he has a hot or cold bath every day. 
This has a remarkable soothing effect. Allow the patient 
to sit up or lie down as he prefers. The bowels should 
move at least every other day, but, if diarrhoea should 
exist, it should be checked by appropriate treatment. 

This method of treatment may be considered rather 
heroic, but it is not dangerous in selected cases. The 
patient should never be told beforehand the effects of the 
treatment, but you can inform his friends if you wish. 
This is a very successful treatment and will produce re- 
markable results in curable cases, but I prefer the grad- 
ual reduction method when it can be applied. 

THE MIXED TREATMENT. 

It becomes necessary at times to change from one 
treatment to another ; this is particularly so if you do not 
succeed in getting the full co-operation of the patient. 
You might commence the gradual reduction method and 
find the patient is taking his drug on the sly, which, of 
course, detains the progress of the treatment. In such 
cases the immediate withdrawal of the drug and the use 
of hyoscine bears the same relation to the opium habit 
as the apomorphine does to the alcohol habit ; it rather 
compels them to abandon the drug. It can also be used 
to a good advantage in many cases, where for various rea- 
sons, the patient has only a limited time to complete his 
treatment. I have seen beautiful results from commenc- 
ing treatment with either the Gradual, Intermediate or 
Rapid Withdrawal Treatment, and when the point has 
been reached where the patient craves more of the drug 
than you are supplying him, to place him at once upon 
the Immediate Withdrawal Treatment and terminate 
the cure. While on the other ■ hand there are a few 
selected cases where the Immediate Withdrawal Treat- 
ment has been used first and the Gradual Reduction 
Treatment completed a cure. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 12 L 

GENERAL COMPLICATIONS. 

As I have previously stated, there can be no stereo- 
typed rule, treatment or medication which can be applied 
in all cases alike. Although you will find that there are 
several complications, idiosyncrasys and personal char- 
acteristics which may confront you and require your im- 
mediate attention as they present themselves during the 
course of any treatment you deem best suited for any par- 
ticular case. These complications should be readily met 
with proper therapeutic measures. The condition of the 
appetite, heart, kidneys, liver and bowels should always 
be watched. Endeavor to keep them in as normal state 
as possible. The heart may become weak and require a 
stimulant, of which we find strychnine, spartein or nitro- 
glycerin acceptable. The sudden withdrawal of morphine 
may cause diarrhoea, which may require the use of salol, 
bismuth, the sulpho-carbolates, etc. Excessive perspira- 
tion and night sweats may be checked with atropine.. 
Sickness at the stomach and hyperacidity often require 
the physician's attention. A morphine addict who has 
existed upon the drug a long time, pain will be a promi- 
nent symptom when the drug is withdrawn ; this may be 
either real or imaginary. Rest, hot air and water baths, 
accompanied by hypnotics, are the best means of relief. 
If the patient should manifest symptoms of delirium, 
some one of the hypnotics mentioned in the "Rest Cure" 
will be serviceable. The treatment of alcoholism and the 
drug habits in general require remedies thoroughly class- 
ed as a heart stimulant, nerve tonics, sedatives, recon- 
structives, hypnotics, etc. Elimination is the foundation 
of all curative measures and is well expressed by Dr. 
Waugh in his favorite quotation "wash up, clean out and 
keep clean," cannot be used in any disease to a better ad- 
vantage than in eliminating poisonous drugs, which have 
found a lodging place in the bodies of habitues for years. 

Every excessable source we have in promoting elim- 
ination should be utilized. The most important of these 
is hot air and water baths ; these baths have as important 
a relation in the treatment of alcoholism and the druo- 
habits as quinine does in malaria, or mercury in syphilis. 



122 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

Baths are the one indispensable agent in assisting nature 
to eliminate the poisonous elements. They should be 
taken at least as often as every other day from the com- 
mencement of the treatment and continued for several 
months afterwards. Baths are not only important as an 
eliminating process, but they will often relieve pain and 
induce rest and sleep when other treatments fail. 

When the patient has successfully completed his 
treatment, it is always a good plan to provide him with 
remedies which will stimulate the secretions of the kid- 
neys and liver and regulate the bowels. 

There are many remedies and emergency treat- 
ments which might be mentioned here, but every physi- 
cian is familiar with the therapeutic value of the drugs 
required, and by, carefully observing the condition of the 
patient during the progress of the treatment, he will be 
able to meet the demands of the different complications 
and successfully bridge him over the critical period to a 
successful crisis. 

A CURE FOR THE TOBACCO HABIT. 

It may seem rather unreasonable to state that the 
tobacco habit is one of the most difficult to conquer, 
but such is the case, and in order to effect a cure, the 
patient has to exercise his will-power to its fullest extent. 
In this habit we have what may be termed a mechanical 
as well as a physical and mental condition to overcome. 

Those who use tobacco are accustomed to having 
something in their mouth and they miss this as much 
or more than they do the narcotic effect of the tobacco. 
I once treated a patient for the tobacco habit, who used 
at least three ounces of fine-cut every day, and after the 
cure was completed, he stated that he had no desire for 
tobacco, but he must have something in his mouth ; he, 
therefore, chewed wheat. He was still keeping up this 
practice when' I saw him last, four years after taking 
the treatment. Others want gum, while cigarette, cigar 
and pipe smokers often like to hold a lead-pencil in their 
mouth. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG' HABIT 123 

The following formula has proved that it meets tht 
demands in curing the tobacco habit in hiany cases in my 
practice : 

IJ Atropine sulphate % g r - 

Tr. nux vomica Y dr. 

Tr. humulus I oz. 

Tr. quassia ••'••• } Y 2 - oz - 

Tr. gentian ....-, V ... . V/i oz. 

Tr. cinchona comp . , 2 oz. 

M. Sig. A teaspoonful every two or three hours 
while awake. 

For the chewing tobacco habit the patient should be 
allowed a small amount for a few days ; he should use 
fine-cut and use a piece no larger than a bean. 

This may be used every three hours for the first day ; 
every five hours the second day; the third day it may be 
used twice, and the fourth day it should be given up al- 
together; but every time the patient thinks he wants a 
chew from this time on he should take a few drops of 
medicine on his tongue. This will stop his craving. 

If the patient smokes, he should be instructed to 
smoke a pipe instead of cigars or cigarettes. He may 
have a short smoke of not more than a quarter of a pipe 
full at a time every three hours the first day, and every 
five hours the second day; twice the third day, and none 
the fourth day. The same plan of treatment of taking 
a few drops of medicine on the tongue will apply to smok- 
ing the same as it does for chewing. From now on he 
need not take a teaspoonful of the treatment every three 
hours, as the medicine he takes when he has a desire to 
use tobacco will be sufficient to cure him. The treatment 
should be kept up for a month or more. 

WHAT CONSTITUTES A CURE FOR THE AL- 
COHOL, MORPHINE AND OTHER HABITS. 

The physicians in charge of institutes or sanitariums 
where these habits are exclusively treated, differ greatly 
as to the percentage of cures, some claiming ninety-five 



124 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

per cent., and others as low as fifty per cent. These dif- 
ferent percentages of success naturally lead us to inquire 
what may be considered a cure. 

I believe that if we can succeed by proper treatment 
in placing a patient in a condition in which he does not 
require or crave any alcohol, morphine or other drug to 
which he is addicted, for a period of six months, he may 
be considered cured, and, if he has any strength of char- 
acter, he can let it alone from that time on. There are 
always periods after a patient has taken treatment when 
he has a feeling of loneliness or absent-mindedness steal 
over him. This cannot be termed a craving, but he can- 
not help realizing the delightful sensations that were 
present when he was full of his once accustomed poison. 
It is therefore many times beneficial to give a good tonic 
preparation after the regular treatment is abandoned and 
to tell him that if he should ever have a desire for his 
liquor or drug to take this preparation for a day or so. 
This in many cases will carry him through. 

Patients of this kind should have their minds oc- 
cupied either with work, amusement, travel or change of 
scene, or some other diversion. 

If we consider a term of six months a sufficient length 
of time to pronounce' a case cured, the percentage of 
cures will be much larger than they would if we accept 
only those cases which are permanently cured. Of the 
first fourteen cases I treated for alcoholism, the first to 
relapse was at seven months. From this time up to two 
years, eight went back to their former habits, one died 
six months after taking treatment, of pneumonia. Some 
of these eight took the treatment again, however, and did 
not drink again for many months. The last time I heard 
from the remaining five, they were still total abstainers. 
I have had occasion to note patients who have taken the 
Keeley and other treatments, and I found that the per- 
centage of cures are about the same. Owing to the lack 
of association, I oelieve that the percentage of cures in 
drug habits is greater. We will always notice that those 
who drink alcohol want associates, while those who in- 
dulge in drugs want secretiveness. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 125 

Even if the percentage of permanent cures may be 
considered small, this treatment has been instrumental 
in doing more good than any other temperance cause ever 
instituted. If its only field of importance were to make 
homes happy for a period of six months or a year, it 
would be a worthy practice, but we find, on the other 
hand, a certain percentage of permanent cures, which 
bring with them new manhood and happy families. 
In the foregoing pages I have endeavored to give the 
details of the different methods of treatment generally 
used at gold cure institutes, private sanitariums and in 
private practice. Although the treatment may vary in 
many instances it is practically all founded upon the 
methods already outlined. There have been several other 
methods and secret systems used which have come under 
my observation, and in order that the physician may 
broaden his knowledge as much as possible upon the sub- 
ject, I will append the formulae and details of several of 
these secret and non-secret systems. 

LEVINSTEIN'S METHOD OF SUDDEN WITH- 
DRAWAL. 

This method is also often spoken of as the English 
Method, due to its first being introduced in England by 
the above author. This treatment consists of placing 
the patient in a padded cell and suddenly withdrawing 
all morphine. He is constantly watched by a medical 
attendant and provided with stimulants or other medica- 
tion he may require to meet the emergencies as they pre- 
sent themselves. The patient raves and fights until he is 
often in a state of collapse ; at the end of from four to 
six days his struggle is over, and with appropriate tonic 
treatment he reaches a successful crisis. 

This barbarous treatment needs no mention other 
than its condemnation, as it requires an extra amount of 
courage for both physician and patient, although it is 
successful in many cases. There have been many sudden 
deaths, and the mortality is much greater than the use 
of other treatments. 



126 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

DR. MATTISON'S TREATMENT FOR 
MORPHINISM. 

In opposition to the English method, Dr. Mattison, 
of Brooklyn, has published what he calls the American 
Method, which is an intervening method of treatment. 
from the cruel method of sudden withdrawal without 
supporting the nervous system, as practiced by Levin- 
stein and avoids the long delay of reaching the crisis by 
the use of the gradual reduction method. The treatment 
used by this noted specialist, in brief, is as follows: The 
morphine is gradually reduced in from ten to twelve days.,' 
and as the reduction is taking place the nervous system 
is supported with increasing doses of bromides. The 
bromide of sodium is preferred, as it is attended with the 
least cutanious eruption and is more agreeable and ac- 
ceptable by the stomach. The sodium is administered 
twice a day, at ten a. m. and ten p. m. 

To illustrate, the patient states he generally uses 
about thirty grains of morphine each day; we find this 
about one-third more of the drug than is necessary 1 1 
support him comfortably. We therefore commence the 
first day's treatment with twenty grains of morphine ; 
from now on we reduce two or more grains a day until 
at the end of ten days the drug is entirely withdrawn. 

To support the nervous system and produce sedation 
the bromide of sodium is given in increasing doses, as the 
morphine is withdrawn. The first day the morphine is 
reduced three grains and the patient receives ten grains 
of the bromide of sodium twice daily; the next day the 
morphine is likewise reduced and the sodium increased to 
twenty grains tAvice a day; the third day another reduc- 
tion is made with the morphine, and the patient receives 
thirty grains of the sodium each morning and evening, 
thus the decrease of morphine and the increase of sodium 
is kept up until the morphine is entirely withdrawn and 
the patient is taking the maximum dose of sodium bro- 
mide, which might reach to seventy-five or one hundred 
grains daily. The object of this treatment is to produce 
sedation and conquer all nervous manifestations by large 
doses of the bromide. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 127 

The length of time required to carry out this treat- 
ment and the amount of morphine reduced each day and 
the quantity of bromide required to produce sedation, will 
depend largely upon the condition of the patient and the 
judgment of the physician. The patient should not have 
any stated amount of the bromide, but sufficient to pro- 
duce complete sedation at all times. After the patient 
has taken this treatment a few days, he will appear to be 
drowsy and want to sleep ; he may also manifest symp- 
toms due to the increased amount of bromides he has 
taken, i. e., acna, feated breath, etc. All these symptoms 
may be absent if the bromide of sodium causes an in- 
creased action of the kidneys, as it often does. After the 
patient takes his last dose of morphine he may require a 
few injections of codeine to carry, him through the critical 
stage. Insomnia is often present and is treated with 
trional. For pain and restlessness he gives large doses 
of fluid extract cannabis indica (P., D. & C), thirty to 
forty minims. 

Dr. Mattison has devoted many years of his life as a 
specialist in drug addictions and has been remarkably 
successful with this method, of which he is the originator. 

TRIUMPH FORMULAE FOR LIQUOR, MOR- 
PHINE, COCAINE, CHLORAL AND TOBACCO. 

Two years ago a gentleman representing a concern 
from Knoxville, Tenm, canvassed this state, selling the 
formulae and "system" of the Triumph Cure, for liquor, 
morphine, cocaine, chloral and tobacco habits. The 
price charged for the system was from $10.00 up, accord- 
ing to territorial right; the purchaser pledging himself 
under a $500.00 contract never to disclose the secrets. 
This is a fair example of the many things which are of- 
fered the medical profession, although this system is 
above the average in merit. I have used some of the 
formulae with good results, and will give a verbatim copy 
of the original, which was bought for ten dollars by a 
physician residing in Indiana. 



128 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

WHISKY TREATMENT. 

Drunkenness is now recognized as a disease. Since it 
is a disease of the nervous system, or pathological condi- 
tion which disturbs the mental equilibrium, or as it were, 
a defect in the will power, termed dipsomania. Being 
convinced, therefore, that we have a disease of a specific 
nature to deal with, we must set out to find a specific 
treatment, using such therapeutic re-agents as will main- 
tain or bring back the nervous system to its original 
physiological equilibrium, or normal condition of will- 
power. This may be accomplished by improving the 
patient's general tone, by stimulating and strengthening 
his nervous system and by surrounding him with good 
moral influences. It has been proved that strychnine is a 
specific remedy, as it is the most powerful and valuable 
neurotic which we possess. Atropine has a specific ac- 
tion in decreasing the appetite for alcohol ; hence, a com- 
bination of the two remedies with others gives us as 
nearly a specific as can be wished for. I would advise 
that you get the full confidence and consent of the pa- 
tient before commencing treatment and have him stop 
all work and worry for the first few days. This should 
always be the case with morphia, cocaine, chloral or 
cigarette habits. If you follow this rule, you will cure 
every case. If you do not, your percentage of cures will 
be smaller. If a patient stubbornly presists in drinking 
liquor, give him a full drink of whisky, and immediately 
follow it with apomorphia. This will soon nauseate him 
so that he will not attempt a repetition while under treat- 
ment, and he will be fully convinced of the fact that his 
disgust for the taste or even the smell of liquor is due 
to the whisky and not to the apomorphia which he has 
taken. Then push the treatment to its fullest extent, 
even to the point of toxic effect. 

The maximum dose must be reached gradually until 
the drug effect becomes manifest, then gradually de- 
creased. Should any antidote be needed, give chloral 
hydrate. 

It is necessary to use considerable judgment with 
some patients, as they have physiological idiosyncrasies 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 129 

regarding the drug employed. With all patients, es- 
pecially those who are weak, nervous or worn out, begin 
the treatment cautiously, with two-thirds of a dose. Pro- 
long the treatment and do not be in too great a hurry. 
In all cases it is necessary to give an internal medicine as 
tonic. When the patient refuses liquor it is well to dis- 
continue the atropine entirely and substitute picrotoxine, 
and if perspiration should be copious, discontinue this 
also. Have all your patients take a warm bath every 
two or three days, and keep the liver acting and bowels 
open with calomel in combination with ipecac and soda. 
If you follow the above treatment and use discretion 
when needed, studying each individual case, you will 
meet with no disaster, nor fail to perfect a cure. You 
may give the patient all the whisky he wishes, having 
him drink in your presence, but I would not advise it. 
Stop them immediately, or in a day or two, at most. This 
can be done by moral persuasion and encouragement. 
The diet should consist largely of vegetables and fruits. 
Directions for compounding these medicines and for 
using them successfully are found on the following pages, 
classified under their respective diseases. 

HYPODERMIC INJECTIONS. 

This is a certified copy of the original formula No. 
10041 registered with Sharp & Dohme, pharmacists, of 
Baltimore, Md,. from whom it may be ordered, at fifty 
cents a pint. 

I? Strychnine 85-100 gr. 

Atropine sulph 40-100 gr. 

Acid boracic 10 gr. 

Hydrastis canadensis 10 drops. 

Aqua destillata q. s. ad. 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. According to directions as below. 

Then I have four empty two-drachm vials, corked; 
upon one cork I mark No. 1, in ink, and upon another 
cork I mark No. 2, and so on to 4. Then I put 100 drops 
of the original formula No. 10041 in each of the four two- 

[9] 



130 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

drachm vials. Understand, now, all four vials arc like 
the original formula. Yial Xo. I leave as the original 
formula, without adding any tablets of strychnine nitrate 
as it is the weakest proportion used. Vials Xos. 2, 3 and 
4 I will make each so many points stronger than the 
other, as shown below : 

To vial Xo. 2 I add 5 1-40 gr.- tablets of strychnia nitrate. 
To vial X'o. 3 I add 10 1-40 gr. tablets of strychnia nitrate, 
To vial X'o. 4 I add 20 1-40 gr. tablets of strychnia nitrate. 

Five drops is a dose from any of the vials Xos. 1 to 4. 
Give this hypodermically or by the mouth at 8 a. m., 12 
m., 4 p. m., 8 p. m. 

Always commence hypodermic injection 'with one 
dose from vial X'o. 1 ; then one dose of vial X'o. 3 ; then 
one dose of vial X^o. 2; then one close of vial X~o. 1, skip- 
ping backward and forward this Avay. 

If you need a stronger dose, work in vial Xo. 4 in the 
same manner as stated above. Use picrotoxin 1-40 
grain, by adding to a dose from any of the vials (1 to 4) 
hypodermically or by the mouth, enough to make the 
patient sweat the poison out of the system and to bring- 
back the natural color. 

If you want to treat a patient entirely by the mouth, 
instead of treating him hypodermically, use vial X T o. 3 
through the whole course of treatment ; use the same 
sized dose, with alcoholic tonic, as if you were treating 
hypodermically ; and you should know the patient gets 
the medicine regularly to make a cure. I advise you in 
all cases to treat hypodermically if possible ; then you 
know that the patient gets the medicine regularly, and 
you are sure of success. 

Don't expect physiological effect before five or six 
days, viz., twitching of muscles, dryness of mouth, etc., 
and as soon as you get the toxic effect, go back to vial 
No. 1 and stay after it is obtained. You may now hold 
the effect with the weakest vial, No. 1. As the least 
medicine given to any patient is always the best, give 
always the smallest dose that will produce the desired 
effect. After you have reached the maximum dose vou 
may decrease the amount and still hold the physiological 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 131 

effect, which is best. Then the fourth clay always ask 
your patients if they still want whisky or beer. Of 
course some of them will say yes. Don't be alarmed at 
this. Then tell them you don't see how it is, as you are 
sure the medicine is taking effect, or is about to, at any 
rate, as now is the time to make it take effect, etc. As the 
patient has entire confidence in you by this time, since 
he is feeling so much better, eating and sleeping well, 
and the thirst and desire is leaving him, tell him you want 
to see him drink in your presence. This may be done 
on the fourth day after you have commenced treating 
the patient ; then tell him to go and get some whisky 
or beer, as you don't want to furnish it to him, for he 
would say you had "drugged" it ' and would lose con- 
fidence in you. In this way he sees you had no chance 
to touch the whisky or beer, and he is perfectly satisfied 
you have not tampered with either. This must be done 
at one of the regular times of the hypodermics % Then, 
in place of giving the regular dose, skip one and give 
instead i-io grain of apomorphia immediately after he 
has taken the whisky or beer. Of course, you know the 
result. Repeat this once or twice a day, until whisky 
is disgusting to him in sight, smell or taste. Then keep 
up the regular treatment three weeks, or longer if the 
case should demand it. Never increase the size of the 
hypodermic or dose. If you want a stronger dose, go 
from vial to vial, as you see each vial is marked so many 
points stronger than the other, as tabulated. Cases of 
delirium tremens are best treated by giving hypodermic 
from vial No. I, and by adding to each injection 1-250 
grain of hydrobromate of hyoscyamine. By using the 
drug in this way you see that there can be no bad re- 
sults obtained, as by using morphine to quiet the patient, 
to make him sleep, and taking the chances of adding to 
the whisky or beer habit the morphine desire. 

Keep the dispensing vials clean, rinsing them well 
before refilling, being careful not to inject sediment or 
deposit in solution in the arm, as it will produce an ab- 
cess. All air must be excluded from the syringe before 
injecting. Wipe off the needle after using on one patient 
and before using on another. 



132 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

As a tonic for whisky patients I use a private formula 
which you will find below, No. 10043, registered with 
Sharp & Dohme, Pharmacists , Baltimore, Md., from 
whom it may be ordered at $3.25 per gal. : 

ALCOHOLIC TONIC. 

R Acid muriatic, C. P. free 2048 gr. 

Powdered phosphate of lime 768 gr. 

Powdered phosphate magnesia 1024 gr. 

Fl. ext. hydrastis canadensis 256 gr. 

Powdered quinine muriate 256 gr. 

Crystal strychnine nitrate io}4 g r - 

Fl. ext. Pulsatilla .- 255 gr. 

Simple syrup q. s. ad 1 gal. 

Mix. Sig. As directed below. 

Teaspoonful every four hours in a little water, and 
taken between hypodermic injections or doses. In case 
this tonic cannot be had, you will find a good substitute 
in Phillips' Phospho-Muriate of Quinine Compound, ad- 
ministered as above. This is considered by all physicians 
the best tonic. It is sold by druggists. Ours is better 
and less expensive. Compare the formulae and prices. 
This is given at 6 a. m., 10 a. m., 2 p. m., 6 p. m. and 10 
p. m., when the patient is up at the first and last hour. 
After stopping the use of hypodermics it is necessary to 
give the tonic twice a day for a week or so, with one 
tablet of 1-60 grain of strychnine nitrate added to every 
teaspoonful contained in the bottle. 

A FEW WORDS OF CAUTION. 

Examine each case thoroughly before treatment, es- 
pecially the action of the heart and the nervous system, 
that you may note with benefit to yourself the changes 
that will be produced by the action of the remedies used. 
Question patients particularly as to why they drink ; 
whether from the love or the taste of whisky or beer or 
the effect produced. If a patient drinks from love of the 
taste of whisky or beer, vou need not hesitate to take 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 133 

him and guarantee a cure, for you can make the taste or 
smell of whisky or beer disgusting- to him, and he will 
not drink it again when the fascinating taste is gone. 
This is accomplished by giving the treatment with one 
dose of apomorphia. If the patient drinks for the effect 
of whisky or beer, don't fail to give hypodermic of apo- 
morphia on the fourth day, just after giving him a drink 
of whisky or beer in your presence, repeating the dose 
once or twice a day until whisky or beer becomes nause- 
ating to him in sight, smell and taste. If the patient 
who drinks for the love of whisky or beer persists in 
drinking, or it is difficult to turn him against it, give apo- 
morphia in manner as stated above until you do obtain 
the desired results. \~ 

MORPHINE, OPIUM, LAUDANUM, COCAINE 
AND CHLORAL TREATMENT. 

The most perfect antidote for these poisons is per- 
manganate of potash. For all cases give one injection of 
the antidote, and let one grain of permanganate of potash 
be the maximum dose to be given at the beginning of 
treatment, hypodermically. It matters not what amount 
of morphine taken in 24 hours. If they take less than one 
grain of morphine in 24 hours let the dose of the perman- 
ganate of potash be governed accordingly. 

Usually you can get your patient off morphine at 
once by the addition of 1-200 grain of hydrobromate of 
hyoscyamine to the hypodermic injection from vials No. 1 
to 4. Use in the same way as in whisky cases, whatever 
strength you deem sufficient. 

Don't give the hydrobromate of hyoscyamine oftener 
than is necessary to control the patient, viz., Nos. 1 to 4, 
given every four hours and continued from one to five 
weeks or longer as the case demands. 

The tonic I use for the above mentioned diseases is 
No. 10042, which you will find below. Then I have two 
four-ounce bottles filled with the tonic. To one bottle 
add about three-fourths the amount of morphine taken 
by the patient each day. You must multiply three- 



134 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

fourths of the morphine taken by the patient for one day 
by eight, as four-ounce bottle, Xo. 2, has thirty-two 
doses ; four doses per day will last eight days. This bot- 
tle we mark Xo. 2; the other bottle, without the mor- 
phine, as No. 1. Have the patient take a teaspoonful out 
of the bottle with morphine. No. 2, four times a day, 
adding to this bottle with morphine, viz., X^o. 2, a tea- 
spoonful from the bottle without morphine, No. I, after 
each dose taken. These doses are to be taken betw r een 
the hypodermic injections. By treating this way you 
see bottle Xo. 2 will last sixteen days. The patient has 
been taken off morphine in this way so easily and quickly 
that he is not aware of it, and you can hold him. After 
taking these two bottles, continue the hypodermic injec- 
tion three Aveeks or longer, as in whisky cases, and also 
the tonic from private formula X"o. 10042, which you will 
find below, without adding any morphine, registered with 
Sharp & Dohme, Pharmacists, Baltimore, Md., who sell 
it at $4.00 per gallon : 

MORPHINE, OPIUM, LAUDANUM, COCAINE 
AND CHLORAL TONIC. 

Ty Powd. red cinchona 1 lb. 

Podw. hydrastis canadensis y 2 lb. 

Powd. Pulsatilla ]/ 2 lb. 

Powd. mix vomica 2 oz. 

Pow T d. xanthoxylum berries 2 oz. 

Powd. capsicum y 2 oz. 

Powd. avena sativa 8 oz. 

Dilute alcohol. , q. s. ad. 1 gal. 

Mix. Sig. Teaspoonful every four hours of the above 
tonic. 

The morphine patient cannot be trusted, and you 
must examine him thoroughly for any morphine, opium, 
or hypodermic that he may have in his possession, de- 
manding that they be given up. An attendant should 
be with patients for some time and the physician with 
them should always be on the alert, examining the pupils 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 135 

of the eye constantly, for the drug will first show its 
effect there. If you can keep them from using morphine 
or opium for a week you may be certain of a cure. The 
bowels are at first likely to be affected, and patients may 
have cramps in their limbs. For this condition use 10 
per cent solution veratrum album in four or five drop 
doses, which will greatly benefit and relieve them. You 
may tell them that you will reduce the quantity of the 
drug gradually, but do not let them know at what time 
you cease to give them morphine. Should these cases at 
anytime need something to make them sleep, give them 
whisky. Do not labor under any delusion that you must 
increase the size of the dose and the strength of the 
hypodermic injection, if you fail to obtain the physio- 
logical effects of the remedies used within a few days, 
and under no circumstances add any additional strychnia 
nitrate tablets to the doses or vials as tabulated under 
hypodermic injections. Increase doses by using solutions 
from vial to vial. 

CIGARETTE TREATMENT. 

Begin this treatment with hypodermic injections of 
picrotoxine in 1-40 grain dose added to one of the hypo- 
dermic injections from vials Nos. 1 to 4, treat in the 
same way as for whisky cases until copious perspiration 
ensues ; then have an attendant give the patient a hot 
sponge or steam bath, cooling him off gradually with a 
shower, at first warm, then cold, rubbing until dry. The 
cigarette habit in time will cause the user to be effected 
with a mental condition resembling insanity more than 
any of the foregoing habits. It particularly affects the 
will-power, and is similar to insanity, pitiable, yet harm- 
less. 

Iy Formula No. 10041 . .2 dr. 

Tr. cannabis indica 5 drops 

Mix. Sig. As directed below. 
Inject hypodermically from five to ten drops, from 
two to four times a clay, using your judgment in indi- 



136 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

vidualizing your case and the dose to be used, as in 
whisky cases ; continue treatment, however, from three 
to five weeks hypodermically, and the tonic, as mentioned 
below, for a week or ten days longer. 

CIGARETTE TONIC. 

IjS Phillips' phospho muriate of quinine 

compound 5 oz. 

Commercial avena sativa I oz. 

Mix. Sig. As directed below. 
Teaspoonful at a dose, from three to four times per 
day. If the patient becomes nervous you have to use 
the following prescription, viz. : 

^ Thein Merck's) 8 gr. 

Acid boracic 2 gr. 

Aqua destillata q. s. ad. I oz. 

Mix. Sig. As directed below. 
Inject from five to ten drops hypodermically, re- 
peating the dose as your discretion dictates. Treat cases 
in the following manner: Giving injections hypo- 
dermically at 8 a. m., 4 p. m. and 8 p. m., giving a tonic 
at 6 a. m., if the patient is up at the first and last 
hours; then at 10 a. m., 2 p. m., 6 p. m. and 10 p. m. 

The cigarette habit is about the most difficult of all 
we have to contend with and requires from three to five 
weeks to perfect a cure. It is about as good a plan as 
any in the treatment of these cases to cut them short. 
If you do not adopt this plan, have them decrease the 
number of cigarettes each day by one-third or one-half 
and in four or five days you may stop them entirely. 
Patients will get very nervous and weak, but encourage 
them in every way you can. 

If the patient stubbornly persists in smoking, after 
the first nine days ,give him 1-10 grain apomorphia hypo- 
dermically, just after you have given him a cigarette to 
smoke in your presence, and keep this up until the sight, 
smell and taste is disgusting to him. Give this at one of 
the regular hours of treatment, instead of the regular 
hypodermic at that hour. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 137 

TOBACCO TREATMENT. 

I£ Formula No. 10041 y 2 dr. 

Tr. plantago Major ^4 dr. 

Tr. avena sativa . . Y\ dr. 

Mix. Sig. As directed below. 

Give the patient three drops by turning the bottle on 
the cork and touching it to the tongue each time he feels 
like taking a chew or a smoke, especially a dose after 
each meal, asking the patient to assist you by lessening 
the number of chews of tobacco or cigars each day. 
Give the patient treatment hypodermically, in the same 
manner as for whisky patients, from vials Nos. 1 to 4, 
five drops at a dose, three times a day. In from nine 
to fourteen days' treatment, tobacco will be disgusting to 
his sight, smell and taste. Then stop the tobacco en- 
tirely and continue the prescription for tobacco cure by 
touching it to his lips or tongue when he feels like using 
tobacco. If necessary give alcoholic tonic No. 10043, a 
teaspoonful three times a day. If the patient becomes 
very weak and nervous for the first few days give ten 
per cent solution veratrum album in four and five drops 
at a dose. If the patient is stubborn and persists in 
smoking or chewing tobacco after the ninth day, give 
him 1-10 grain apomorphia hypodermically, just after 
taking a chew or smoke, in your presence, and keep this 
up once or twice a day until the sight, smell and taste 
of tobacco is disgusting to him. Give this at one of the 
regular hours of treatment instead of regular hypodermic 
at that hour. 

You will find many things to worry and disappoint you 
in the treatment of patients for these diseases, but do not 
lose your temper and do not get disheartened, but hang 
on to them as long as there is any hope of reclaiming a 
wreck to his friends, family and society. 

The foregoing treatment is the best known for dipso- 
mainia, morphia, cocaine, chloral, tobacco and cigarette 
habits that is today endorsed by the medical profession 
as can be verified by the experience of numerous physi- 
cians throughout the United States. 



138 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

THE KEELEY TREATMENT. 

A physician who was in charge of one of the Keeley 
Institutes and who afterwards conducted a sanitarium of 
his own, for the cure of alcohol, drug habits and nervous 
and mental diseases, published a little booklet giving the 
methods of treatment which he used, which he claims 
were identical with the methods used at the Keeley In- 
stitute. This booklet was sold to physicians for $25.00, 
and had many purchasers, and I believe the treatment he 
gh'es is reasonably correct, as I have met several physi- 
cians who had charge of similar institutes and are will- 
ing to vouch for its accuracy. Space will not allow me 
to publish the entire article, which to a certain extent 
would be only a repetition of Avhat has been said, but I 
will give the formulae of some of the preparations used, 
and the reader can judge for himself as to their value. 



HYPODERMIC SOLUTIONS. 

Solution "S." 

I> Boracic acid 4 gr. 

Strychnine nitrate y 2 gr. 

Aqua des 1 oz. 

Tr. cudbear. . . . q. s. color 

Sig. Dose five to ten minims, four times a day. 

Solution "A." 

1^ Atrophine sulphate T / 2 gr. 

Boracic acid 20 gr. 

Aqua des 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. Dose five to eight minims. 

Solution "A P." 

I> Apomorphine 4 gr. 

Boracic acid 20 gr. 

Aqua des 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. Dose six to ten minims. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 139 

Solution "T." 

I> Thein. mur 8 gr. 

Boracic acid 20 gr. 

Aqua des 1 oz. 

Sig. Dose five to ten minims. 

Solution "P." 

Iy Pilocarpine mur 8 gr. 

Boracic acid 20 gr. 

Aqua des '. 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. Dose five to six minims. 

Solution "M." 

I£ Morphine sulph .8 gr. 

Aqua des T oz. 

Mix. Sig. Dose fifteen to thirty minims. 

It will be noticed that the name of the solution is an 
abbreviation of the active ingredient contained. To illus- 
trate, Solution "A" is atrophine, "S" is strychnine, etc. 

TREATMENT FOR ALCOHOLISM. 

When the patient enters the institute he is given a 
mixture containing the following : 

J$ Gold and sodium chloride 30 gr. 

Strychnine nitrate 4 gr. 

Atropine sulphate 1 gr. 

I Glycerine 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. cinchona comp q. s. ad. 16 oz. 

Mix. Sig. One teaspoonful in water three times a 
day. 

In addition to the internal remedy, the patient is also 
given hypodermic injections from the solutions that the 
physician deems the patient requires. The atropine solu- 
tion is generally pushed, until patients get the full 
physiological effect of the drug. The apomorphine is 
used when it is desired to produce the ''sickening pro- 



140 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

cess." You will notice that the solutions are colored 
conveniently for the ''barber pole shot." After the desire 
for liquor has been conquered the patient is given hypo- 
dermic injections from Solution "S," and the following 
internal remedies throughout the balance of the treat- 
ment : 

I£ Ext. cinchona solid 40 gr. 

Grd. gentian root 2 oz. 

Powd. capsium 20 gr. 

Grd. bitter orange peel y 2 oz. 

Glycerine 3 oz. 

Aqua 2 quarts. 

Caramel q. s. to Color. 

Mix the first four drugs in the water and boil twenty 
minutes ; remove and filter ; then add the glycerine and 
caramel. 

Sig. One teaspoonful every two hours in water. 

FOR ALCOHOLIC GASTRITIS. 

5 Pepsin sacch 1 dr. 

Bismuth sub-nit I dr. 

Powd. capsicum 20 gr. 

Mix. Ft. powders XXX. Sig. A powder every 
three or four hours. 

FOR NEURASTHENIA. 

Iy Tr. cinchona rub 2 oz. 

F. E. kola 2 oz. 

F. E. Scutellaria 1 oz. 

Elix. aromatic q. s. ad. 6 oz. 

Mix. Sig. One teaspoonful in water four times a day. 

THE TOBACCO TREATMENT. 

1^ F. E. calumba T /i oz. 

Tr. quassia ^2 oz. 

Alcohol y 2 oz. 

Aqua q. s. ad. 4 oz. 



ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 141 

The hypodermic treatment consists of injections from 
Solution "T" four times a day, and an occasional injection 
from Solution "P," or if the "sickening process" is re- 
quired, from Solution "A P." 

DR. GRAY'S TREATMENT. 

Dr. J. L. Gray, of Indiana, was among the first to use 
the so-called "Gold cure" for the alcohol habit, and his 
method was made publicly known through Prof. Edmond 
Andrews, of Chicago, who published an article on it in 
one of the Chicago papers. The treatment given was as 
follows : On entering the institute the patient was given 
a hypodermic injection four times a day, containing one- 
tenth grain of chloride of gold and sodium, and one- 
fortieth of a grain of nitrate of strychnine. He also re- 
ceived a mixture to be taken by the mouth composed as 
follows : 

^ Chloride of gold and sodium 12 gr. 

Muriate of ammonium 6 gr. 

Nitrate of strychnine 1 gr. 

Atropine T /\. gr. 

Comp. fl. ex. of cinchona 8 oz. 

Fl. ex. of cocoa I oz. 

Glycerine 1 oz. 

Aqua des 1 oz. 

Mix. Sig. Take a teaspoonful every two hours when 
awake. 

I have used this treatment on several cases and find 
it is an excellent one, but do not believe that it is 
necessary to give such large doses of gold and sodium 
and strychnine, as they cause the muscles to twitch and 
an eruption to break out on the skin in many cases. 

THE ANTI-NARCOTIN CURE. 

Since the first edition of this publication I have re- 
ceived many letters from physicians wishing to sell 
secret formulae, of which this is an illustration : This 



142 ALCOHOL AND DRUG HABIT 

treatment came from Dr. J. E. Clark of Hiattsville, Kan- 
sas, who claims it was formerly obtained from a Dr. 
Williamson, who was the attending physician at the 
Anti-Xarcotin Institute, of St. Louis, Mo. Although it 
offers no special advantage over other treatments already 
given, it illustrates the simplicity of another "great 
cure," for which I gave approximately $10.50. 

5 Hyocine hydrobromate 1-100 gr. 

Pilocarpine 1-100 gr. 

Strychnine nitrate 1-100 gr. 

Atropine 1-600 gr. 

The above medication is given hypodermically every 
three hours, missing the treatment at twelve and three at 
night, during which time the patient generally sleeps. 
The directions for using, which came with the treatment 
are as follows : On the evening before commencing the 
treatment the patient should be given a full cathartic and 
remove all foreign substance from the bowels ; on the 
morning of the first day's treatment, the patient is al- 
lowed his usual quantity of morphine, and about two 
hours afterwards the above treatment is commenced and 
given at regular intervals. 



Thou sparkling bowl ; thou sparkling bowl ; 

Though lips of bards thj r brim ma3 r press, 
And eyes of beauty o'er thee roll, 

And songs and dance thy power confess— 
I will not touch thee ; for there clings 

A scorpion to thy side that stings. 

JOHN PIERPONT. 



HERNIA 143 



THE HERNIA SPECIALIST. 



The treatment of hernia by the subcutaneous injection 
method was first practised by Joseph Pancoast, M. D., of 
Philadelphia, and a report of his success was published 
by Dr. Warren, of Boston, in 1867. Afterwards Dr. 
Heaton, also a Boston surgeon, proposed a radical cure 
for hernia, which had been successfully used by himself 
in a number of cases, by what he called tendinous irrita- 
tion. It is also stated that Dr. Heaton was assisted by 
Dr. Warren in perfecting his method of treatment. This 
method differed somewhat from that of Dr. Pancoast in 
points of detail and the irritant employed. Although 
these surgeons made some remarkable cures, they met 
several cases where disastrous results followed the in- 
jections and the system was finally abandoned and lay 
dormant for several years. It was afterwards revived, 
however, and today it is receiving the attention it justly 
merits. 

At the present time, this method of treatment is placed 
upon a sound therapeutical foundation. With the ad- 
vantages of antiseptics, and the present enlightenment 
upon the subject, will allow the general practitioner to 
treat these afflictions with a more marked degree of suc- 
cess than other means of surgical interfernece, and avoids 
the dangers which are always connected with surgical 
operations. \ 

The injection method for the radical cure of hernia 
has only one object in view, which is, to close the canal, 
and thus prevent the descent of the bowels and mem- 
branes. 

That the injection method offers many advantages 
superior to surgical interference, is beyond a doubt, as it 
is perfectly safe, and nearly free from pain. It will not 
detain the patient from business, and a permanent cure 
can be obtained in fully eighty-five per cent of all cases 
in which it is applicable. 



144 



HERNIA 



This method of treatment can be adopted in any case 
of hernia which may be reduced and retained by a suit- 
able truss. This is absolutely necessary to insure good 
lesults. There are several good trusses on the market. 
1'he accompanying cuts illustrate the ones which aic 
most generally used. 

If the patient should fail to have a proper fitting 
truss, he should be supplied with another. The physi- 
cian should take the measurements and also superintend 




its first application. The patient should wear the truss 
for several days previous to the first operation to make 
sure that it holds the hernia perfectly. In selecting a 
truss, the following rules are to be observed: Never ac- 
cept a truss until you get one which fits properly ; try it 
by putting it on and stooping down and rising up sud- 
denly; cough violently and persistently; separate the 
limbs when sitting down and go through various mo- 
tions. Of course the truss is not a proper fitting one if 
it allows the hernia to slip while going through these 
experiments. 



HERNIA 



145 



In wearing a truss, the following precautions must 
always be taken : Never take off a truss unless you are 
in a recumbent position ; rub the parts thoroughly when 
putting the truss on.. .The truss should be removed the 
last thing before retiring, and put on the first thing in 
the morning. In many cases, it is best to wear the truss 




Testing the Truss. 

night and day while you are giving the treatment. After 
you are satisfied that the truss is a perfect fit, and it has 
been thoroughly tested, the patient is ready for treat- 
ment. 

THE INJECTION FLUID. 



This is a very important thing to be considered, and 
should consist of such remedies as will create a mild 
irritation without excessive inflammation, and throw out 
sufficient plastic and adhesive material to unite the parts, 
and close the canal. 

Since the discovery of the injection method of treat- 
ing hernia, many remedies have been tried with a view of 
accomplishing this result. Dr. Pancoast commenced the 
treatment by injecting tincture of iodine and cantharides. 
This was followed by Heaton and Warren, by the use 

[10] 



146 HKRNIA 

of quercus alba, which is one of the principal drugs in 
use at the present time. The following formula is an 
excellent one and was sold to an Ohio physician with the 
exclusive right of use for that state for eighteen hundred 
dollars. This offers us another illustration, of what can 
be done by the professional promotor, who has a secret 
system and territorial rights for sale. 

EXCELSIOR HERNIA FLUID. 

I> Zinc sulphate 10 gr. 

Carbolic acid 6 min. 

Guaiacol (pure) 15 min. 

Thuja (Lloyd's specific tinct.) 1 dr. 

F. E. quercus alba (P. D. & Co.) ... 2 dr. 

Oil of cinnamon 2 min. 

Glycerine 2 dr. 

Aqua q. s. ad. 1 oz. 

Mix. Dissolve the sulphate of zinc in the water, add 
the glycerine, carbolic acid, oil of cinnamon and guaiacol, 
then, when thoroughly mixed, add the other drugs. This 
should stand for a few days and be shaken frequently and 
finely filtered through absorbent cotton. 

In resuming the therapeutic effects of this formula, 
we have a mild astringent antiseptic and an irritant which 
will abstract from the surrounding tissues sufficient 
plastic material to unite the walls and close the inguinal 
canal. 

DIRECTIONS FOR USING THE FLUID. 

After you are satisfied that the patient has a well- 
fitting truss and one that will hold the rupture under all 
circumstances, you may commence treatment with every 
assurance of success, but if the truss allows the hernia 
to protrude occasionally, you cannot expect to receive 
the results from the treatment which you otherwise 
would. This is a very important thing to be observed, 
for after the treatment has been commenced, the hernia 
should never be allowed to descend, even if the patient 
has to wear the truss day and night. 



HERNIA 147 

The injections should be made when the patient is in 
a reclining position. The parts should be thoroughly 
washed with some antiseptic solution. The needle and 
syringe should also be clean and aseptic. The best place 
to make the injection is on a surgical chair or table, with 
the head slightly lowered so that the bowels will have a 
tendency to gravitate away from the canal. The hypo- 
dermic needle for this work should be a little longer than 
the ordinary needle. A hypodermic syringe with a glass 
cylinder is all that is required. After drawing the fluid 




The above illustrates the method of making the injections. 

into the syringe, the needle should be pointed upward 
and sufficient pressure made to force all the air out of the 
syringe. The set screw on the piston should be ad- 
justed to regulate the amount of fluid used at each injec- 
tion, which will vary from two to ten or more minims. I 
generally commence by using two minims and increase 
each injection as the case requires. After the patient has 
been prepared for the operation, the operator,, if right 
handed, should take a position at the left side of the pa- 
tient, and with the fore finger of the left hand, invaginate- 
the canal to the point of the internal opening. He should 
now grasp the integument with the finger in the canal and 
the thumb on the external surface, and elevate the tissues 
somewhat. This draws the tissues away from the cord 
and avoids any danger of puncturing the contents. The 
needle should now be passed through the tissues directly 
over the end of the inside finder until it has reached the 



148 HERNIA 

canal. The canal can be determined by the inside finger, 
which only has the covering of the thin scrotal wall. You 
can generally determine when you have entered the canal 
as the needle meets with little or no resistance and can be 
moved around quite freely. The fluid should now be in- 
jected slowly and deposited at several different places at 
the highest points of the opening. You should always 
avoid making the injection too low in the canal, for if it 
should close the canal too low down, it will prevent in- 
vagination and the application of the treatment at the 
point it is required. After the needle has been with- 
drawn, the point of injection should be gently massaged. 
This will have a tendency to scatter the fluid and cause 
it to cover a greater area. The truss may now be re- 
placed, which gives constant pressure on the parts and 
the patient allowed to go about his business. 

The treatment will cause him but little annoyance. 
The parts treated will have a somewhat uneasy feeling, 
which is due to the mild inflammatory action the injec- 
tion has caused. This will subside in a few days, when 
the treatment should be repeated. The succeeding treat- 
ment should not be applied until the soreness from the 
last treatment has abated. I commence the treatment by 
injecting one or two minims and request the patient to 
call at the office in a few days, or as soon as the soreness 
leaves. At the next treatment the injection is increased 
one or two minims. I always govern the amount of the 
injection by the condition of the patient. The injection 
should never be made as long as there is any inflam- 
matory action existing. As soon as you have determined 
the amount of fluid each case requires to produce the de- 
sired amount of irritation, the following treatments may 
«be given in the required amounts, which will vary from 
three to ten minims. The average dose, however, will be 
four or five minims. 

The length of time required to effect a cure depends 
upon the condition of the patient and the size of the open- 
ing. Young and vigorous patients, whose tissues are 
firm, can be cured more rapidly than older people whose 
tissues are flabbv and relaxed. 



HERNIA 149 

After the patient has had several injections, you may 
make a test to find out if the treatment has been success- 
ful. This test should be made in your presence. The 
patient should first be in the recumbent position and be 
instructed to cough. If the hernia has a tendency to come 
down, the treatment should be continued, but if sufficient 
adhesions have taken place to retain the bowels, the 
patient may try the same experiment by standing up, 
hand over the parts where the injections were made when 
he was testing the truss. The physician should place his 
hand over the parts where the injections were made when 
he is testing the results of his treatment, for if there 
should still be a weakness, the physician can detect the 
vibration. If you are satisfied that the cure has been 
complete, the patient should be instructed to wear the 
truss for another month or so and another test made. If 
all is well, the patient can remove the truss unless he is 
a laboring man and does heavy lifting. If such is the 
case, it is well that he should wear the truss for a while 
when engaged at such work, but finally it may be given 
up altogether. 

Physicians have been rather timid in applying this 
method of treatment for fear they would produce some 
of the bad results that were formerly witnessed before 
the days of antiseptic surgery, but I wish to state that 
this method of treatment is perfecly safe, if a reasonable 
amount of skill is exercised in carrying out the details of 
the operation. I have never seen a case of peritonitis, 
orchitis, abscess or injury to the cord occur. If the in- 
flammation should be a little more extensive than you 
expected, it is due to the use of too much of the fluid. 
This will subside, however, in a few days, and may be 
treated the same as inflammations elsewhere, but rest for 
a day or two is generally all that is required. 

DR. LANGDON'S OPERATION. 

Dr. R. K. Langdon of Nebraska has devised a new 
method of making injections within the inquinal canal 
with which he claims originality and greater success than 



150 HERNIA 

by injecting fluids through the external surface, as des- 
cribed in the foregoing pages. With his method the 
scrotum is invaginated within the canal and the fluid 
deposited through the walls of the scrotum in order to 
guide the course of the needle. He has had a special 
instrument devised, which clasps on the little finger by 
means of two adjustable flanges or bands; as you pass 
the finger up the canal you can guide the course of the 
needle to any point desired (see cut). The needle has a 
blind point with openings on each side about four lines 
from the point. 




DR. LANGPON'S NEEDLE AND CANULA. 



In making injections the scrotum is invaginated and 
the point of the canula is directed to the point where you 
wish to deposit the fluid. The needle is now introduced 
through the canula into the canal or ring, and the fluid 
deposited. It is claimed that this method has the ad- 
vantage of always depositing the fluid into the canal, and 
not in the adjacent tissues as often occurs with the ex- 
ternal method. If desired the complete canal may be 
obliterated by depositing the fluid along the track as you 
withdraw the needle. The internal opening should al- 
ways be closed first, however. By closing the external 
canal you will not be allowed access to the internal open- 
ing, which is the most important point. 

Although Dr. Langdon met with many failures when 
he first adopted this method, he later reports no failures 
by using this method constantly for five years, and he 
firmly believes today that with very few exceptions, he 



HERNIA 



151 



can cure every case regardless of age when the tissues 
are not too thin from the long use of a truss. He also 
states that he has used almost every known method and 
at least one hundred different ingredients and combina- 
tions. He prefers for a child up to nine years of age, 
fluid extract quercus-alba boiled down in a test tube tu 
one-half, of which two to ten minims are injected. Al- 
ways commencing with the minimum amount and in- 
creasing if necessary. The injections are made once a 
week for five or six weeks. For cases from nine to 




Dr. L,angdon's Hernia Set, in Case. — Contains one Special Hypodermic 
Syringe for treating hernia ; an Aspirating Needle, Hypodermic Needle, a Flex- 
ible Silver Probe-pointed Needle, a Hemorrhoid Needle with screw slide, two 
Vials, one Cauula with adjustable metal flange, etc. 

twenty years of age, he uses quercus alba in combination 
with zinc sulphate. The fluid extract quercus alba is 
reduced by heat in a test tube to about four-tenths, and 
to each minim used, he adds one-tenth grain of zinc sul- 
phate. Older patients from twenty-five to sixty he uses 
the same fluid he does for children, and to each three 
minims of quercus alba, he adds one-half minim of beech 
wood creasote. 



152 HERNIA 

In conclusion. the Dr. says: "I have no doubt that 
others have just as good results with other formula, but 
assuredly in later years my record is almost perfect, so 
that today I feel confident to cure nearly every case. 

THE OLSTRUM METHOD. 

Dr. Olstrum who has devoted several years of his 
life to the rupture specialty, and although a very en- 
thusiastic advocate of the injection method, says he can 
cure fully fifty per cent of all cases which are curable 
with other methods by scarifying the surface of the canal 
or ring. He uses for this purpose the ordinary large 
hemorrhoidal needle and endeavors to scarify the open- 
ing so thoroughly at one treatment that he will get im- 
mediate union. After the surfaces of the opening have 
been thoroughly scarified the abraided surfaces are kept 
together by the pressure of the truss, union takes place 
immediately, and one operation is often all that is neces- 
sary. This operation, skillfully and painlessly performed 
by the use of a local anaesthetic, certainly deserves to 
be recognized as an advanced treatment to other radical 
cutting operations. It accomplishes the same results by 
the same process of inviting union of two abraided sur- 
faces and has the advantage of overcoming the fear of 
the knife. The patient should be kept in bed for a few 
days until all soreness has disappeared ; he is also in- 
structed to wear a truss for a few months afterwards. 
This method of treatment illustrates what one of the 
simplest operations in the category of surgery can ac- 
complish in curing a condition which is attended with a 
certain amount of danger to life, if not interfered with, 
and also avoiding the dangers of the radical cutting 
operations. 

I once asked the doctor if he could devise a special 
knife or instrument which would be better suited for the 
operation that the point of a hypodermic needle to scarify 
the surface. He remarked : "I am used to a hypodermic 
needle and have no desire to change it for other instru- 
ments." While there are manv cases in which this treat- 



HERNIA 153 

ment cannot be applied, it will often close the doors of 
the canal more quickly and with greater certainty than 
injecting fluids and cutting operations. 

PARAFFIN INJECTIONS FOR HERNIA. 

Paraffin has been used with a greater or less degree ot 
success in the treatment of hernia and is frequently re- 
ferred to as the "supportive treatment." The paraffin 
is used at about the same melting point as injected for 
the saddle back nose, and with the regular paraffin 
syringe. The object of the treatment is to fill the canal 
with the paraffin and thus prevent the descent of the 
bowel. 

Alhough many favorable reports have been recorded, 
it is not as practical a way to treat hernia as the other 
methods already^ described. 

THE IDEAL HERNIA CURE. 

The Ideal Hernia Cure Company of St. Paul, Minn., 
formerly used large space in Medical Journals, offering 
to sell a formula for the cure of hernia, and a hypodermic 
syringe for $10.00. The syringe was of the regular $1.50 
variety, and this places the value of the formula at 58.50. 
The following is the formula they sold : 
^ Glycerole of tannic acid (90 gr. to the 

oz 1 ) ... 2 dr. 

Alcohol , 1 dr. 

Tinct. cantharides . . 1 dr. 

Mix. Sig. Five to fifteen drops should be injected 
at each treatment. The patient must remain in bed at 
absolute rest two days after each treatment. 

HEATON'S FLUID. 

This is one of the oldest fluids in use and the original 
way of preparing it is as follows : 

IJ F. Ex. quercus alba (Thayer's 

prepared in vacuo) ]/ 2 oz. 

Alcoholic solid Ex. quercus alba 14 gr. 

Morphine ^4 gr. 



154 HERNIA 

Mix. Triturate with the aid of gentle heat for a long 
time in a mortar until the solution is as perfect as pos- 
sible. It is well not to exceed this amount of the solid 
extract, else the mixture will be too irritating. Dr. Heaton 
usually prepared a quantity of this mixture sufficient for 
a six month's supply, and was very cautious in using it at 
first, adding a little more of the solid or fluid extract, ac- 
cordingly as he observed that it produced too little or too 
great an effect. The amount of this fluid used at each 
operation is about ten minims. 

DR. FIELD'S FLUID. 

T£ Zinc sulphate 15 gr. 

Alcohol 2 dr. 

Acid carbolic 30 gr. 

Aqua q. s. ad. 1 oz. 

Mix. Inject from five to ten drops at each operation. 



DR. PROVOST'S FLUID. 

I> Guaiacol 30 min. 

Zinc sulpho-carbolate 10 gr. 

Creasote beechwood 30 min. 

Tannin-glycerite q. s. ad. 1 oz. 

Mix. Reduce from ten to fifty per cent, with alcohol, 
and inject four or five drops, which can gradually be in- 
creased as the case requires. 

DR. SAUNDER'S FLUID. 

IJ Zinc sulphate 2 gr. 

Creasote 2 min. 

Guaiacol 2 min. 

F. E. hamamelis 30 min. 

Glycerine 30 min. 

Mix. Inject two to four minims. 



HERNIA 155 

DR. WALLING'S FLUID. 

This fluid is sold at $2.50 for a two-drachm vial. He 
publishes the following formula, which is so complicated 
that it would require further instructions to properly pre- 
pare it : 

If Complex salts of aldehyde 30 per cent 

Iodo-ethylate of guaiacol 30 per cent 

Sulpho-tannate of zinc 20 per cent. 

Free guaiacol 5 per cent. 

Beechwood creasote 15 per cent. 

The above formula is a fair example of many of the so- 
called non-secret remedies (?) which are offered physi- 
cians with every intention to deceive them. 

THE FIDELITY FLUID. 

The following formula has been published as the exact 
formula of the fluid used by this company : 

If Carbolic acid 95 per cent. 

Glycerine 

Alcohol a. a. p. e. 

Tinct. iodine. q. s. color. 

THE MILLER TREATMENT FOR HERNIA. 

This company used both the hypodermic method of 
treatment and an external astringent. The injection 
fluid was the same as that proposed by Dr. Hearon. The 
external astringent, which was to be applied by the 
patient, was as follows : 

If Tinct. iodine comp 

Soap liniment a. a. p. e. 



156 



GENITOURINARY 



THE 

GENITO-URINARY SPECIALIST. 



Before giving the treatment for Genito-Urinary and 
female diseases I wish to direct your attention to two 
instruments, for making local applications, which are 
indispensable to any physician who treats these affec- 
tions. Applications to the urethra and inter-uterine cav- 




UNIVERSAL APPLICATORS WITH ATTACHMENTS. 

For Applying Liquid Treatments and Medicated Bougies to the Urethal and 
Intra-Uteriue Surfaces, also Medicated Gauze, etc. 

ity can be made in either liquid or solid form. Most phy- 
sicians prefer the liquid applications as they are more 
easily applied, but often-times the solid applications are 
preferable. With this end in view it has become neces- 
sary to devise the two instruments illustrated here. 

The first is known as the Universal Applicator and is 
designed from what was formerly known as Woods' 
gause packer. This instrument has such a wide range of 
usefulness, that its name scarcely describes it. It may be 
used to apply treatment in powder or bougie form to any 
cavity or canal and is equally useful in applying treat- 



GENITOURINARY 157 

ment to the nose and throat, rectum, male or female 
urethra or the intra-uterine surface. 

It offers a means of applying treatment to the, pros- 
tatic and other parts of the male urethra, and well nils 
the capacity of a catheter, or it may be used to give a re- 
current douche to the bladder or the intra-uterine sur- 
face. It may also be used as a gauze packer, to apply 
antiseptic dressings or to check hemorrhage in the nose 
or the uterus. In fact its scope of adaptability is greater 
than that of any instrument I have any knowledge of, as 
the illustration will demonstrate. 

The second is called the Intra-uterine Applicator, but 
it is also indispensable in making liquid applications at 
any part of the urethral or other surfaces. 

DISEASES OF THE PROSTRATE GLAND. 

Enlargement and hyperesthesia of the prostate gland 
are extremely common affections and our best authors 
have asserted that fully one-third of all men between the 
ages of thirty-five and sixty have disease or weakness of 
this organ. I will not attempt to give the pathology and 
symptoms of the different diseased conditions which 
exist, as they are familiar to most physicians. I wish 
to describe a special method of treatment, however, 
which has been uniformly successful as a palliative and 
curative treatment in a great number of cases, and will 
yield as good results as many surgical and electro-thera- 
peutic measures. 

In treating diseases of glandular organs the process 
of cure is naturally slow. This is especially so with the 
prostate gland ,the location of which is so relatively in- 
fluenced by external and internal disturbing elements as 
to render an impediment in restoring the diseased organ 
to the normal. 

Its anatomical situation is such that bicycle or horse- 
back riding or sitting in cold, damp places exposes it to 
external detrimental influences, while inflammatory con- 
ditions of the bladder, hyperacidity of the urine and ex- 
cessive sexual indulgence deter the process of cure. 



158 



GENITOURINARY 



The treatment for enlarged prostate should consist 
of both local and internal medication. The internal 
treatment should consist of such remedies as will render 
the urine somewhat alkaline, allay Yesical irritability and 
also have a special effect in controlling the vascular sup- 
ply to the prostate. For such conditions saw palmetto, 




The above cuts illustrate the method of making Ijquid or Bougie 
Applications to the Urethral Tract. 

buchu, triticum repens, pichi, oil of sandal-wood, uva 
ursi and eucalyptus may be used with good results. The 
following in tablet form has been particularly service- 
able in my hands. Each tablet contains : 

5 Boracic acid 2 gr. 

Potassium bicarb 2 gr. 

Ext. buchu i gr. 

Ext. triticum I gr. 

Ext. corn silk ^ gr. 

Ext. hydrangea ^ gr. 

Atropine sul 1-500 gr. 

Sig. A tablet six times a day. 

A combination of bromide of potassium, ergot and 
tincture of gelsemium may be indicated if there is an in- 
creased vascular supply and hyperactivity of the sexual 
system. 

Local treatment can be applied to the prostatic part 
of the urethra, either in liquid form or by medicated 
bougies with the instrument previously described. The 
following medication either way once a week will often 
prove very gratifying to both the physician and patient : 



GENITOURINARY 159 

I£ Eletarium 1-60 gr. 

Hydrastine Y\ ' gr. 

Cocaine 1-10 gr. 

Ichthyol 2 gr. 

The above remedies act as a sedative and anti- 
phlogistic and although we usually expect only palliative 
results, in many cases of long standing, in other patients 
all symptoms of hypertrophy seem to leave and the dif- 
ficulty of expelling the urine and clearing the urethral 
canal are permanently overcome. 

SPERMATORRHOEA. 

There is no other subject in medical literature which 
has been more misused than that of spermatorrhoea. The 
medical profession at large have almost ignored the sub- 
ject, this being perhaps due to the obnoxious literature 
which is supplied to the layman by the advertising physi- 
cian, who attempts to make a large majority of his 
patients believe that they are afflicted with the disease 
and are rapidly going into a decline. This subject has so 
many good talking points regarding the "sapping of 
vitality," etc., that any patient who has a slight discharge 
of mucous from the urethra when straining at stool or 
otherwise, is advised of the horrors of premature decay, 
associated with this disease. This is the state of mind 
which the so-called quack desires, for the more his 
patient broods over his imaginary spermatorrhoea, the 
more compensatory the case will be and the greater the 
praise when finally cured. 

The facts are that spermatorrhoea is not a very com- 
mon disease, but when it does exist will often require 
the utmost skill of the physician to effect a cure. The 
anaphrodisiac remedies are the most popular routine 
methods of treatment. The following in tablet form 
taken before retiring has produced good results in de- 
pressing sexual excitability in many cases : 

I£ Sodium bromide 5 gr. 

Acetanilid 2 gr. 

Hyoscyamine 1-400 gr. 

Digitalin 1-400 gr. 



160 GENITOURINARY 

As a single internal remedy for nocturnal emissions 
and spermatorrhoea salix nigra heads the list. It should 
be given in thirty-drop doses of the fluid extract before 
going to bed. This remedy acts like magic in many 
cases and should be one of the first to be considered. 

Direct medication to the prostatic urethra and the 
ejaculatory ducts when judiciously applied offers one of 
the best methods of treatment. The following remedies 
incorporated in a gelatin bougie or applied in liquid form, 
make an excellent application and this form of treatment 
has cured many cases where other treatments have failed. 
Each treatment contains : 

I£ Ichthyol 2 gr. 

Sulphate of zinc 54 g r - 

Creasote i-io gr. 

Fluid Hydrastis 2 gr. 

Ext. hyoscyamus i-io gr. 

Apply by the use of the applicator to the prostatic 
part of the urethra once or twice a week. 

A CURE FOR NOCTURNAL EMISSIONS. 

A number of mechanical appliances have been de- 
vised to prevent nocturnal emissions, but one of the best 
is called the "spermatorrhoea ring,'' which was invented 
by an advertising specialist. This consists of a ring 




SPERMATORRHOEA RING. 



which can be applied to the circumference of the penis 
when flaccid. This ring is so arranged that when an 
erection takes place it will inflict punishment by mod- 
erately pricking the organ. The device is applied to the 
organ before going to bed and if an erection takes place 
during the night it will awaken the patient. He should 



GENITOURINARY 161 

be instructed to temporarily remove the appliance and 
urinate before going asleep again. 

This instrument has a tendency to produce such good 
results that it is seldom given the patient until after the 
advertising specialist has received large revenues from 
other treatments, for he knows very well if he supplies 
this appliance at first his remuneration will be cut short, 
therefore this is given as "the last resort." 

IMPOTENCY. 

It is this disease in particular which has offered both 
the local and mail-order specialist a Mecca to which the 
afflicted may journey, either in person or by letter, more 
than any other. The amount of money spent in adver- 
tising cures for "lost manhood," "premature decay," and 
"general debility," reaches into the millions every year. 
Although many local specialists have made fortunes, the 
mail order medical companies have taken the lead as far 
as financial success is concerned. One of the principal 
reasons why this, like all other sexual diseases, has 
brought them such a golden harvest is the same old story 
— the fear that their family physician will expose their 
weakness. The following formula combines six of the 
best known aphrodisiacs and, after thoroughly testing 
the merits of this combination of drugs, I can unhesitat- 
ingly recommend it as being a superior treatment. Each 
tablet contains : 

R Ext. damiana 2 gr. 

Ext. nux vomica % g r - 

Zinc phosphide 1-10 gr. 

Cannabin 1-10 gr. 

Cantharides 1-25 gr. 

Avenine 1-200 gr. 

GONORRHOEA AND GLEET. 

These are among the diseases which these specialists 
are most frequently called upon to treat. The cleanest 
and most efficient way to treat these affections is by the 



162 GENITOURINARY 

use of a medicated urethral bougie. These bougies may 
be inserted by the patient where they will come in con- 
tact with the inflamed surface and gradually melt at the 

URETHRAL MEDICATED BOUGIE 

To be used with Universal Applicator. 

temperature of the body and thus offer continuous medi- 
cation. The following formula has always been a favorite 
with me. Each bougie contains : 

I£ Zinc sulphate J / 2 gr. 

Antipyrine I gr. 

Boric acid 2 gr. 

Carbolic acid % gr. 

Fluid hydrastis 3 gr. 

Morphine sulphate 1-10 gr. 

Insert a bougie three or four times a day after urinat- 
ing. 

THE SOLVENT METHOD OF TREATING STRIC- 
TURE. 

This is another method of treatment which originated 
from the irregular practitioner and is extensively used by 
both local and mail-order specialists. I believe that the 
treatment is an exceptionally good one in a large number 
of cases. The following drugs are to be applied to the 
constricted part of the urethra either in the form of a 
powder or emulsion : 

I£ Ext. hyoscyamus Yi gr. 

Ext. calendula 1 gr. 

Carica papaya 1 gr. 

Powd. slippery elm 5 gr. 

The stricture should first be dilated with a sound, 
which can be more easily admitted by first injecting a 
few drops of the fluid extract of hyoscyamus and forcing 
it back to the constricted part with the finger. The 
treatment can now be applied to the parts by the use 
of the applicator. 



GENITOURINARY 163 

This treatment has received the name of solvent from 
the fact that the papaya has to a certain degree the power 
of dissolving or loosening the tissues of the stricture in 
very much the same way that it dissolves a diphtheric 
membrane. The treatment when combined with the 
other remedies is an excellent one and has the indorse- 
ment of the leading members of the medical profession, 
although many of them have attempted to shield the 
formula and sell it for a large consideration. 

VEGETABLE TREATMENT OF SYPHILIS. 

My attention was first called to the vegetable treat- 
ment of this disease by an article written by Dr. J. 
Marion Sims, which contained many astonishing asser- 
tions and, after using this vegetable alterative in my 
practice in many cases, I am convinced that the pre- 
scription he gave might almost be called a specific, if 
such a thing were possible in the treatment of the dis- 
ease. Although many physicians are familiar with this 
prescription, I think it will be of sufficient interest to 
give you a history of it which dates back from its dis- 
covery among the great medicine men of the Creek In- 
dians, who in early times inhabited middle Georgia. The 
negroes in that vi'cinity finally adopted the preparation 
and prepared it as given to them by the Indians. Dr. 
Sims' article would be too long to insert here, but Dr. B. 
Rush Jones, brother-in-law of Dr. Sims, gives the fol- 
lowing: 

"A few years before the civil war there were many 
obstinate cases of secondary syphilis around Montgom- 
ery, which had resisted the efforts of the best physicians. 
They went the round of the doctors, and could not be 
cured. One of these was advised to consult an obscure 
negro, by the name of Lawson, who worked on a cotton 
plantation, and after being under his treatment for a 
few weeks was perfectly cured. His recovery was so 
great an event that others applied to this same Lawson, 
and were also cured." 

Dr. G. W. McDade, hearing of these cases, took a 
great interest in the subject, and visited Lawson and ob- 



164 GENITOURINARY 

tained from him the formula used so successfully. It 
seems that the formula had come down from a mulatto 
slave, by the name of Horace King, who resided among 
the Creek Indians for several years before they removed 
west of the Mississippi river (1837). and had learned 
while with them their method of treating syphilis. 

Dr. McDade says that instead of adopting the so- 
called Indian remedy as he found it, he began by elimin- 
ating those roots and herbs and inert substances which 
he knew were absolutely of no value. He selected the 
few known to possess medicinal properties, and instead 
of making a decoction, as had been done before, and 
which had to be made in large quantities every day or 
two, he had them prepared in the form of fluid extracts, 
which placed the remedy on a scientific basis and insured 
uniformity of action. He then gives the formula as fol- 
lows : 

^ Fluid ext. of smilax sarsaparilla. . 16 parts, 
fluid ext. of stillingia sylvatica. . 16 parts. 

Fluid ext. of lappa minor 16 parts. 

Fluid ext. of phytolacca decandra.. 16 parts. 
Tine, of xanthoxylum carolinianium 8 parts. 

Dr. Sims in his article gives many cases which were 
treated by the negro Lawson on the plantation ; he also 
mentions the success Dr. McDade has had with it. Dr. 
B. Rush Jones, of Montgomery, who has been treating 
syphilis for more than 40 years, now says he has but 
little dread of undertaking the worst case since adopting 
this formula. He has repudiated mercury and iodide of 
potash entirely, as he says they are unnecessary when 
this formula is used. 

From the odor and general properties of this com- 
bination we are led to believe it identical in formula with 
the much advertised and secret preparation called S. S. S. 
The printed matter on this latter preparation, which 
states that it has been in use in domestic practice in cer- 
tain parts of middle Georgia ever since the retirement 
of the Creek Indians in that section of the state, does 
much to strengthen our belief. 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 165 

THE 
GYNECOLOGICAL SPECIALIST. 

NON-SURGICAL TREATMENT FOR THE DIS- 
EASES OF WOMEN. 

The treatment of the diseases of women has always 
contributed largely towards the yearly income of the 
general practitioner, while the gynaecologist continues to 
fatten upon the revenue he receives from operations. 
Ovariotomies and we might add operations for appendi- 
citis and laparotomies in general have become an epi- 
demic in some localities to the extent that many sur- 
geons think they will be branded as being unskillful if 
they allow their patients to get well without operative 
procedures. When the fashionable period of ovariotomies 
and other operations wear off, and physicians learn to 
apply rational, therapeutic measures there will be a revo- 
lution in gynaecological practice. I do not wish to be 
understood in condemning the progress of surgery or 
its application in many cases, but every physician who is 
familiar with hospital and sanitarium practice will attest 
that many organs are removed which might have been 
restored to health by non-surgical means. 

Owing to the prevalence of female diseases, a large 
territory is also opened for proprietary remedies, and we 
find lady agents everywhere who are extolling the virtues 
of some secret remedy for the diseases peculiar to their 
sex. Among the most prominent preparations may be 
mentioned: Viavi, Mountain Rose, Neuvita, Orange 
Blossom, Olive Branch, etc. On the other hand we find 
many physicians who use preparations like Micajah's 
Uterine Wafers, without knowing the ingredients they 
contain. 

Regarding the success obtained from the use of these 
preparations I am not able to say, but I do believe that 
every physician is aware of the fact that a large percent- 
age of these cases eventually drift into his hands for a 
more thorough and scientific course of treatment. 



166 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

From peculiarities of constitution and the duties as- 
signed by nature, woman is subject to a class of diseases, 
which entitles her to all that is humane, delicate and 
skillful on the part of the physician, whose duty it be- 
comes to advise and treat her. 

The degree of suffering, physical and mental ; the pain 
and discomfort endured; the disturbing elements in social 
life ; the severing of domestic ties, and the propagation of 
weakness and disease, often have their origin in the dis- 
eased organs and the preverted use of feelings and facul- 
ties designed for the creation of the race, and the happi- 
ness and well being of mankind. 

The cause of the prevalence of ill-health among wo- 
men may be attributed probably to the various acute and 
chronic diseases, to which all mankind are alike liable, 
but in a greater degree to the numerous class of ailments 
peculiar only to the female sex; and also to the fact that 
women are timid about broaching these subjects, and 
from a false modesty often conceal their disease, instead 
of seeking for a means of recovery. Thousands of 
women, from a mistaken sense of womanly delicacy, are 
passing the springtime and summer of their lives in silent 
suffering from disorders they do not understand, and 
know not how to alleviate. 

A modest, sensitive woman often shrinks from con- 
sulting a physician regarding sexual subjects in general, 
and especially so concerning the private and special ail- 
ments of her own generative organs, prefering to suffer 
in silence rather than to expose her weakness; and the 
most serious results are often attributed to this cause. 

It is owing to this delicacy on her part that has open- 
ed a large field for the various preparations mentioned 
above. I have given the medical treatment of the 
diseases of women much thought, and after thoroughly 
investigating many of the secret and non-secret reme- 
dies used by physicians, I have formulated a system of 
intra-uterine, extra-uterine and internal treatment, which 
associate physicians and myself have used in thonsands 
of cases with remarkable success, and I believe the con- 
stituents of same will appeal to the judgment of every 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 167 

physician in cases where surgical interference is not re- 
quired. 

The conditions in which this method of treatment is 
particularly indicated are amenorrhoea, dysmenorrhcea, 
menorrhagia, leucorrhcea, ulcerations, erosions, vaginitis, 
metritis, endometritis, backache, bearing down pains, 
irritation of the ovaries and bladder, frequent and painful 
urination, in fact all forms of congestion, inflammation or 
pain in the pelvic cavity. 

In devising a treatment for the above conditions there 
are several things which need the physician's attention. 

Upon examination, you will find the uterus enlarged 
and possibly either hard or sleazy in texture. The cir- 
culation is torpid and requires new activity. Such con- 
ditions require the combination of an astringent, an anti- 
septic, a sedative, an analgesic and absorbent. These 
are all provided in the following formula, which may be 
called the 

EXTRA-UTERINE APPLICATION. 

1^ Elaterium \y gr. 

Powd. jequirity T /\. gr. 

S. E. belladonna y 2 gr. 

S. E. hyoscyamus y 2 gr. 

S. E. hydrastis y 2 gr. 

S. E. hamamelis I gr. 

S. E. calendula I gr. 

S. E. thuja i gr. 

Zinc sulphate 2 gr. 

Boric acid 4 gr. 

I have had some difficulty in finding a suitable base 
in which to incorporate the above medication in order 
that it would rapidly disintegrate ; this is a very essential 
point in order to receive the desired results. The affin- 
ity elaterium has for serum, seem so great that the latter 
has a tendency to coagulate around the application, thus 
preventing it from dissolving. I formerly depended ex- 
clusively upon this application prepared in tablet form, 
and although the treatment was reasonably successful, I 



168 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

was often disappointed in cases where I expected the 
greatest success. I afterwards learned that the more 
pelvic congestion or inflammation present, the more 
serum there would be exudated, and the more serum exuv 
dated the less liable for the tablet to dissolve, owing to 
the tendency of the serum to accumulate around the ap- 
plication. Oftentimes the tablet would be removed 
thoroughly encapsuled, with coagulated serum, which of 
course prevented the complete medicinal effect of the 
treatment. 

After much experimenting my chemist now prepares 
this treatment in two forms, one in a tablet, resembling 
in shape the ordinary suppository, with a rapidly disin- 
tegrating base. The other in a base composed of cocoa- 
butter, Slippery Elm and Thymol as suggested by Dr. 
Hall, of Chicago. The tablet is generally dispensed in 
chronic diseases where slow, continuous medication is 
desired ; the latter in all acute diseases, where pain is 
present in the pelvic cavity, via dysmenorrhea, painful 
urination, hemorrhoids, cancer, etc., where rapid action 
of the treatment is required. In fact I prefer this medi- 
cation in a cocoa butter and slippery elm base as a gen- 
eral treatment in 95 per cent of all cases. This can also 
be used in the rectum with equal success. 

Since Dr. J. Marion Sims recognized the affinity 
glycerine has for serum and advocated tampons applied 
to the cervix as a depilatory, for the relief of congestion, 
etc., within the pelvic cavity. Physicians have been in 
search of a remedy to replace this treatment, which could 
be applied by the patient herself. 

My attention was first called to elaterium, as a uter- 
ine depilatory and antiphlogistic by Dr. Gentry, who 
stated that he had used the remedy in his practice for 
twenty years, and argued that if this remedy when taken 
by the stomach will extract serum from the alimentary 
tract and produce profuse watery stools, it would extract 
serum from other mucous surfaces if applied locally, and 
there is no other place where it can be applied to a 
greater advantage than in the vagina or uterine canal, 
where it seems to have its greatest curative influence in 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 169 

removing congestion, engorgements and impurities from 
the 'female pelvic cavity, that the organs may resume 
their normal condition. Elaterium alone, is rather 
drastic in its effects, and we have, therefore, combined 
it with other remedies to control its action, each of which 
has its specific therapeutic value. Jequirity resembles 
somewhat the action of elaterium, but is more. mild. 
However, it is a valuable adjuvant. Belladonna and 
hyoscyamus have their anti-spasmodic and anodyne ef- 
fects, while hydrastis, hamamelis, calendula and thuja 
each have their respective actions as local alteratives, 
antiseptics, styptics and sedatives. The zinc sulphate 
and boric acid are added for their astringent and anti- 
septic properties. 

This formula might be open to criticism as containing 
too many remedies, but I wish to assure you that each 
of them has been added from time to time with a marked 
improvement, and it seems to me that it would be im- 
possible to dispense with any one of them. 

There is great satisfaction in recommending and us- 
ing this preparation, for every time it is applied, good 
results are seen and felt, although I do not offer this 
preparation as a panacea, I am convinced that it is far 
superior to any general extra-uterine treatment with 
which I am familiar, and its practical application will 
convince the most skeptical that it has extraordinary 
merit when judiciously applied. 

This treatment has a wide range of usefulness, and 
has always found a place in my medicine case, to be used 
in emergency cases. By inserting a suppository at the 
mouth of the womb it will immediately suppress pain 
and ill feelings of every character in the pelvic cavity, 
often times with nearly the same rapidity as an injection 
of morphine, and thus cure dysmenorrhea, ovarian irri- 
tation and neuralgia. Although it is not curative in can- 
cer, it will abate the odor and alleviate the burning and 
gnawing pains. It is almost a specific for irritation of 
the bladder, frequent and painful urination and vaginitis, 
gonorrhoea, etc. 



170 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 



It is also an excellent treatment for piles if inserteci 
in the rectum, where it soothes the congested and in- 
flamed surface and heals the ulcers. 

This application may also be depended upon to re- 
lieve engorgements, erosions and ulcerations, and its 
continuous use will control menorrhagia and metorr- 
hagia. It is likewise used to a great advantage at the 




Method of Applying Extra-Uterine Application. 



menopause, as it will draw from the uterus the accumu- 
lation of diseased matter so that it will not enter the cir- 
culation and cause "hot flashes," etc. Its antiphlogistic 
and contractile power will readily contract the flaccid 
and loose walls of the vagina, at the same time it exerts 
a contractile influence upon the tissues which support the 
womb and retain the organ in its natural position. 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 



171 



METHOD OF APPLICATION. 

In chronic diseases the patient should use a douche of 
warm water before retiring, and insert a suppository as 
far as possible up the vagina. This should be allowed to 
remain until the next evening, when the douche should 
be repeated, and another suppository applied. This 
treatment should continue for several months in ob- 
stinate cases to obtain the desired results. 

With some patients where pain is present and im- 
mediate results are wanted, as in dysmenorrhea, piles, 
frequent and painful urination, cancer, etc., the treatment 




1 2 3 4 5 

may be applied several times a day if required, but the 
patient should be instructed to use a douche of warm 
or rather hot water, before each application. 

For the class of patients which every physician meets, 
women and young ladies who are over-modest, bashful, 
timid and diffident, who fear exposure, examination, ex- 
pense and dread the local treatments, this treatment has 
many advantages, for it is always attended with good 
results, and it may be used by the patient herself at 
home. 

With many patients it is absolutely necessary that 
they should submit to an examination and local treat- 



172 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

ment, in order that you may treat them intelligently, 
and with a degree of success that you could not other- 
wise obtain without observing the progress of your treat- 
ment. In order to make examinations, and successfully 
threat these diseases, requires the use of several wejl 
selected instruments. The accompanying cut illustrates 
those of my choice. 

Xo. i, the combined bivalve and Sims speculum. 
Xo. 2, fine pointed dressing forceps, which may be used 
in making intra-uterine applications if necessary. X'o. 3, 
dilator used for rapid dilation of the uterine canal. Xo. 
4, intra-uterine douche for cleansing the uterine cavity 
and bladder ; its use in miscarriages and other purulent 
conditions are indispensable. X T o. 5, intra-uterine appli- 
cator for liquid medication in the cervical and uterine 
cavity. These instruments, together with the universal 
applicator, a douche curette and sound offers quite a 
complete outfit and are indispensable to the physician for 
the medical treatment of the diseases of women. 

INTRA-UTERINE MEDICATION. 

Intra-uterine treatments are indispensable for the cure 
of many diseases. This is particularly so in metritis and 
endometritis, deep-seated erosions, etc., where more fav- 
orable results may be obtained by direct medication, to 
the lining membranes of the uterus or cervical canal. In 
these conditions, examination will disclose ulcerations 
and erosions of the cervix, and large quantities of mucous 
oozing from the uterine canal ; menstruation is often pro- 
fuse and appears too often. Whenever this condition 
exists, I apply an intra-uterine application, composed of 
the following remedies, either in liquid or bougie form, 
each treatment containing the following medication in 
its maximum quantity: 

I£ Elaterium 1-16 gr. 

Hydrastine (P. D. & C.) / 2 gr. 

Resorcin 1 gr. 

Oil of thuja 2 min. 

Ichthyol 8 min. 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 173 

I regret to say that I have to differ in opinion with 
the "old healing masters" regarding local applications to 
the cervical canal and uterine cavity. I was taught and 
it is the general treatment given in many text books to- 
day, that caustic acids, nitrate of silver, carbolic acid 
and tincture of iodine, and the fashionable cautery elec- 
tricity are about the only remedies of any value as local 
applications to the cervical canal and the uterine cavity. 
After using these treatments for years I was compelled 
to abandon their use, as my efforts were never marked 
with any great success. After giving the subject much 
thought I wondered why physicians who stand at the 
head of the ranks of the profession, and gynaecologists of 
more than a national reputation, should advocate such 
treatment. Would they apply this continuous caustic 
treatment to ulcerations of the mouth or other mucous 
surfaces in less isolated parts of the body, and expect to 
encourage the healing process? No. Then why should 
this heroic treatment be applied to erosions and inflamed 
conditions of the uterus. These are the problems which 
confront the physician. Dr. Skene, in making reference 
to this point, says: "I am satisfied that in times past, 
and even at present, much of the treatment of uterine 
diseases, while it arrests the inflammatory trouble, proves 
so destructive to the normal structure of the organs as to 
render the last condition of the patient worse than the 
first." 

The facts are that erosions of the os and cervical 
canal, or other parts of the uterus, require the same 
gentle treatment that ulcerations in general do. Ac- 
companying cervical ulcerations, however, we often find 
chronic inflammatory conditions involving other parts 
of the organ, metritis and endometritis, which require 
treatment at the same time. If I were to select only one 
remedy for the local treatment of these conditions, my 
first choice would be Ichthyol. This remedy is in no 
way a caustic, but it penetrates deeply into the tissues 
and its contractile action upon the vascular system is so 
great that it rapidly relieves the chronic congestion and 
inflammation and encourages the healing process. It is 



174 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

also a marked antiseptic and anodyne. Several months 
ago I learned the value of the oil of thuja in ulcerated 
conditions of the eye, and argued if this remedy was of 
value in the treatment of the delicate structures of the 
eye, it would be of equal service in treating erosions of 
the cervix and elsewhere, and decided to use it in com- 
bination with ichthyol, and the results were the most 
pleasing. This remedy seems to be a solvent of the high- 
est order. These remedies combined with hydrastis and 
the antiphlogistic effect of elaterium, and the antiseptic 
properties of resorcine, gives us a treatment which does 
not act as a caustic irritant, but as a healing agent in the 
broadest sense of the term. I have been using this treat- 
ment constantly for about fifteen months with greater 
satisfaction and success than any treatment I have pre- 
viously applied. It will be found particularly service- 
able in all erosions, congestions and chronic inflam- 
matory conditions of the uterus. 

METHOD OF TREATMENT. 

Dr. Henry Mills is supposed to be the first physician 
in this country to apply medication within the uterine 
cavity. Since this time gynaecologists have seemed to 
differ somewhat in opinion regarding the practicability 
and utility of intra-uterine medications. They all agree, 
however, that medication to the cervical canal is of much 
benefit to diseased conditions of the entire organ. No 
doubt, the reason why intra-uterine medications of for- 
mer years has been a failure is due to the use of too 
strong applications* of caustic compounds. Nearly every 
caustic remedy in the Materia Medica has been used for 
this purpose, often doing much injury. There is another 
point to be observed in applying intra-uterine medica- 
tions. With some women there seems to exist an idio- 
syncrasy regarding the application of medicine to the in- 
terior uterine walls, and they cannot withstand the mild- 
est form of medication, while others can endure the most 
heroic measures. I have observed that where the inner 
os was sufficiently large to allow the escape of any excess 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 175 

of the fluid, uterine applications could be made with 
greater success than where the inner orifice was small or 
contracted. When the latter condition exists, the inner 
os should always be .previously dilated; for this purpose 
I use a strong pair of narrow-pointed dressing forceps. 
This allows the escape of any superfluous medication. 
These facts are constantly before my mind, and when a 
patient presents herself for treatment, I make several ap- 
plications to the cervical canal before entering the cavity 
of the uterus, and I always satisfy myself that the os is 
well dilated before making each application. The first 




Method of Applying Intra-Uterine Applications. 

treatment should consist of only about one or two minims 
which can be increased in amount as the treatment pro- 
gresses. There are only a very few cases where medica- 
tion will be required in the uterine cavity. Fully 90 per 
cent of the diseases of women can be cured by making 
applications to the cervical canal, where there is ab- 
solutely no danger. The instruments should always be 
at least of an equal temperature to that of the body, and 
after each application a tampon of glycerine combined 
with some suitable antiseptic be applied. 

There has been several instruments devised and many 
different forms of medication used for applying treat- 



176 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

ments within the uterine canal and uterus. The most 
practical of these consists of the remedies in liquid form 
or incorporated in bougies in a base of either cocoa butter 
or glycerine and gelatine. These bougies should be ap- 
plied with the universal applicator (see cut). The old 
way of making medicated applications to the endomet- 
rium by means of cotton saturated with the medicated 
solution applied with a probe or applicator, is fast falling 
into disuse as being unpractical. Dr. P. F. Mundy 
says : "In the vast majority of cases with normal canals 
I really believe that the effect of the medication (when 
applied with cotton) is expended entirely on the mucous 
lining of the cervical canal and external os, and the en- 
dometrium improper is touched merely by the albumin- 
ous coating of the applicator." The bougie treatments 
have the disadvantage of being expensive to manufacture 
and somewhat difficult to apply. The liquid medication 
is therefore the. more practical for all general purposes 
and is much more easily applied. 

For several years I used a glass pipette which con- 
sisted of a glass tube with a rubber bulb on one end re- 
sembling the ordinary medicine droper, but I found this 
instrument had many disadvantages. There was no way 
of determining the amount of medicine used at each ap- 
plication, and by making pressure upon the rubber bulb 
you would often force air into the inter-uterine cavity, 
which would often produce uterine colic. A few years 
ago I had a special instrument made, which resembled 
the ordinary hypodermic syringe, with a flexible metallic 
tube attached, the size and shape of the ordinary uterine 
sound. This has many advantages, as it allows you to 
accurately guage the amount of medicine used, as the 
piston is graduated in minims, and by adjusting the point 
upwards you can force all the air out of the syringe before 
each application. The point can be adjusted to any 
shape which will best enter the uterine cavity. In mak- 
ing applications to the cervical canal or inter-uterine cav- 
ity, I always regulate the amount of medicine used by 
the graduate on the piston stem. The amount of medi- 
cine used at each treatment is usually from five to fifteen 
minims. 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 177 

By carefully observing these rules and judiciously ap- 
plying this treatment you will meet with phenomenal 
success, and find it far superior to the caustic treatment 
so much in vogue. This treatment is particularly ser- 
viceable in all erosions and ulcerated conditions at the 
external os and cervical canal ; and in cervical or cor- 
poreal endometritis and chronic inflammations of these 
organs. 

INTERNAL TREATMENT. 

Internal treatment is always of great importance and 
should consist of such therapeutic measures as may be 
required in each individual case. I believe in dispensing 
all internal medication in as palatable a form as possible, 
and when no specific treatment is required, the following 
tablet, chocolate coated, has rendered me much service as 
a uterine tonic : 

IJ Ext. Viburnum prun I gr. 

Ext. Viburnum opul I gr. 

Ext. Star grass Y* gr. 

Ext. Squaw vine Y* gr. 

Ext. Helonias Y* gr. 

Caulophyllin Y\ & r - 

Hydrastis, represented by white 

alkaloid 7^ gr. 

THE COMBINED TREATMENT. 

When a physician becomes too enthusiastic regarding 
a special treatment he is often branded as a "crank." If 
this caption applies to my case it will be accepted very 
gracefully, and I only wish I could be as "successfully 
cranky" with many other treatments in the practice of 
medicine. I consider this treatment, either used in part 
or combined, as the case may require, one of the most 
successful treatments in present use for the diseases of 
women commonly met with, and far superior to the caus- 
tic remedies or the fashionable cautery, electricity. As a 
rule I do not believe in "stereotyped therapeutics" and 
occasionally I modify this treatment to meet the require- 
rt2i 



178 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 



ments of some individual case, but in a large majority of 
cases I know of no means of improvement, and use it as 
given here. With a large number of patients I find the 




The above illustrates the way all Exterior Erosions or Ulcerations of the 
External Os should be "Painted" with the Intra-Uterine Application. 

best results are obtained from the combined treatment, 
and usually I have a patient visit my office once or twice 
a week, that I may apply the intra-uterine application 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 179 

and watch the progress of the treatment. During the 
intervals she is instructed to take a douche of warm or 
rather hot water each night before retiring, and apply 
the extra-uterine application ; throughout the treatment 
she also takes a tablet of the Viburnum tonic compound 
six times a day, or whatever other internal treatment her 
case may demand. By the judicious use of these remed- 
ial measures I am convinced that they will effect a care in 
many cases where other methods of treatment have failed 
to be of benefit, and it will excel the numerous routine 
treatments, proprietary preparations and nostrums often 
used by physicians. To demonstrate its wide range of 
usefulness, I will point out its value in the following il- 
lustrated cases : 

Irritation of the Bladder. 

Miss G., an actress appearing at one of the theaters in 
this city, consulted me regarding this troublesome and 
painful condition with which she had been suffering at 
different times for about two years. She stated that it 
was almost impossible for her to fulfill her engagement, 
as she was in such distress ; between each act she would 
attempt to urinate, but there would be only little urine 
and such unbearable, spasmodic pains afterwards. This 
was about 5 130 p. m. ; I instructed her to take a vaginal 
douche of two quarts of hot water, as hot as she could 
comfortably endure, and apply an extra-uterine applica- 
tion (in cocoa butter and slippery elm base) and to re- 
peat the operation at 7:30, just before the performance. 
She followed my advice and reported the next day that 
in about twenty minutes after she made the first appli- 
cation all of her distressing symptoms left her and she 
passed the evening in perfect comfort. The following- 
day I washed out the bladder and instructed her to use 
the extra-uterine application three times a day. She con- 
tinued the treatment during her week's stay in this city 
and took sufficient medicine with her to last two months, 
making one application each night before retiring. I did 
not hear from her again until the following season, when 
she visited my office and informed me that she had never 



180 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

been troubled since. She wished me to prepare some 
more medicine, however, to be used in case of emergency 
as she was in constant fear of the old trouble returning. 
I relieved her mind, however, by telling her that in all 
probability she would never be troubled that way again. 

Amenorrhoea. 

Miss H., age 16, applied for treatment for irregular 
menstruation. The menstrual periods were established 
when 13 years of age. At this time she thought she "took 
cold" from bathing; at least, the periods did not return 
again for four months ; since this time they have always 
been irregular, appearing at intervals from two to three 
months. The patient was anaemic and complained oi 
having much backache. Her anaemic condition was, no 
doubt, one of the primary causes of her condition. I 
prescribed the "Viburnum compound" three times a day, 
and after each meal she was given a five grain Blaud's 
pill combined with arsenic and strychnine. I instructed 
her to use a hot water douche each night before retiring 
and insert an extra-uterine application. She continued 
this treatment nearly five months ; at the end of this time 
she was menstruating regularly; her complexion became 
florid, and her general health was seemingly good. She 
continued the internal treatment for several months, 
omiting the iron tablets at intervals. She has been con- 
stantly under my observation, and at this writing is per- 
fectly well, strong and healthy. 

Congestive Dysmenorrhoea. 

Mrs. H. consulted me regarding her daughter, 19 years 
of age, who had always suffered with dysmenorrhoea. 
Menstruation was not established in her case until 16 
years of age, and during the menstrual period she was 
confined to her bed the greater part of the time. She 
was a very plethoric girl and appeared rather timid in 
disposition, although she frankly informed me she 
''hated doctors." If I had suggested examination in her 
case she no doubt would have been out of the office before 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 181 

the words left my lips. After briefly discussing her case 
with her mother, I pronounced it congestive dysmen- 
orrhea, and prescribed a douche of two quarts of hot 
water each night before retiring, and instructed her how 
to use the extra-uterine application (in a cocoa butter 
and slippery elm base). After the douche I also gave 
her a tablet of the "Viburnum tonic compound" six times 
a day. She promised to carry out the treatment pei- 
sistently and report after the next menstruation ; in aue 
time her mother called and informed me she had suffered 
some pain, but it was not so severe as at former 
periods. She continued the treatment as above, ana the 
next period was passed with still less pain ; the next 
period was passed in perfect comfort. She continued 
the treatment altogether about five months, and has 
never suffered since. It is now a year since she has 
abandoned all medication. 

This is only one of many cases which have come under 
my observation which has demonstrated the curative 
value of this treatment. Had I prescribed the application 
during the first two periods she no doubt would have suf- 
fered at all, as will be illustrated in the following case : 

Dysmenorrhoea. 

Miss B. I was called at the bedside of this lady, wno 
was suffering intensely. She informed me that she al- 
ways suffered this way, but the pain was less severe af- 
ter the appearance of the menstrual discharge. I im- 
mediately gave her a douche of hot water and she in- 
serted an extra-uterine application ; in less than half an 
hour nearly all the pain had left her. She repeated the 
operation twice during the night; in the morning the 
menstrual flow had made its appearance, but she con- 
tinued the application twice a day throughout the period, 
with but very little pain. 

This lady continued the treatment for about four 
months, with the aid of the "Viburnum compound,'' and 
occasionally dilating the cervical canal, and she was dis- 
charged and pronounced cured. 



182 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 



Cancer of the Cervix. 

I was called to see Mrs. P., aged 47, who w r as flowing 
excessively. She had been advised by another physician 
that her condition was due to the change of life, although 
he had never examined her. Speculum examination re- 
vealed the fact that she was suffering with a cancer of the 
cervix, involving the lower third of the fundus and the 
upper w r alls of the vagina. I informed the husband re- 
garding her serious condition and also told them that I 
believed operative proceedures would be of no value, as 
the destruction of tissues was so great, and the only treat- 




ment would be to offer her as much comfort as possible 
until the end. She was suffering much pain, which was 
very severe at times. I gently curetted the sloughing 
surface and applied the intra-uterine application to the 
abraded surface, and advised her to take a douche of warm 
water and apply the extra-uterine application every two 
or three hours as her case required. It was surprising to 
note how rapidly this treatment relieved the pain and 
seemed to control the hemorrhage and abate the odor. 
This treatment w r as continued until the very last, when 
morphine had to be resorted to. Although the treat- 
ment in this case w r as only palliative, it offered all that 
can be accomplished in such cases. 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 183 

Endometritis of the Cervical Canal. 

This lady was 29 years old ; was married and had 
never become pregnant, very much contrary to her 
wishes. Her general health seemed excellent, but she 
said she had been troubled with leucorrhoea for years. 
After reading some domestic medical book she became 
alarmed at her condition, thinking the discharge was a 
sure means of destroying her life. I made a speculum 
examination and, with the aid of the sound, I found the 
diameters of the uterus and the internal os about normal. 
The external os, however, was ulcerated, everted and en 
larged. By passing the sound the mucous surface would 
bleed very easily, showing the mucous membrane was 
very much congested. It was easily determined that she 
had endometritis limited to the cervical canal. I applied 
ten minims of the intra-uterine application to the entire 
length of the canal, and also thoroughly covering the ex- 
ternal ulcerated surface with the medicine, after which 1 
inserted a tampon saturated with glycerine and thymol 
at the external os before removing the speculum. These 
local treatments were continued twice a week ; during 
the intervals she used the extra-uterine application, with 
warm water injections each night before retiring, and the 
Viburnum compound. This treatment was continued 
about four months. At the end of this time the mucous 
membrane of the canal seemed to be perfectly healthy, 
and the external erosions entirely healed. In order that I 
could watch her condition I had her visit my office once 
a month for several months, but the old condition never 
returned. 

Corporeal Endometritis. 

Mrs. D., 41 years of age., came to my office, stating 
that "It seems as though beavers are building a dam in 
my womb, there is such a constant gnawing." By exam- 
ining her with a speculum I found the external os and 
cervical canal in apparently a healthy condition, but on 
entering the uterus with a sound she complained of some 
pain, and said "that is the very place which is causing 



184 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

me so much discomfort." The surface would bleed easily 
at the most gentle manipulation. Menstruation was ir- 
regular, but when it did appear it was too profuse and 
lasted longer than it should. She also had leucorrhcea, 
which at times was offensive. I decided that she had 
endometritis limited to the uterine cavity, which is not 
of common occurrence. I treated her twice a week with 
the intra-uterine application, and curretted the surface 
occasionally, and also had her use the extra-uterine ap- 
plication and "Viburnum compound." At the end of 
three months all symptoms of the disease had left her, 
and she Avas discharged as being cured. 

A Complicated Case. 

Airs. J.— This was one of those complicated cases not 
unfrequently met with, where the inflammatory condition 
seemed to involve the entire pelvic cavity, and had she 
fallen into the hands of the modern gynaecological sur- 
geon, she no doubt would have parted with much of her 




anatomy. Congestion and hyperthesia was manifest 
everywhere within the pelvis ; the ovaries were sensitive, 
and at times she would have frequent and painful urina- 
tion, backache and constant pain in the pelvic region. 
Speculum examination revealed an enlargement of the 
cervix, which was fairly purple in color, showing retard- 
ed circulation. There was a large erosion on the external 
os, the lining membrane of the cervical canal and uterine 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 185 

cavity were sensitive and bled very easily when touched 
with the sound. There was large quantities of mucous 
oozing from the canal, which was often streaked with 
blood. Menstruation appeared too often and was too 
profuse ; her general health was very much impaired ; 
she was weak and anaemic, had disturbances of the stom- 
ach, and was extremely constipated and nervous. It was 
not difficult to see she was suffering with metritis and 
endometritis, involving the entire membranes of the 
uterus. She was placed upon a thorough course of re- 
constructive and tonic internal medication, and the intra- 
uterine application was applied to the entire uterine 
cavity and cervical canal, by gradually increasing the 
amount of medicine at each application until ten or 
fifteen minims were used, which was sufficient to cover 
the entire surface. She was also instructed to use the 
extra-uterine application and a hot water douche each 
morning and evening, as an intermediate treatment. The 
extra-uterine application seemed to have a wonderful 
effect in her case ; at the end of one week she declared she 
had not a pain or discomfort in the pelvic region. Often 
when she would take a douche there would be large 
pieces, amounting sometimes to entire casts of the vagi- 
na, of coagulated serum, come away, which demonstrated 
the value of the application as a depilatory in curing 
these conditions by exosmosis. 

After she had continued the treatment for several 
months, she had gained about 25 pounds in flesn, tilt 
size of the uterus was gradually diminished and the en- 
dometrium was apparently in a healthy condition, when 
an accident occurred which ended in her death, by falling 
down an elevator shaft in one of the large department 
stores in this city. 

Specific Vaginitis. 

Mrs. C, a refined lady, 32 years of age, contracted 
gonorrhoea from her husband, who was "rather sporty 
inclined." I did not inform her the cause of her condi- 
tion, as I did not wish to take an active part in a family 
disturbance, as I was treating the husband for the same 



186 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

disease. (I think St. Peter will pardon a few prevarica- 
tions under such circumstances.) She was suffering in- 
tensely with vesical and rectal tenasmus, had a profuse 
discharge and all the accompanying symptoms of the 
disease. She was instructed to use a douche of two 
quarts of warm water in which 2 drachms of borax had 
been dissolved, 5 or 6 times a day. After each douche 
she inserted an extra-uterine application. She experi- 
enced great relief from the first, and at the end of ten 
days the symptoms of the disease had left her and she 
was practically well. She continued the local treatment, 
however, once or twice a day for about three weeks. 

STERILITY. 

Among other problems confronting the physician is a 
successful treatment for sterility. Barreness may be 
either congenital or acquired ; or it may exist for years 
and a seemingly spontaneous cure result from the action 
of unknown causes. This is illustrated with Anne., of 
Austria, who was sterile for twenty-two years before she 
became a mother. Catalina de Medicis, wife of Henry 
the Second, was unfruitful for the first ten years of her 
marriage, after which time she became so prolific that 
she had ten successive children. 

The cause of sterility has been attributed to several 
different sources ; chronic inflammation of the vagina, 
giving rise to excessive acid secretions which destroy the 
life of the spermatozoa, as will also the excessive secre- 
tions from the uterus. Inflammatory conditions of the 
uterine cavity and canal has also been pointed out as one 
of the principal conditions preventing conception. Phy- 
siologists lay much stress on the proper time for coition 
as reacting favorably to produce conception, and the 
fruitful period is given from three days before to ten days 
after the monthly period every physician is familiar 
with the fact, however, that there is no stated time when 
a woman can be considered unpregnable. 

The Mosiac laws forbid women from accepting visits 
from their husbands for fourteen days after the menstrual 
period, and still the Jews are a very fruitful people. 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 



187 



Many persons who desire to prevent conception ab- 
stain from intercourse during the supposed fruitful 
period, but while it may lesson the probability of the oc- 
currence of conception, it is by no means sure. It has 
been demonstrated that some women are more suscepti- 
ble to conception immediately before the menstrual 
period, others during the period and others immediately 
after. In suming up my own observations regarding 
the subject, I am convinced that the cause of sterility in 
the majority of cases has been due to diseased conditions 
of the cervical canal and inner uterus and stenosis of the 
canal, which has often been traced to the use of too 
strong caustic local applications. 

When a patient asks, "What can I do to become a 
mother," I advise an examination, which will generally 




DR. OUTERBRIDGE'S DILATORS AND APPLICATORS. 

reveal the condition described above. The treatment for 
sterility depends largely upon three things, viz. : Cure 
any existing disease of the endometrium, remove all ob- 
structions from the cervical canal and advise copulation 
at the time when physiological conditions are the most 
favorable to conception, which is just before, during or 
after the menstrual period. The diseased condition will 
usually yield to the extra-uterine and intra-uterine medi- 
cations already given, and now we wish to keep the canal 
open and allow the spermatozoa to enter the uterine cav- 
ity. This is best done by the use of the Outerbridge 
stems, or dilators. These instruments consist of a set of 
stems and an introducer to apply them with ; when once 
introduced into the cervical canal and adjusted to the 



1S8 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

right position, they will keep the canal open, and while 
they are indespensable in the treatment of sterility, they 
can also be nsed to a good advantage in the treatment 
of certain forms of dysmenorrhcea and endometritis. The 
shape of this instrument adapts itself to the anatomical 
position of the uterine canal and is so constructed that it 
is self-retaining without changing position. 

There are several different styles of these stems de- 
signed to meet the requirements of different canals ; these 
dilators can be introduced from either the Sims or dorsal 
position. The dilator is placed within the grasp of the 
instrument made especially for the purpose, and after 
examining the position and length of the canal with a 
uterine sound, the stem is selected to correspond with 
the canal, "which is previously dilated with an ordinary 
dilator, and the Outerbridge dilator introduced, where it 
may be left for several days. The time selected to cure 
sterility and dysmenorrhcea is from three days before the 
menstrual period until five days after, then the instru- 
ment can be removed. The instrument should not be 
used at the next period unless you are satisfied that con- 
ception has not taken place. In dilating the cervical 
canal with this instrument you should be very careful 
not to injure the mucuous membrane, as this may pre- 
vent the emigration of the spermatozoa and thus prevent 
the process of conception. 

These instruments are made of several different ma- 
terials, but the only dilators of any value are made from 
some non-corrosive metal, of which aluminum is prefer- 
able, owing to its lightness, strength and elasticity as a 
treatment for sterility and obstructive dysmenorrhcea. 
This method is without a doubt the most successful and 
will not disappoint reasonable expectations. 

IMPOTENCY IN THE FEMALE. 

SEXUAL INDIFFERENCE. 

Although there have been many volumes written on 
impotency in the male, this condition, which is often 
termed sexual anaesthesia, sexual indifference and sexual 



DISEASES OF WOMEN 189 

apathy, in the female has received little or no attention 
by the general practitioner, and like many other things, 
opens the door for a specialist, although this may seem 
an unusual subject of which to make a single specialty. 
I recently met a physician who was enjoying an income 
of several thousand dollars a year by operating upon 
women afflicted with this unfortunate condition. 

There is no doubt that our Creator designed the 
organs and functions of women to be as highly and 
sensitively developed as those of men, and the sexual 
embrace should be conducted in a manner mutually 
agreeable to both husband and wife, but it is a well- 
recognized fact that fully ten per cent, of women are 
entirely devoid of sexual passions, and in such women, 
intercourse is conducted for the sole gratification of the 
husband. It is also unnecessary to state that this is one 
of the elements which help to fill our courts with divorce 
suits. Women thus affected almost invariably state that 
their sexual condition has caused more shadows and 
domestic disturbances than any other one thing in their 
marital union. Every physician recognizes the fact that 
the happiest homes are those in which husband and 
wife are sexually mated, and we must also admit that 
the healthy performance of these functions are not only 
conducive to good health, but largely to the development 
of much that is lovable and affectionate in a woman's 
nature. 

There are two varieties of this condition : First, one 
in which there is no sexual desire whatever, and, second, 
where there is a mild desire, but without gratification. 

The cause of this dormant condition of the female 
sexual organs can be traced to a number of sources. 
Functional diseases of the ovaries and uterus often 
cause a depression in the sexual instinct, while at the 
change of life and during pregnancy and lactation, this 
function may be suppressed. In other cases, this function 
may have been fully developed and the organ fully or 
partly paralyzed in child-birth or by accident. 

It may also be due to spinal trouble or sexual excess. 
Such cases often experience excitation without gratifica- 
tion or relief. This often leads to mental depression and 



190 DISEASES OF WOMEN 

melancholy. The most frequent cause, however, is an 
elongation of the hood and its adherence to the walls 
of the clitoris, completely obliterating that organ. It is 
this condition, principally, that I wish to discuss. 

My attention was first called to this point by the spe- 
cialist mentioned above, who, I have every reason to be- 
lieve, has operated upon thousands of cases. My experi- 
ence will vouch for his success, for I have restored this 
function in fully ninety per cent, of all the cases upon 
which I have operated. The operation is very easy and 
consists of simply removing the foreskin from the clitoris 
as follows : Pinch up the foreskin with the thumb and 
finger and inject a few drops of the cocaine solution as 
given in the obtundent formulae on another page, and also 
saturate a piece of absorbent cotton and allow it to cover 
the clitoris for a few minutes until it is thoroughly 
anaesthetized ; insert a tenaculum through the foreskin 
and lift is upwards, then take the handle of a scalpel and 
break up all adhesions between the clitoris and covering 
membrane and cut away a V-shaped piece of the fore- 
skin, entirely denuding the clitoris. Unite the two layers 
of membrane by applying a suture on each side of it, 
and one at the apex. Keep the parts separate by placing 
absorbent cotton between them and use the usual anti- 
sptic dressings. 

The sutures may be removed in two or three days. 
The doctor should always provide the patient with an 
antiseptic ointment, containing sufficient tincture of cap- 
sicum to furnish warmth to the parts, as follows : 

Jy Tinct. capsicum 20 min. 

Boracic acid 1 dr. 

Vaseline 1 oz. 

Sig. Apply to the parts four times a day. 

Although this is one of the most simple minor opera- 
tions in the whole category of surgery, it is one of the 
most remunerative, as the patient will not hesitate to pay 
from $25 to $50, and one patient is always likely to send 
another. 

The physician also gives the patient a two months' 
supply of aphrodisiac tablets, as given on another page. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 191 



THE 
PAINLESS DENTAL SPECIALIST. 



THE ODTUNDENT SYSTEM OF PAINLESS 
DENTISTRY. 

Whoever procures exemption from physical suffering 
may be considered a public benefactor and in no other 
field of labor has there been a better chance of earning 
such a title than in that of extracting teeth, as the pain- 
less operator is the one whom people praise and patron- 
ize, but as a general rule a large percentage of operators 
have made a failure of local anaesthetics, (nostrums) and 
have discarded them altogether, as being worthless. 
They do not understand why some can make a success 
of their use and others can not. While this chapter will 
not be an exhaustive treatise on the subject, I will en- 
deavor to make it as plain and practical as possible, and 
give all the information that will be required to handle 
local anaeesthetics successfully. W r hat will be said has 
been taken from the experience of myself and other 
operators under my observation, who have used this 
method successfully in over sixty thousand different 
operations ; and I believe that every operator of ordinary 
skill and intelligence, who will faithfully follow the di- 
rections given will be equally successful. 

In the year 1874 Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes created 
the words, "Artificial Anaesthesia," and wrote : "Nature 
herself is working out the primal curse which doomed 
the tenderest of her creatures to the sharpest of her 
trials ; but the fierce extremity of suffering has been 
steeped in the waters of forgetfulness, and the deepest 
furrows in the knotted brow of agony has been smoothed 
forever." 

The diminution of the cutaneous sensibility by the 
application of ice and freezing mixtures has long been 



192 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

practiced. It was not, however, until Richardson's 
method by the hand-ball spray apparatus had been pro- 
posed that there had been much use made of local 
anaesthesia ; this method consists in directing a current 
of atomized ether against the part to be anaesthetized. 
The ether employed for this purpose should have a 
specific gravity not to exceed 0.723. Rhigolene, the 
lightest liquid known, a product of the fractional distilla- 
tion of petroleum, is more effective than ether, but great 
difficulty attends its use, owing to its extreme volatility. 
When a current of atomized ether, or Rhigolene, is di- 
rected against the skin, the rapid evaporation produces 
an intense degree of cold, in consequence of which the 
nerves lose their power of transmiting impressions to 
the sensorium. 

A serious drawback to this process of producing local 
anaesthesia is the unpleasant burning which follows in 
the part when it recovers from the freezing, and also the 
great pain which attends the application of the ether 
spray to certain parts. 

Shortly after the spray apparatus fell into disuse, 
local anaesthesia was introduced by hypodermic medica- 
tion, and while there has been an abundance of good 
energy wasted by some of our best authors (who have 
made a failure of it) in condemning the method, we find 
on the other hand a larger percentage of admirers who 
have discarded every other system of anaesthesia believ- 
ing this to be superior to all. 

COCAINE. 

Careful research in the study and chemical analysis 
of the many local anaesthetics (nostrums) which have 
flooded the market, prove that all local anaesthetics used 
successfully by hypodermic medication have from one 
and one-half to five per cent, cocaine basis, and this work 
would be incomplete, without giving the reader a com- 
prehensive knowledge of the physiological action of this 
valuable drug. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 193 

Although erythroxylon (cocaine) has been the subject 
of investigation, and its powers to suspend the functions 
of the sensory nervous system recognized, the character 
of its local action was not suspected. It was reserved for 
Dr. Roller, of Vienna, to discover its analgestic effects 
when applied directly to the mucous membrane, and this 
great fact he demonsrated before the ophthalmological 
congress at Heidelberg. It happened that the dis- 
tinguished ophthalmologist of New York, Prof. Dr. 
Noyes, was in attendance on the congress and he sent to 
the New York Medical Record, a letter giving facts of 
the discovery, and this proved to be the first statement 
in the English language of Roller's demonstration. As 
the possibilities of the future utility of cocaine as a local 
anaesthetic was then recognized, it created a profound 
impression, and in an incredibly short time this remark- 
able discovery became of common interest and in com- 
mon possession. Everywhere cocaine was investigated 
by physiological and clinical methods, and the results 
confirmed the statements of Roller. To no one this side 
of the ocean, was the investigation of the properties and, 
powers of cocaine of as much interest as to the medical 
and dental professions. 

The character of the action of cocaine is much in- 
fluenced by the amount administered, and the several 
stages of its action differ because the immediate and 
primary effect is necessarily opposed to the condition of 
reaction which seeks to restore the normal. When a 
sufficiently active (or toxic) dose is given, the first 
effect is stimulation ; the heartbeats are accelerated ; the 
respiration becomes more frequent ; the reflexes respond 
to a distant irritation more promptly ; the mind experi- 
ences a grateful sense of well-being and of activity, and 
ideation is ready, acute and comprehensive. 

The stage of excitement continues for an hour or two, 
and is succeeded by depression, which is at the same 
time physical, mental and moral. The pulse may con- 
tinue quick, but its force declines, and some irregularity 
of its rhythm may occur ; the skin grows moist or pro- 
fuse sweating comes on ; the bodily temperature declines 
[13] 



194 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

a little, possibly; the appetite is lost, and nausea and 
vomiting increase the feeling of physical wretchedness 
and mental distress. Although cocaine is not actively 
toxic, and may be taken in enormous doses, we find some 
persons who are susceptible to its action, and are some- 
what depressed by a smaller quantity. On the other 
hand, we find in an interesting article written by Dr. 
William A. Hammond and read at the eighteenth annual 
session of the Medical Society of Virginia, at Richmond, 
in which he reports taking eighteen grains at a dose, 
which I think will be of sufficient interest to quote in full, 
for it fully explains the true physiological action of the 
drug better than any article ever written, to my knowl- 
edge. The doctor said : 

"About two years ago I undertook a series of experi- 
ments with this agent on myself, with the object of ob- 
taining more satisfactory information relative to its ac- 
tion than it seemed possible for me to get otherwise. I 
began by injecting a grain of the substance under the 
skin of the forearm, the operation being performed at 8 
o'clock p. m. ' 

"The first effect ensued in about five minutes, and 
consisted of a pleasant thrill which seemed to pass 
through my whole body. This lasted about ten minutes 
and shortly after its appearance, was accompanied by a 
sensation of fullness in the head and heat of the face. 
There was also noticed a decided acceleration of the 
pulse with increase of force. This latter symptom was 
probably, judging from subsequent experiments, the 
very first to ensue, but my attention being otherwise en- 
gaged, it was overlooked. On feeling the pulse five min- 
utes after making the injection, it was found to be ninety- 
four, while immediately before the operation it was only 
eighty-two. 

"With these physical phenomena, there was a sense 
of exhilaration and an increase of mental activity that 
were well marked, and not unlike in character those that 
ordinarily follow a glass or two of champagne. I was 
writing at the time, and I found that my thoughts flowed 
with increased freedom, and were unusually well ex- 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 195 

pressed. The influence was felt for two hours, when it 
gradually began to fade. At 12 o'clock, four hours after 
the injection, I went to bed, feeling, however, no dispo- 
sition to sleep. I lay awake till daylight, my mind 
actively going over all the events of the previous day. 
When I at last fell asleep, it was only for two or three 
hours, and then I awoke with a severe frontal headache. 
This passed off after breakfast. 

"On the second night following, at 7 o'clock, I injected 
two grains of the hydrochlorate of cocaine into the skin 
of the forearm. At that time the pulse was eighty-four 
full and soft. In four minutes and a half it had increased 
to ninety-two, was decidedly stronger than before, and 
somewhat irregular in rhythm. The peculiar thrill previ- 
ously mentioned was again experienced. All the phe- 
nomena attendant on the first experiment were present 
in this, and to an increased degree. In addition there 
was twitching of the muscles of the face, and a slight 
tremor of the hands, noticed especially in writing. In 
regard to the mental manifestations there was a similar 
exhilaration as in the last experiment, but much more 
intense in character. I felt a great desire to write, and 
did so with a freedom and apparent clearness that as- 
tonished me. I was quite sure, however, at the time that 
on the following morning, when I came to read it over, 
I would find my lucubrations to be of no value ; I was 
therefore greatly disappointed when I came to peruse it, 
after the effects of the drug had passed off, that it was 
entirely coherent, logical and as good, if not better, in 
character than anything I had previously written. 

"The effects of this dose did not disappear till the mid- 
dle of next day, nor until I had drank two or three cups 
of strong coffee. I slept little or none at all, the night 
being passed in tossing from side to side of the bed, and 
in thinking of the most preposterous subjects. I was, 
however, at no time unconscious, but it seemed as though 
my mind was, to some extent, prevented from its usual 
course of action. The heat of the head was greatest at 
about 12 o'clock, and at that time my pulse was 112, the 
highest point reached. I had no headache until after 



196 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

rising, and the pain disappeared in the course of the 
morning. 

"Four nights subsequently I injected four grains of 
the hydrochlorate of cocaine into the skin of the left fore- 
arm. The effects were similar in almost every respect 
with those of the other experiments except that they 
were much more intense. The mental activity was ex- 
ceedingly great, and in writing, my thoughts, as before, 
appeared to be lucidly and logically expressed. I wrote 
page after page, throwing the sheets on the floor with- 
out stopping to gather them together. When, however, 
I came to look them over the following morning, I found 
that I had written a series of high-flown sentences alto- 
gether different from my usual style, and bearing upon 
matters in which I was not in the least interested. The 
result was very striking as showing the difference be- 
tween a large and excessive dose of the drug, and yet it 
appeared to me at the time that what I was writing con- 
sisted of ideas of a very superior character, and expressed 
with a beauty of diction of which I was, in my normal 
condition, altogether incapable. 

"The disturbance of the action of the heart was also 
exceedingly well marked, and may be described best by 
the word "tumultuous." At times beginning within three 
minutes after the injection, and continuing with more or 
less intensity all through the night, the heart beat so 
rapidly that its pulsations could not be counted ; and then 
its action would suddenly fall to a rate not exceeding 
60 in a minute, every now and then dropping a beat. 
This irregularity was accomplished by a disturbance of 
respiration of a similar character, and by a sense of op- 
presion in the chest which added greatly to my discom- 
fort. 

"On subsequent nights I took six, eight, ten and 
twelve grains of the cocaine at a dose, but I will not 
detain the society with a detailed account of the effects 
produced. It will be sufficient to say that they were 
similar in general characteristics, though of gradually in- 
creasing intensity in accordance with the dose taken, to 
that in which four grains were injected. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 197 

"In all there was great mental excitement, increased 
fluency of thought, and exaggerated disposition to write: 
the matter written being disconnected and at times, al- 
most incoherent, though it appeared to me at the moment 
to be wonderfully logical and profound. In one, that 
in which twelve grains were taken, I was conscious of a 
tendency to talk, and as far as my recollection extends, 
I believe I did make a long speech on some subject of 
which I had no remembrance the next day. In all the 
action of the heart was increased, was irregular in 
rhythm and force to such an extent that I was appre- 
hensive of serious results. Insomnia was a marked 
characteristic, and there was invariably a headache the 
following morning. 

"In all cases the effects passed off about midday, and 
by evening I was as well as ever. 

"Up to this time I certainly had not taken a poisonous 
dose of cocaine, or one that had produced inconvenience. 
My experience had satisfied me that a much larger dose 
than any I had up to that time injected might in my case, 
at leafst, be taken with impunity. A consideration of the 
phenomena observed appeared to show that the effects 
produced by twelve grains were not very much more 
pronounced than those following six grains. I determined 
therefore to make one more experiment, and to inject 
eighteen grains. I knew that in a case of attempted 
suicide twenty-three grains had been taken into the 
stomach without seemingly injurious effect, and that in 
another case thirty-two grains were taken within the 
space of three hours without symptoms following of 
greater intensity than those I had experienced. 

"I had taken the dose of eight, ten and twelve grains 
in divided quantities, and this dose of eighteen grains I 
took in four portions, within five minutes of each other. 
At once an effect was produced upon the heart, and be- 
fore I had taken the last injection the pulsations were 140 
to the minute and characteristically irregular. In all the 
former experiments, although there was great mental 
exaltation, amounting at times almost to delirium, it was 
nevertheless distinctly under my control, and I am sure 



198 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

that at any time under the influence of a sufficiently 
powerful incentive I could have obtained entire mastery 
over myself, and have acted after my normal manner. 
But in this instance, within five minutes after taking 
the last injection, I felt that my mind was passing beyond 
my control, and that I was becoming an irresponsible 
agent. I did not feel exactly in a reckless mood, but I 
was in such a frame of mind as to be utterly regardless 
of any calamity or danger that might be impending over 
me. I do not think I was in a particularly combative con- 
dition, but I was elated and possessed of a feeling as 
though exempt from the operation of deleterious in- 
fluences. I do not know how long- this state of mind 
continued, for I lost consciousness of all my acts within, 
I think, half an hour after finishing the administration of 
the dose. Probably, however, other moods supervened, 
for the next day when I came down stairs three hours 
after my usual time, I found the floor of my library 
strewn with encyclopedias, dictionaries and other books 
of reference, and one or two chairs overturned. I cer- 
tainly was possessed of the power of mental and physical 
action in accordance with the ideas by which I was gov- 
erned, for I had turned out the gas in the room and 
gone up stairs to my bed chamber and lighted the gas, 
and put the match used in a safe place, and undressed, 
laying my clothes in their usual place, had cleaned my 
teeth and gone to bed. Doubtless these acts were all 
automatic, for I had done them all in pretty much the 
same way for a number of years. During the night the 
condition which existed, was, judging from the previous 
experiments, certainly not sleep, and yet I remained en- 
tirely unconscious until 9 o'clock the following morning, 
when I found myself in bed with a splitting headache 
and a good deal of cardaic and respiratory disturbance. 
For several days afterwards I felt the effects of this 
extreme dose in a certain degree of languor and indisposi- 
tion to mental or physical exertion ; there was also a 
difficulty in concentrating the attention, but I slept 
soundly every night without any notable disturbance 
from dreams. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 199 

"Certainly in this instance I came very near taking a 
fatal dose, and I would not advise anybody to repeat the 
experiment. I suppose if I had taken the whole quantity 
in one single injection, instead of in four, over a period 
of twenty minutes the result might have been disastrous. 
Eighteen grains of cocaine are equivalent to about 3,630 
grains of coca leaves, and of course, owing to its con- 
centration, capable of acting with very much greater in- 
tensity. 

"I am not aware that a fatal dose of cocaine has yet 
been indicated by actual fact. Probably eighteen grains 
would kill some people, and perhaps very smaller quan- 
tities might, with certain individuals, be fatal. But these 
are inferences and not facts ; but so far as I know, there 
is not an instance on record of a person dying from the 
administration of cocaine. So far as my experiments ex- 
tend (and I think it will be admitted that they have gone 
as far as is safe), I am inclined to think that a dose suf- 
ficient to produce death would do so by action on the 
heart. Certainly it was there that, in my case, the most 
dangerous symptoms were perceived. The rapidity, 
force, and marked irregularity of the pulse all showed 
that the innervation of the heart was seriously affected. 

"It is surprising that no marked influence appeared to 
be exercised upon the spinal cord, or upon the ganglia 
of the base of the brain. Thus there were no disturb- 
ances of sensibility (no anaesthesia, no hyperasthesia) 
and no interference with motility, except that some of the 
muscles, especially those of the face, were subjected to 
slight twitchings. In regard to sight and hearing, I 
noticed that both were affected, but that while the 
sharpness of vision were decidedly lessened, the hearing 
was increased in acuteness. At no time were there any 
hallucinations." \ 

Cocaine is eliminated by the kidneys, and may be de- 
tected in the urine ; the excretion takes place in a few 
hours and hence, any effect it has on the organism is 
not persistent. An impression has prevailed that it is 
especially hurtful, but this conception of its character 
has developed out of a misconception, and unless an 



200 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

idiosyncrasy exists (which is easily detected), the proper 
use of cocaine, seems to be not incompatible with a 
normal degree of bodily and mental vigor. 

In formulating a local anaesthetic to be used in dental 
or minor surgery, there are several objects to be obtained, 
viz. : First, to have one that will be safe at all times ; 
second, one that can be used in all pathological conditions 
of the gums ; third, one that will have no bad after 
effects; fourth, one that will not decompose, within a 
reasonable length of time. 

In the following formulae I think we have overcome 
all these obstacles and have an anaesthetic that is safe 
and can be used in all pathological conditions of the 
gums without any bad after effects, if used with anti- 
septic precautions and ordinary skill. 

OBTUNDENT FORMULAE. 

No. i. 

I> Cocaine hydrochlorate (Merck's) ... .20 gr. 

Atropine sulphate 3-10 gr. 

Chloral hydrate 20 gr. 

Phenoresorcine ^2 dr. 

Aqua cinnamon 4 oz. 

No. 2. 

9 Cocaine hydrochlorate (Merck's) ... .40 gr. 

Atropine sulphate 3-10 gr. 

Chloral hydrate 20 gr. 

Phenoresorcine ^2 dr. 

Aqua cinnamon 4 oz. 

No. 3. 

I£ Cocaine hydrochlorate (Merck's) .... 1 dr. 

Atropine sulphate 3-10 gr. 

Chloral hydrate 20 gr. 

Phenoresorcine ]/i dr. 

Aqua cinnamon 4 oz. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 201 

No. 4. 

^ Cocaine hydrochlorate (Merck's) ... .80 gr. 

Atropine sulphate 3-10 gr. 

Chloral hydrate 20 gr. 

Phenoresorcine /4 dr. 

Aqua cinnamon 4 oz. 

Mix and filter through absorbent cotton until clear. 

The above formulae represent a one, two, three and 
four per cent, solution. For all general purposes, I use 
formula No. 3. In having these formulae compounded 
you should be sure and have it done by some one who 
is careful and competent and will see that the drugs are 
fresh and pure, and from a reputable house, of which 
Merck's is preferable. The question naturally arises, why 
the above formulae have any advantage over a common 
cocaine solution? 

Atropine given in small doses, as in this formula, is 
a cardiac, respiratory and spinal stimulant, and tends to 
counteract the effects of the cocaine more than any other 
remedy we possess. By the term phenoresorcine is meant 
by Riverdine, a mixture of carbolic acid and resorcine, 
sixty-seven parts of the former and thirty-three of the 
latter. This mixture crystallizes on cooling and by the 
addition of ten per cent, of water (which is always used 
in the above formulae as follows) : 

J} Carbolic acid 67 parts. 

Resorcine 33 parts. 

Aqua 10 parts. 

The above formula mixes with water in all propor- 
tions, combining the virtues of both remedies. 

Phenoresorcine is not only an efficient and valuable 
antiseptic and local anaesthetic, but is indispensable in 
localizing the anaesthesia, and preventing its constitu- 
tional absorption, it was also discovered by laryngologists 
if used in conjunction with cocaine, it alleviated the 
nausea which sometimes follows the use of that drug. 
Phenoresorcine is also one of the most valuable remedies 
we could select to preserve the preparation. While a 



202 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 



common cocaine solution is almost worthless at the end 
of a week, this preserves the preparations for months. 
Chloral hydrate, like phenoresorcine has a marked anti- 
septic and local anaesthetic effect, and also assists the 
other remedies in localizing the anaesthesia and prevents 
its absorption into the general circulation. Aqua cin- 
namon as used in these formulae is composed as follows : 

^ Oil of cinnamon 6 drops. 

Glycerine I dr. 

Aqua distilled 4 oz. 

Mix and filter through absorbent cotton until clear. 
This makes an aromatic solution which disguises the 
odor of the phenoresorcine. It also assists in preserving 
the preparation. 

HYPODERMIC SYRINGE AND NEEDLES. 

The syringe for this kind of work should have a strong 
broad cross bar, or finger brace, also a large flat piston 
head so that by continual use it will not make the fingers 
sore. The piston stem should have a minim graduate, or 




scale. 



SYRINGE AND CASE DESIGNED FOR DENTAL OPERATIONS. 

and an easy working nut on the same (for we 



can best regulate the use of our medicine with this nut). 
The diameter of the glass cylinder should be quite small, 
so that you may run up a high pressure when required. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 



203 



Never use a syringe that holds over thirty minims, as 
larger ones take up too much room when operating. The 
metal frame work holding the glass cylinder should be 
open on both sides so that you can have a clear view of 
the contents of the syringe, and know that it contains 
no air or floating matter when operating. 

The needle should be of medium size, about twenty- 
two, twenty-three or twenty-four standard wire gauge 
is the proper size. When the syringe is not in use, put a 
wire previously dipped in olive oil through the needle, 
and screw the cap on the syringe tight; this keeps the 
needle from rusting and getting stopped up and the pack- 
ing of the syringe from drying out. If you are not using 
the syringe continually, you should oil the cylinder occa- 




REGULAR DENTAL SYRINGE — TWO-THIRDS SIZE, 

sionally and always keep it in working order, and ready 
for use. Before using the syringe again, be sure that it 
has been disinfected and is in a thoroughly antiseptic 
condition. Never use a rusty needle, or one that has a 
blunt, or rough edge. They always cause more or less 
irritation. One of the best things to sharpen a needle on, 
is a common honing stone. 

The accompanying cut represents the kind of syring-e 
to be used when operating with local anaesthetics : 
i. Piston head. 2. A 30 minim graduated piston stem 
with scale. 3. Nut which is set for about two minims, 
sufficient to inject one side of a molar. 4. Finger brace. 
5. Metal frame work supporting glass cylinder. 6. Glass 
cylinder. 7. Plunger with oil chamber. 8. Needle. 9. 
Cap to be applied when syringe is not in use. If your 
needle should get stopped up, so that you cannot get a 



204 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

wire through, but can force water through, put a drop 
of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid in the funnel end of the 
needle, and blow until it shows at the point, allow it to 
remain this way a little while, then try to get the wire 
through ; should you fail, try the acid preparation again 
until you succeed and then rinse the needle and syringe 
thoroughly. 

TO FILL THE SYRINGE. 

With the medicine screw the needle on tightly (never 
remove the needle to fill the syringe). Insert the needle 
in the anaesthetic until it has been thoroughly immersed, 
then slowly draw the piston back until you get all the 
medicine you can in the syringe. Adjust the needle up- 
wards and make sufficient pressure on the piston to force 
all the air out of the syringe and needle; in this way you 
obviate the danger of injecting air into the tissues. Be- 
fore operating make a swab by winding some absorbent 



ANTISEPTIC SWAB— ONE-HALF SIZE. 



cotton around the point of a pair of pliers. (See cut.) 
Dip this into an antiseptic solution of which listerine 
is one of the best for this purpose, and bathe the gums 
thoroughly around the teeth to be operated on. This 
makes the operation thoroughly antiseptic, providing you 
have kept your syringe aseptic. 

THE GUMS. 

To be operated on by the use of local anaesthetics can 
be divided in three classes, viz. : Firm, spongy and dis- 
eased. The firm gums are the most favorable of all for 
the use of local anaesthetics, inasmuch as they retain the 
medicine in place a greater length of time, and lessen 
the constitutional absorption. You will find it requires 
a greater degree of pressure to force the medicine in 
firm gums than it does where they are spongy, and gen- 
erally a sac will form where the medicine has been in- 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 205 

jected which should always be spread by the antiseptic 
swab. Spongy gums are much more treacherous than 
firm gums, and if you do not watch them carefully after 
withdrawing the needle the medicine will escape, and 
you will not get the desired effect. Hence, after with- 
drawing the needle, apply the antiseptic swab and scatter 
the medicine immediately. Ulcerated and diseased gums 
are almost invariably spongy and should always be 
treated as such, and carry out the antiseptic method of 
treatment more thoroughly by. using listerine freely. 
Should there be an abscess I always open it freely and 
inject peroxide of hydrogen. 

Swelling of the gums will follow the use of local 
anaesthetics in a certain per cent, of operations, which 
seems unavoidable, especially if the gums -are diseased. 
The difficulty subsides in a few days, and leaves the gums 
in a perfectly healthy condition. 

TO INSERT THE NEEDLE. 

Insert the needle about one-tenth of an inch above 
or below the gum margin, as the case may be. Do not 
try to insert the needle between the gum and the tooth 
at its margin (a mistake made by many operators), as 
you are quite sure to insert some debris which generally 
accumulates at the margin, along with the needle, which 
always causes more or less irritation. To insert the 
needle with but little pain, put the flat side of the needle 
on the gums and just make sufficient pressure to catch 
the needle under the gum tissue, and as you push the 
needle in on a line with the roots, force the medicine 
ahead of the needle until you have reached a depth cor- 
responding with the length of the roots ; withdraw the 
needle and make sufficient pressure on the outside sur- 
face with the antiseptic swab to scatter the medicine and 
hasten its absorption by the alveolus. A similar treat- 
ment should then be made on the opposite side of the 
tooth and extract immediately. I never exceed waiting 
over one minute after rubbing the gums with the anti- 
septic swab. In this way you liberate a large portion 



206 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 



of the medicine, hence more can be used for this pur- 
pose than where it gets access to the general circulation. 
Regulate the amount of medicine used at each injection 
by the nut on the graduated piston stem. In this way 




METHOD OF INSERTING THE NEEDLE. 



you do not have to watch the syringe to see how. much 
medicine you are using at each injection, but you know 
when the nut on the piston stem comes in contact with 
the syringe, just how much medicine has been used. 



THE AMOUNT OF MEDICINE USED 

In preparing teeth varies according to the teeth being 
prepared for operation. Molars and canines require more 
medicine than incisors and bicuspides. It also requires 
more medicine to prepare a single tooth than it would a 
number located together. For instance, if I were to pre- 
pare a single molar I would use from two to two and 
one-half minims on each side of the tooth, where if I 
was to prepare a number of molars located together I 
would use from one and one-half to two minims on each 
side. In preparing the four incisors at once, I make five 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 



207 



injections, two on the lingual and three on the labial side, 
using about one and one-half or two minims at each in- 
jection. In preparing any single tooth, all molars and 
canines always inject on each side of the tooth. The 
reason it does not take as many injections on the lingual 
side as it does on the labial is, the space is more com- 
pact and the tissues more dense, and you can spread 
trie medicine at your will with the antiseptic swab, which 
I always hold in my left hand when preparing the 
teeth. The accompanying cut will show about where 
to insert the medicine for a complete operation. The 
dots representing about where the needle should be 




The dots in the above cut represents where the needle should 
be inserted for a complete operation. 

inserted. It will require a little experience to become 
skilled in manipulating the syringe and needle, and the 
more you operate, the less medicine you will use, as 
it requires a little practice to learn where the medicine 
will do the most good. While I claim that the use of 
these anaesthetics when carefully administered are per- 
fectly harmless, at the same time I insist that they be 
properly used. Dentists generally think if they cannot 
inject a whole mouth full of a local anaesthetic into a 
patient's gums at once, the anaesthetic is at fault. Ex- 
perience with the use of these formulae in over sixty 
thousand different operations by myself and others under 



208 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

my observation, convinces me, that they are the safest 
and best in use, and, if handled with one-fourth the skill 
other anaesthetics are, you would never hear of any bad 
effects resulting from their use. It is not the use of a 
medicine but the abuse of it, that makes people con- 
demn it. In carefully looking up the records of the use 
of local anaesthetics, I am not able to report a single 
death caused by their use. If a patient presented himself 
for you to administer chloroform, you wouldn't com- 
mence by pouring one or two ounces of the drug on a 
napkin for inhalation, but would begin gradually, the 
same method should be observed in using local anaes- 
thetics. Instead of injecting a patient's gum full of the 
anaesthetic the first thing, carefully prepare one or two 
teeth, and operate in this way. If the operation is pain- 
less and successful, you get the patient's confidence, and 
he loses all fear of proceeding farther. Always allow a 
few minutes (from five to fifteen) after each operation 
for the patient to rinse his mouth and the gums, to 
stop bleeding. Then prepare three or four more, allow- 
ing sufficient time after each operation for the patient 
to rinse his mouth, and his gums stop bleeding. If 
your patient gets impatient, tell him you cannot operate 
while his gums are bleeding; for the secret of safety 
and success is to allow sufficient time to intervene after 
each operation. I will admit I am a hundred times 
more reckless than the instructions given above, as I 
frequently prepare from ten to sixteen teeth at a time, 
but I am so accustomed to its use, and can judge the 
temperament of a patient so well that I am perfectly 
safe in doing so, and the above instructions are laid down 
for operators with less experience and it is always best 
to be on the safe side. 

Should you ever make such a mistake as to inject 
the gums full of the medicine at once and the patient 
should complain of feeling faint, sick at his stomach, 
etc., extract immediately, and this will liberate a large 
portion of the anaesthetic, also give the patient a liberal 
supply of good liquor (preferably brandy), and they will 
generally feel all right in a few minutes ; but do not 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 209 

continue the operation until the patient tells you he feels 
better and is ready to proceed. 

If stronger stimulants are required, aromatic spirits 
of ammonia and amyl nitrate may be used to good ad- 



YOUR SUCCESS. 

There has been much said of late in current literature 
regarding sloughing gums and disastrous after effects fol- 
lowing the use of local anaesthetics, and they do not 
understand why one dentist can handle a local anaesthetic 
successfully and another cannot. Many dentists will 
secure some nostrum, allow it to stand around the office 
for three or four months exposed to the heat and light 
until it decomposes and loses its strength, throw their 
syringe into a box, allow it to corrode, dry up, and the 
needle get rusty, and when a patient presents himself he 
gets the benefit by having some decomposed medicine in- 
jected in his gums through a corroded and rusty syringe 
and needle. The patient complains that the operation 
has been painful (and he ought to). He will probably 
return in a few days with his face swollen badly and you 
might find an abscess where the needle was inserted to 
add to the patient's misery. 

There is always a right and a wrong way for every- 
thing, and if the operator will follow the instructions 
given and observe the following "pointers" I will assure 
him that he will be successful while his competitors are 
not: First — Always operate under antiseptic precautions 
by using listerine or some other antiseptic freely. Sec- 
ond-Never allow your syringe and needle to corrode, dry 
up and become rusty, but always keep it aseptic and in 
working order. Third — Never get in a hurry, but give 
the patient plenty of time to rinse his mouth, etc. 
Fourth — Always operate more slowly on weak, nervous 
and sickly people, than you would on the robust. Fifth 
— Be sure that the medicine has been inserted in the gum 
and not squirted in the mouth, as the medicine that gets 
into the mouth is what causes the patient to complain 



210 PAINEEES DENTISTRY 

of sore throat, stiff tongue, faint, sick at stomach, etc. 
Never operate without having liquor at hand that no 
needed stimulation may be delayed. 

SECRET NOSTRUMS AND NEW PREPARATIONS. 

It has seemed to be the sole ambition of the nostrum 
venders to formulate a local anaesthetic without the use 
of cocaine, and with this aim in view, some of them have 
extolled the virtues of many familiar preparations, such 
as Aristol, Listerine, etc. While others who have wished 
to make their ''wonderful discoveries" more mysterious, 
have attributed them to some foreign country, and now 
we have offered us "The Hindoo Ansesthetio" and the 
"Brazilian Anaesthetic" (Dorsenia), and many others, all 
of which are claimed to be a reliable substitute for 
cocaine, and free from its disadvantages. 

On the other hand, there has been many legitimate 
products offered which are entitled to all the credit 
given them by their manufacturers. Most prominent 
among these may be mentioned eucaine, tropo-cocaine 
and chloretone. I have used these remedies quite ex- 
tensively, but do not believe that their action can be 
compared with cocaine, which in my opinion is par ex- 
cellence as a local anaesthetic. There has been several 
secret preparations analyzed to determine the percentage 
of cocaine, which I will give and also the published 
formulae of several advertised dentifrices. 

ODONTUNDER. 

A. W. Diack, D. D. S., in the Medical World, gives 
the following for the above named much advertised local 
anaesthetic. He says the following has been given me 
as (approximately) the correct analysis of the com- 
pound : 

5 Carbolic acid Yi dr. 

Tinct. iodine Yz dr. 

Potassium iodide I dr. 

Glycerine 2 oz, 

Aqua 2.y 2 oz. 

Cocaine, about 34 gr. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 211 

Charles M* Kerr, M. D., writes that he made an 
analysis of a similar compound called 

ANiESTHETINE. 

With the following results: 

If Cocaine 4 per cent, solution. 

Boracic acid quantity not estimated. 

Creasote quantity not estimated. 

Glycerine quantity not estimated. 

DENS ANTI POENA. 

The following is the result of an analysis of the above 
named compound made in Frederick Sterns & Co. 
laboratory. The examination was made to find the per 
cent, of cocaine with the following results : 

If Cocaine about 2 per cent. 

Chloral .per cent, not estimated. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Cinnamon per cent, not estimated. 

PARSONS' LOCAL ANAESTHETIC. 

If Chloroform 12 parts. 

Tinct. aconite 12 parts. 

Tinct. capsicum 4 parts. 

Tinct. pyrethrum 2 parts. 

Oil cloves 2 parts. 

Camphor 2 parts. 

Dissolve the camphor in the chloroform, then add the 
oil of cloves, and then the tinctures. The venerable Dr. 
Parsons, in sending this formula for publication says : 
"I cannot expect to remain much longer in this world, 
and I want the profession to know the value of this local 
anaesthetic. " 

ODONTODOL. 

If Cocaine hydrochlorate 1 part. 

Oil of cherry laurel 1 part. 

Tincture of arnica 10 parts. 

Solution of ammonia acetate 30 parts. 



212 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

JESSOP'S ANAESTHETIC 

ly Cocaine hydrochlorate 2.63 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Oil of rose per cent, not estimated. 

Aqua . q. s. 

DICKSON'S ANAESTHETIC. 

3J Cocaine hydrochlorate 3.90 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Chloral hydrate per cent, not estimated. 

Aqua distilled q. s. 

DORSENIA. 

3J Cocaine hydrochlorate 0.20 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Camphor per cent, not estimated. 

Alcohol per cent, not estimated. 

Aqua q. s. 

WEINMANN'S ANESTHETIC. 

I? Cocaine hydrochlorate 5.68 per cent. 

Aristol per cent, not estimated. 

Oil of peppermint. ...per cent not estimated. 
Br. coloring matter.. .per cent, not estimated. 

Alcohol per cent, not estimated. 

Aqua q. s. 

DENTAL SURPRISE. 

3J Cocaine hydrochlorate 1.46 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Aqua q. s. 

AN/ESTHETO OBTUNDENT. 

3J Cocaine hydrochlorate 3.39 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Camphor per cent, not estimated. 

Glycerine per cent, not estimated. 

Oil of cinnamon per cent, not estimated. 

Oil of citranella per cent.not estimated. 

Alcohol per cent.not estimated. 

Aqua q. s. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 213 

ODOLGINE. 

^ Cocaine 21 gr. 

Tincture of iodine 9 min. 

Potassium iodide 2 gr. 

Carbolic acid 6 min. 

Witch hazel : . . 1 oz. 

Glycerine 1 oz. 

Aqua 3 oz. 

BARR'S ANAESTHETIC. 

^ Alcohol per cent, not estimated. 

Oil of peppermint. . .per cent, not estimated. 
Oil of cloves per cent, not estimated. 

EUREKA ANAESTHETIC. 

]^ Cocaine hydrochlorate 3.26 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Oil Rose per cent, not estimated. 

Aqua q. s. 

AROPHENE. 

3^ Cocaine hydrochlorate 1.46 per cent. 

Carbolic acid per cent, not estimated. 

Chloral hydrate . . . .per cent, not estimated. 

Glycerine per cent, not estimated. 

Oil of rose per cent.not estimated. 

Alcohol per cent.not estimated. 

Aqua distilled q. s. 

DENTIFRICES. 

REID'S ANTISEPTIC LIQUID DENTIFRICE. 

3J Thymol 2 gr. 

Carbolic acid 5 drops. 

Oil sassafras 8 drops. 

Oil wintergreen 8 drops. 

Oil rose geranium (Turk) 8 drops. 

Oil eucalyptus 3 drops. 

Oil calamus 5 drops. 



214 PAINLESS DENTISTRY 

Oil pinus pumilio 20 drops. 

Glycerine 2 oz. 

Alcohol 43/2 oz. 

White castile soap 2 dr. 

Dist. water q. s. to 16 oz. 

Calcium phosphate q. s. 

Caramel 

Tinct. cudbear aa. q. s. to color 

Dissolve the soap in five ounces of warm water. Dis- 
solve the acid and oils in the alcohol and add to the soap 
solution. Filter through paper containing a small 
quantity of calcium phosphate. Add glycerine. 

VAN BUSKIRK'S SOZODONT. 

IJ White soap (powdered) y 2 dr. 

Alcohol 1 oz. 

Aqua 6 dr. 

Glycerine 2 dr. 

Oil of peppermint 

Oil of cloves 

Oil of wintergreen q. s. 

Powdered cochineal q. s. to color 

FRAGRANT SOZODONT POWDER. 

IJ Calcis precipitate 1 oz. 

Magnesii carbonatis 1 oz. 

Iridis florent radicis I oz. 

Triturate. 

RUSHMERE LIQUID DENTIFRICE. 

5 Soap bark ground 2 oz. 

Glycerine 1^2 oz. 

Salicylate sodium 2 dr. 

Oil bergamot J / 2 dr. 

Oil wintergreen }£ dr. 

Oil cloves 10 drops. 

Alcohol 1 oz. 

Solution carmine (N. F.) q. s. 

Dilute alcohol, to make 16 fl. oz. 



PAINLESS DENTISTRY 215 

Macerate the soap bark with the diluted alcohol and 
glycerine, then percolate. To the percolate add the oils 
dissolved in the alcohol. To this add the salicylate of 
sodium and sufficient solution of carmine to color. Shake 
thoroughly and filter through wetted talcum, returning 
first portion to the filtrate until it runs clear and add 
enough dilute alcohol through the filter to make the 
measure one pint. 

CALDER'S SAPONACEOUS DENTINE. 

J£ Calcium carbonate 59 per cent. 

Soap 44 per cent. 

Oil of wintergreen sufficient to flavor. 

ROSE DENTOLINE. 

3J Quillaja, coarse powder 2 oz. 

Glycerine 2 oz. 

Cologne spirits 8 oz. 

Rose water 2 pts. 

Solution carmine 3 dr. 

Essence vanilla ^2 oz. 

Oil wintergreen 30 drops. 

Oil cloves 10 drops. 

Dissolve the oils and essence in the spirits, add the 
rose water, and in the whole digest the quillaja for two 
weeks, shaking occasionally. Finally add the glycerine 
and coloring solution and filter. 

The carmine solution is made by rubbing one dram 
carmine with one-half ounce aqua ammonia till dissolved, 
then add three and one-half ounces water. 

BROWN'S CAMPHORATED SAPONACEOUS 
DENTINE. 

3^ Calcium carbonate 71 per cent. 

Soap 

Camphor aa. 29 per cent. 



216 HYPNOTISM 



THE 
HYPNOTIC SPECIALIST 



The medical profession of this country have never 
seemed to study the phenomena of hypnotism as our 
medical brothers across the water have. Although it is 
a subject that interests the statesman, the scientist, the 
professional man and the layman alike, it is discussed 
by a few only, and is marveled at by the many. 

Showmen and charlatans have endeavored to hold 
the world at bay regarding its secrets by teaching the 
people that they were in possession of a gifted mystic 
power. 

While the phenomena of hypnotism are beyond the 
scope of this book, I feel that I would be neglecting a 
very important subject if I did not divert it of the super- 
natural and explain how it is done. 

If there is any class of people who should acquire a 
knowledge of hypnotism, it is the medical profession, for 
in their hands, it will find its greatest field of usefulness 
as a healing agent and sociological factor. 

In the following pages, I will endeavor to give, in 
brief, the history of hypnotism ; the different methods of 
producing the hypnotic state; hypnotism as a curative 
agent, etc. This may seem very simple to you. It is 
simple and by following the instructions, and with a 
little practice, you can produce all the different phe- 
nomena of hypnotism, as well as other operators. Every 
physician should at least be familiar with the subject, if 
he does not practice it. 

THE HISTORY OF HYPNOTISM. 

It is almost impossible to realize what an important 
part hypnotism has played in the political and religious 
histories of the world. It has made prophets and seers 
of old, witches and wizards at the beginning of the last 



HYPNOTISM 217 

century, and all kinds and conditions of religious fanatics 
of our present day. The laying on of hands, the absent 
treatment and other methods used by the modern 
divine healers (?) were practiced by the Egyptians be- 
fore the year 1552 B. C. It is also known that Francis 
L, of France, and other French kings up to Charles X., 
practiced the art of healing by the imposition of hands. 
Another system was presented at the end of the middle 
ages, which developed out of the doctrine of the influence 
the moon and stars had upon men, which is well known 
to be practiced by astrologers at the present day. 

In the beginning of the eighteenth century, we find 
Santanelli in Italy, recognizing the great influence of 
imagination and advancing the theory that every thing 
material possesses a radiating atmosphere which operates 
magnetically. Although the foundation of "animal mag- 
netism was thus laid, universal attention was first 
drawn to it by Mesmer (from whom the name mes- 
merism developed), a Viennese doctor (1734-1815). 
Mesmer used animal magnetism in the treatment of dis- 
eases. He cured, at first, by contact, but believed later 
that different objects of wood, glass, iron, etc., were 
capable of receiving the magnetism, consequently he 
made use of them as a means of conveying his mag- 
netism. 

Mesmer made many disciples. His pupils and succes- 
sors were generally called Mesmerists,, and the doctrine 
of animal magnetism was also called mesmerism, vital 
magnetism, bio-magnetism. These practices flourished 
and gained a strong foothold all through Europe. 

Mesmerism was introduced in Manchester, England, 
in 1841, when Dr. Braid, of that city, became interested 
in the subject and showed with much method that the 
phenomena were of a subjective nature. By carefully 
fixing the eyes upon a given object, it induced a condi- 
tion of sleep which he called "hypnotism," which was the 
origin of that term. 

A few years later, Dr. Braid came to America and 
introduced hypnotism in New Orleans, which was its 
chief center for many years. 



218 



HYPNOTISM 



In the year 1878 Dr. Charcot, of Paris, France, began 
his public classes, in which he directed attention to the 
physical states of hystero-epileptics during hypnosis. 
Later hypnotism was introduced by Prof. Bernheim, in 
the second Medical College of France, at Nancy. This 
created a contest between the school of Charcot, and that 
of Xancy, which is not yet entirely settled. The latter, 
however, has gained ground more and more. 

At the present time hypnotism has gained its entrance 
into the lecture rooms of several universities and medical 




CHARCOT S CLINIC, PARIS, FRANCE. 



colleges, both in Europe and America ; therefore it must 
be mentioned that animal magnetism, out of which 
hypnotism has developed, has retained many adherents 
in the scientific world, and today, we can recognize three 
great schools with many points of transition : First, the 
school of Charcot ; second, the school of Xancy, and 
third, the school of Mesmerists. 



METHOD OF INDUCING HYPNOTISM. 

There are several ways of producing the hypnotic 
condition, but for convenience, I will divide them into 



HYPNOTISM 219 

only three ways : First, the mesmeric method, which is 
the system used at most public exhibitions, and I be- 
lieve the easiest way to induce hypnosis ; second, the 
so-called mental method, and third, the fascination 
method. It is these methods, used either singly or com- 
bined, that Charcot, Bernheim, Fere, Braid, Regnard, 
Preyer, Dumont and all others used. 

Hypnotists of international reputation are using the 
mesmeric method. I consider this method the easiest 
and most practical way of producing hypnosis. The 
first thing to accomplish, is the concentration of thought 
in the subject. Require him to sit down; give him a 
coin or some other article, tell him to look steadfastly at 
it and not take his eye from it, and think of nothing else 
except the article you hand him. By watching the sub- 
ject carefully, you can tell whether or not his mind is 
upon the object. If you think his mind is not wandering, 
approach him and suggest that his eyelids are growing 
heavy, that it is impossible for him to keep his eyes open. 
Have him close his eyes and make passes from the head 
to the knees (the mesmeric passes). Now suggest that 
his eyelids have grown together, and it is impossible for 
him to open his eyes. Have him try hard (he will try, 
but in vain). Place his hands upon his knees and tell 
him that he cannot remove them. He will try, but fail to 
do so. Keep up the passes and suggest that he is now 
going to sleep, sound asleep ; that his mind is a blank ; 
he can no longer think of anything, but will remain 
sound asleep until you tell him to wake up. If your 
subject is susceptible to the hypnotic influence, he will sit 
before you in a complete state of hypnosis, and ready for 
any suggestions you may offer. You may tell him he is 
a horse, broom, or thrashing machine, and he will believe 
it and act his part well. 

In order that I may give you a clearer idea of the 
phenomena of this mystic power, I will tell you my first 
experience as a hypnotist. I was attending a medical 
convention in Cincinnati, and some of the physicians, 
with whom I was stopping, requested me to join them 
in a theatre party, to attend a performance given by a 



220 HYPNOTISM 

lady hypnotist. I consented to do so, and watched her 
perform very attentively. She used the same method 
as described above. On arriving at our hotel, after the 
performance, we entered into a discussion regarding 
hypnotism, and I stated that I believed that if that lady 
could produce the hypnotic condition, I could, for I could 
see nothing supernatural about her, and I really had 
more confidence in my own ability than in hers. This 
self-confidence and positiveness, I afterwards learned, 
is one of the chief requisits for a successful hypnotist. 
To be brief, the physicians present volunteered to supply 
me with the subjects if I would hypnotize them. This 
was agreed to, and they presented me with three per- 
sons, two ladies and a young man. I seated them and 
handed each a coin, requesting them to concentrate their 
thoughts on that one thing and to think of nothing else. 
They took the matter seriously and followed my instruc- 
tions. Presently, I approached one of the ladies and told 
her that her eyes were getting tired and advised her to 
close them. I then commenced to make passes from her 
head to her knees. I suggested that her eyelids had 
grown fast and she could not open them. I told her to 
try hard, and she did, but in vain. She was perfectly 
conscious, but could not get her eyes open. I then 
assured her that she had grown fast to the chair and 
could not get up. She tried, but failed. I then told her 
that I was going to give her a magnetic treatment, and 
make a few passes over her body and she would go fast 
asleep. I commenced to make the passes and at the 
same time to suggest "You are going to sleep now, fast 
asleep," etc., and in a few moments she sat before me 
in as complete a state of hypnosis as one would wish 
for. You may imagine my surprise. To tell the truth, 
I was somewhat confused, for I had never studied 
hypnotism, and did not know the first principle of it; in 
fact, I did not know whether or not I could awaken her, 
but I slapped my hands loudly in front of her face, and 
said "Wide awake," and she immediately opened her 
eyes and smiled, which was, I assure you, a great relief 
to me. 



HYPNOTISM 221 

I next tried the young man. I could place him in a 
condition in which he could not open his eyes, but could 
go no farther. 

The other young lady I could do nothing with. 

I cite this experience to show you how simple the 
subject is, and when you make your first efforts in that 
line, you will, no doubt, be as much surprised at your 
success as I was. I had never read an article on the 
subject, and knew very little about it, except what I had 
seen the lady do that evening. 

The mental method of inducing hypnosis is the 
method used at the school of Nancy, and is frequently 
referred to as the Nancy method. This is the most 
popular method in use throughout Europe. By its 
use the subject is thrown into a hypnotic state by 
arousing in his mind the image of sleep. This is 
more easily practiced on subjects who have previously 
been hypnotized. The following is the exact method 
proposed by Dr. Bernheim, and used at the college in 
Nancy, France: The person is advised to be seated and 
close his eyes. Then tell him : "You must try and go to 
sleep ;" "think of nothing, but that you are to go to 
sleep." Leave him in this condition for a few seconds 
and then continue : "You are commencing to feel tired 
and sleepy all over your body;" "your arms and legs 
feel heavy;" "a feeling of drowsiness is now taking pos- 
session of your body;" "your head feels dull;" "your 
thoughts grow more confused ;" "you can no longer re- 
sist, you are now sound asleep ;" "you cannot open your 
eyes ;" "your mind is a blank," etc. These mental sug- 
gestions are often all that is required to produce a com- 
plete state of hypnosis, and it is a very convenient way 
with some subjects. You can now ask him if he is 
asleep, and he will answer, "Yes." Ask him if he hears 
the band playing; he will say, "Yes." Tell him to open 
his eyes, and he will see a beautiful white horse. Place 
a chair in front of him for a horse. Tell him to get on 
the horse and take a ride. He will straddle the chair and 
attempt to ride. You can ask him what he sees while 
riding through this beautiful forest and he will describe 



222 HYPNOTISM 

very accurately some scene he has viewed in his life. You 
now have completely robbed the subject of his will by 
simply suggesting sleep. He is en rapport with you 
and you only. 

The fascination method is induced by looking the sub- 
ject straight in the eye. After you have done this for 
some time, take him by the arm and draw him away 
with you. Still keep your eyes fixed upon each other; 
then raise your arm and he will do the same ; in fact, you 
can have him imitate any movement or position that you 
make as long as you keep your eyes fixed upon his, but 
as soon as you cease to look at him, the charm is broken. 
This method is demonstrated in lower animals. We 
have often seen snakes and cats charm birds. For all 
practical purposes it is used less than the other methods. 

THINGS THAT PREVENT AND ENCOURAGE 
THE PRODUCTION OF HYPNOTISM. 

When you are attempting to hypnotize a subject, you 
must insist that the place shall be kept quiet; disturbing 
noises of all kinds have a tendency to distract the atten- 
tion and interfere with the mental condition required 
to induce the hypnotic -state. Have those who are 
present assume rather a serious mood and avoid all ac- 
tions, either by word or gesture that will give any evi- 
dence of mistrust. Gain the confidence of those upon 
whom you operate. Endeavor to have perfect harmony 
in your presence. This, together with soft, sweet music 
and quietness, will assist you in establishing the results 
you desire from your efforts. 

HOW TO AWAKEN FROM THE HYPNOTIC 

STATE. 

There are as many ways of awakening a subject from 
the hypnotic state as there are of putting him into it. 
Crying out "Wide awake," or "All right," "Open your 
eyes," and spatting your hands loudly, or snapping your 
fingers in front of the subject's face is generally all that 



HYPNOTISM 223 

is required. They will also awaken if left alone, but this 
will take some time if they are in a deep state of hypno- 
sis. If passes have been made downward, reverse them. 
You will never have any trouble in bringing your subject 
out of, the hypnotic state. 

HYPNOTISM AS A THERAPEUTIC AGENT. 

In the foregoing paragraphs you were told how to 
induce the hypnotic state, and now we wish to know how 
its influence can be used as a curative agent, but before 
discussing its various applications, we wish to call your 
attention to the importance of the way in which you 
make suggestions. 

A hypnotist must always be positive and firm, yet 
kind and gentle. Your subject must feel that you under- 
stand your business, and that you are master of the 
situation. You should make your suggestions in as con- 
cise and impressive a manner as possible. For instance, 
do not say, "Try to open your eyes ; they are closed fast 
and it is impossible for you to open them," but say, 
"Your eyes are closed fast, you cannot open them, try 
hard." 

The first suggestion you give is the first to be re- 
ceived by the subject, that is, in the first sentence, you 
told him to open his eyes, which he might do before you 
finish the balance of your suggestion. In the latter sen- 
tence you told him that his eyes were closed. This he 
receives and his efforts to open his eyes will fail. 

There are a great many ways in which hypnotism 
can be applied to good advantage. It can produce either 
local or complete anaesthesia. Under its influence, Jules 
Cloquet removed a breast, and Dr. Loysel amputated a 
leg painlessly in the year 1845. Its influence is also used 
at the present time by hundreds of physicians in America 
and Europe for the treatment of certain diseases and in 
minor surgery. Teeth have been extracted, small tumors 
removed, the pain of neuralgia relieved, and it is applied 
to good advantage in various diseased conditions, which 
I will illustrate in the following cases : 



224 HYPNOTISM 

Case i — Mr. H., aged 23, applied to me to have an 
upper molar tooth extracted, and requested me to 
hypnotize him for the operation, as he was prejudiced 
against the use of local anaesthetics. I directed him to 
be seated ; I had hypnotized him before and it was very 
easy to place him in a state of hypnosis, which I did. I 
torn* him, "I wish to extract a tooth for you which will 
be done without pain. You must open your mouth 
wide," which he did without any hesitation. I then 
added, "Your mouth is now wide open, and it will be 
impossible for you to close it." I took this precaution 
to prevent his closing his jaws upon my fingers or the 
instruments. I now placed my thumb and finger on each 
side of the tooth and made heavy pressure, and said, 
"This tooth is perfectly dead now. The nerve has been 
killed and there will be no pain." I now loosened the 
gums from the alveolar process and removed the tooth. 
The patient still sat in the chair with his mouth open 
and face motionless. I now told him., "The tooth is out, 
close your mouth and spit out the blood." He did as I 
suggested, after which I slapped my hands in front of his 
face and added, "All right, wake up." He opened his 
eyes and said, "Did you get it, doctor?" He seemed sur- 
prised to find his mouth full of blood. 

This is the usual method of producing all forms of 
local anaesthesia through hypnotism. If I were to re- 
move a small tumor, I would carry out nearly the same 
method of suggestion, and stroke the part to be removed 
before operating upon it, and never forget to suggest 
that it will be done without pain. 

SIMPLE SUGGESTION. 

I do not wish to associate hypnotism with Christian 
science, but their modern operations are very much alike 
at times. Their principal therapeutic agent is sugges- 
tion, which will be illustrated in the following case: 

In the early days of my medical career, I was treat- 
ing a patient who had a fever. Her temperature was 
1043^. She was delirious and I had much difficulty in 



HYPNOTISM 225 

getting her to sleep. Various remedies were used, but 
with little effect. I invited an older brother practitioner 
to visit the case with me. On entering the room, we 
found that she had had very little sleep in the last 
twenty-four hours, and was very nervous. The doctor 
was a kindly magnetic old soul, and after discussing the 
case briefly, he sat down beside the patient and gently 
stroked her forehead, and said, "I guess you can go to 
sleep now. Try hard. Think you are going to sleep 
and you will sleep. " He continued stroking her head for 
a few minutes and she fell into a beautiful sleep, which 
lasted four and one-half hours, and awakened feeling 
much refreshed. 

This patient was not hypnotized, but she took the 
suggestion favorably. This demonstrates what simple 
suggestion will often do as a restorative agent if properly 
applied. 

It is by this simple method of suggestive therapeutics, 
that the modern Christian scientists, faith cures, and 
divine healers, have claimed to achieve their great suc- 
cess, and, although its field of usefulness is limited, it is 
worthy of consideration in many cases, and can often be 
applied in the general practice of medicine. It might be 
well for me to add, however, that if I had told the good 
old doctor he was practicing hypnotism oi ^Christian 
science in that case, he would have ceased to be my 
friend, for he was very skeptical on such subjects. 

The following case is reported by Dr. Bernheim, and 
will illustrate the way hypnotism is applied at the school 
of Nancy, and the power it has over muscular rheu- 
matism. The doctor says : "A child was brought to me 
with a pain like muscular rheumatism in the right arm, 
which dated back four or five days. The arm was painful 
to pressure ; the child could not lift it to its head. I said 
to him, 'Shut your eyes and go to sleep.' I held his eye- 
lids closed and went on talking to him, 'You are asleep 
and you will keep on sleeping until I awaken you. You 
are sleeping very well, as if you* were in bed. You are 
perfectly well and comfortable. Your arms and legs and 
whole body are asleep, and you cannot move.' I took my 

[15J 



226 HYPNOTISM 

fingers off his eyelids and they remained closed. I put 
his arms up and they remained so. Then touching the 
painful arm, I said ; 'The pain has gone away ; you will 
have no more pain ; it will not come back any more.' In 
order to increase the force of suggestion by embodying 
it, so to speak, in a material sensation, I suggested a feel- 
ing of warmth. The heat took the place of pain. I said 
to the child, 'You feel that your arm is warm; the 
warmth increases and you have no pain.' I awakened 
the child in a few minutes ; he remembered nothing. The 
sleep had been profound. The pain had almost com- 
pletely disappeared. The child lifted the arm easily to 
his head. I saw the father on the day following, and 
he told me that the pain had disappeared completely, 
and that there was no return of it." 

The above case is interesting, for it illustrates the 
way in which painful disorders of every description will 
often yield like magic to the influence of hypnotism. 
Tooth-ache, neuralgia, dysmenorrhea, headache and 
other affections of a nervous origin, may often be cured 
by placing the patient in a hypnotic state and stroking 
the parts, and suggesting that the pain has left, never to 
return. There, are thousands of victims of the alcohol 
and drug habits that have been cured by hypnotism, 
while' the great Charcot and his followers have used it 
with wonderful success in all diseases of the mind and 
the nervous system. 

In conclusion, I will say that wherever hypnotism 
can be applied, it has a large field of usefulness. It is 
simple in practice and deep in theory. As yet no en- 
tirely satisfactory explanation has been made why this 
phenomenon exists, but we know that it does exist, be- 
yond a doubt, and today hypnotism holds a respected 
place in the scientific world. But its nature, like the 
nature of most other mental phenomena, is not under- 
stood, and to the medical practitioner who is wedded to 
drugs, a statement of the result obtained from the 
hypnotic influences may seem like the miracles of some 
ancient Oriental work. 



HYPNOTISM 227 

I do not wish it understood as my belief that hyp- 
notism will ever be the universal curative agent, the 
panacea for all ills, or that it will ever supplant the use 
of cocaine, chloroform, ether or gas as an anaesthetic for 
surgical purposes. My experience with hypnotism has 
been very limited, but I must confess that it has been 
rather satisfactory. 

It is practical when it can be used, but on the other 
hand, it is impractical when we stop to consider that 
only about one in three can be hypnotized, and a smaller 
percentage cured by its use. I really believe that hyp- 
notism has a bright future, and if this chapter has suc- 
ceeded in merely throwing a small ray of light upon the 
subject and robbing it of its mysteries, I will feel that I 
have not wasted my efforts. 



" God bless the man who first invented sleep ! 
So Sancho Panza said and so say I ; 
And bless him, also, that he didn't keep 
His great discovery, to himself, nor try 
To make it— as the lucky fellow might — 
A close monopoly by patent right. 

j. G. SAXE. 



228 FEATURAT SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

THE 

FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND 

DERMATOLOGIST. 



For many years the John H. Woodbury institutes 
seemed to monopolize this specialty. In late years, how- 
ever, several members of the medical profession have 
entered this special field of practice and find it a very re- 
munerative branch of the medical and surgical art. This 
specialty differs largely from the methods practiced by 
the so-called beauty specialists, inasmuch as it incorpor- 
ates surgery of very minute detail, and many of the op- 
erations are of a very delicate nature, requiring extraor- 
dinary skill in their performance, as it will be remem- 
bered that all operations upon the face are performed 
with a view of removing the deformity, blemish or dis- 
ease without leaving any mark, scar or trace of your 
work, and the surgeon who can accomplish results with 
the least detection is the one generally sought for. 

The face being the most conspicuous part of the body, 
it is also the most subject to accident, leaving deformities 
and unsightly scars, which are of the most embarrass- 
ing nature. What defects cannot be traced to accident, 
Nature has seemed to select the face as the favorite place 
for disease and blemishes,, thus we will see the face the 
favorite seat for moles, birthmarks, cancers, pimples, 
etc., while other parts of the body are by far less exempt. 
Physicians have greatly neglected the treatment of these 
deformities and blemishes, many thinking this part of 
medical or surgical practice beneath their dignity ; others 
have given it so little thought that they are ignorant of 
the many simple methods of treatment used by the ad- 
vertising Dermatologists. There is no special branch of 
medicine or surgery where patients are more grateful 



FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 229 

for skillful service than in the correction of deformities, 
or the removal of blemishes or diseases from the face. 

By successfully treating these defects the physician 
not only receives the credit for his skill, but he will re- 
ceive the life-long gratitude of his patients. 

DEFORMITIES OF THE NOSE. 

The nose is the most prominent part of the face and 
is likewise the more often subjected to injury and de- 
formity. So universally recognized are the disadvant- 
ages of the crooked, ill shaped or deformed nose, in both 
a social and business way, that it becomes one of the 
most important duties of the featural specialist to main- 






tain its conformity. It has been stated that ancient Per- 
sions will allow no man to sit upon the throne, who had 
a crooked or deformed nose, and children of the royal 
blood were accustomed to have their noses molded into 
perfect shape by eunuchs, who had charge of the royal 
offsprings. 

From a surgical point of view nasal deformities may 
be divided into deformities which effect the bony struct- 
ure, and deformities which effect the cartilagenous por- 
tions. These deformities may be congenital or acquired 
through accident or disease. The accompanying cut illus- 
trates the deformities commonly met with, which vary 
in a greater or less degree. These deformities have been 
described as the convex, or Roman nose, concaved or 
saddle back nose, and the bulbous nose; we also find a 
nose with a depressed tip, due to destruction of the sep- 



230 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

turn by disease, the too broad or narrow nose, etc. Each 
deformity presents characteristics which may require in- 
dividual attention. One of the most common nasal de- 
formities is the concaved or saddle back nose ; the cause 
of these deformities are usually traced to accidents, from 
falls or blows, breaking down the body structure. There 
has been several methods of treatment devised for cor- 
recting these deformities. Some surgeons prefer to break 
up the old adhesion and replace the bony frame work; 
others have been treated with metallic plates. The easiest 
arid I believe the most practical way in most cases, is to 
build out the concaved surface with paraffin, or as some 
specialists choose to call it, ''neoplastic treatment." Neo- 
plasine is another coined name for paraffin and consists 
of paraffin and sufficient white petrolatum to bring the 
melting point down to no degrees. Ordinary commer- 
cial paraffin generally has a melting point from 120 to 170 
degrees, and in order to have the paraffin the right con- 
sistency, the white petrolatum is added and we have 
what the manufacturers call "an independent product" 
(neoplasine), which sells for a fancy price. The com- 
bination makes- a perfectly inert substance, which, if 
thoroughly sterilized, can be injected into any living 
tissue, even the peritoneal cavity, without injury. After 
the paraffin has been injected and allowed to remain 
some time, it becomes incapsulated and there seems to 
be an inter-woven network of fibrous tissue which pro- 
tects it in holding its conformity. 

Neoplasine has a wide range of usefulness to the fea- 
tural specialist other than the treatment of deformed 
nose. It has been found useful in building out a receding 
chin (see cut) and in filling in scars and indentures, as 
the result of alveolar and other abscesses. Some opera- 
tors have even filled out hollow cheeks and neck with 
this injection. In order to use neoplasine successfully re- 
quires a special syringe, as illustrated: this syringe is 
made of metal with a screw piston, which allows more 
force and an even distribution of the neoplasine; this is 
a very important point as neoplasine injected with the 



FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 231 

ordinary hypodermic syringe is a very treacherous sub- 
stance to handle, for it is impossible to regulate the force 
on the piston, and if you make a heavy pressure it will 
take a sudden spurt and you will inject too much and not 
in the place you intended to deposit it. When once de- 
posited there is no way of removing it, other than dissect- 
ing it out, therefore in making the injection great cau- 
tion should be exercised in not injecting too much, or you 
may cause a greater deformity than the one you were 
treating. Another thing I have always observed with 
neoplasine injections is that the tissues injected are in- 




NEOPLASTIC SYRINGE AND NEEDLES. 



clined to expand somewhat, therefore I never inject the 
full amount to level up the depressed surface, allowing 
from one-sixteenth to one-twentieth inch to be filled in, 
by expansion of tissue. If it is necessary to make another 
injection to complete the operation this can be done later. 
In this way you will always avoid duplicating one de- 
formity for the one you are treating. The only value 
neoplasine has in the treatment of deformities is to sub- 
stitute neoplasine for destroyed or deficient tissue, thus 
we find it indispensable in adding contour to the face in 
many ways. It can be used successfully in building out 
a concaved nose or a receding chin, and to fill in depres- 
sions and indentures at any point desired. For this pur- 



232 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

pose it has the following advantages : It can be used 
without a general anaesthetic or any resulting scar; it 
will not detain the patient from business pursuits, and 
is easily applied with ordinary skill and under purely 
antiseptic surgical procedures ; there will be no abscess 
or sloughing and the most gratifying results are ob- 
tained. 

TECHNIQUE OF NEOPLASTIC OPERATIONS. 

In order to successfully use neoplasine in subcutan- 
eous operations it is absolutely necessary that both the 
syringe and neoplasine be rendered sterile and surgical- 
ly clean. The neoplasine should be placed in a glass or- 



The above cuts illustrate the method of Inserting the Needle, the Neoplasine 

Sterilizer and Syringe and the Application of a Metallic Form 

after Operation for Convex Nose. 

metal receptacle, surrounded by water, and boiled. The 
syringe should also be boiled and devoid of all grease, 
as is sometimes found in ordinary syringes. While the 
neoplasine is still in a liquid state, the syringe should be 
filled; the point of the needle is pointed upwards and 
sufficient force applied to force all the air out of the 
needle. When you operate you can place the syringe, 
charged with neoplasine, into warm water at about 120 
degrees F. for a few minutes, or it can be injected in a 
semi-solid state at a temperature of about in° degrees F. 
The latter method is preferred by many, as it avoids the 
danger of embolism, although I have never heard of this 



FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 233 

complication. A brief resume of the operation for a con- 
caved nose is as follows : After thoroughly sterilizing 
the neoplasine and syringe, as just described, the surface 
to be operated upon can be anaesthized with the obtund- 
ant solution No. 3, given on another page, but as a rule, 
I prefer to operate without an anaesthetic, as the anaes- 
thetic injection has a tendency to distend the tissues 
somewhat, and not allow you to judge as accurately the 
amount of neoplasine required to fill out the surface. 




RESULTS OBTAINED FROM NEOPLASINE INJECTION FOR CONCAVE NOSE. 

Injecting neoplasine without an anaesthetic is not 
painful, and is well borne by most patients. The needle 
is now inserted at a point of the nose to the furthest point 
of the deformity, and as the needle is withdrawn the 
screw on the piston stem is turned sufficiently to deposit 
the neoplasine required to fill in the concaved surface ; 
as the needle is withdrawn the fingers of the left hand 
molds the neoplasine to the proper shape and prevents it 
from entering places where it is not desired, and also 
smooths the surface to a normal contour. After the needle 
has been removed the point of entrance should be sealed 
with collodion, and cold applications of ice water may 
be applied for a few hours. There may be some swelling, 
but this will subside in a few days ; the nose may also 



234 



FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 



continue to be red for a week after the operation, but it 
will gradually resume its normal color. 

Operations for a receding chin and other depressions 
are performed in a similar manner. In several cases 





RESULTS OBTAINED FROM NEOPLASINE INJECTION FOR RECEDING CHIN. 

scrawny necks and even female breasts have been built 
out by this means. Although this treatment has been 
somewhat abused by over enthusiastic operators, it is 
practical when carefully and judiciously used, and offers 
us one of the best means of treatment for many de- 
formities. 

OPERATION FOR ROMAN OR CONVEX NOSE. 




RESULTS OBTAINED FROM NEOPLASINE INJECTION FOR CONVEX NOSE. 

The operation for this deformity is somewhat more 
difficult, and requires considerable surgical skill to obtain 
success. In some cases the nose has been built out with 



FEATURAT, SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 235 

neoplasine at different points to produce a straight 
bridge, as illustrated in the accompanying cut. This is 
not a very practical operation, however, most cases re- 
quire a complete and thorough removal of the projecting 
bony framework, and in order that you leave no mark or 
scar, the operation performed by Dr. J. O. Roe, of 
Rochester, N. Y., is the most desirable. As described by 
him the operation is as follows : "The skin is first raised 
from the projecting portion by incising the wall of the 
nose from the inside of the nostrils through to the inner 
side of the skin, great care being exercised not to wound 




RESULTS OBTAINED FROM DR. ROE'S SUB-CUTANEOUS OPERATION FOR 
CONVEX NOSB. 

the skin. The opening is then enlarged sufficiently to 
admit the instruments required, which may consist of 
bone scissors, Rongier forceps, a slender saw and such 
other instruments aS/inay be necessary, according to the 
condition present. In removing the projecting portion 
great care must be exercised not to remove too much of 
the redundant tissue, lest a depression be left on the top 
of the nose, which may be more unsightly than the orig- 
inal deformity. This mistake more readily happens in 
those cases in which the upper portion of the nasal pas- 
sage extends all the way up into the projecting portion. 
In these cases the nasal passage is very easily opened 
on removing the projecting angular portion. After this 



236 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

operation a compress is made by placing a piece of ad- 
hesive plaster under a metallic form, so as to maintain 
symmetry throughout until healing takes place. This 
operation can be performed with less difficulty by mak- 
ing a lineal incision along the field of the operation and 
removing the tissues desired, but has the disadvantage 
of leaving a small scar. The scar tissue can be removed, 
however, by the different methods explained on another 
page. 

THE BULBOUS NOSE. 

The bulbous nose is generally found in drinking men 
in the form of a lipoma, and consists of an enlargement 
and thickening of the cartilaginous and cutanious tis- 
sues. The operation required is to make a V-shaped in- 
cision at the point splitting the septum, and removing 
as much tissue on each side as is desired to make tne 
nose the proper contour. Redundant tissue on the alaei 
nasi may be either dissected out or destroyed by elec- 
tricity. This is also done with the operation for ex- 
panded nostrils. There are other nasal deformities, each 
requiring special mechanical surgery; the nose may be 
too narrow or too broad, or the tip tilted to one side, etc., 
which requires special mechanical devises to retain the 
nose in its normal position or the replacing or transfor- 
mation of tissue. These conditions are not difficult to 
manage, if the surgeon is somewhat of a mechanical 
genius. 





RESULTS OBTAINED FROM OPERATION FOR PROTRUDING EARS. 

PROTRUDING EARS. 

Protruding ears are pictured out by many featural 
specialists, as convincing evidence that Darwin's theory 



FEATURAL, SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 



237 



is correct, regarding the evolution of man, and argu- 
ments to this effect are used as a persuasive means of in- 
ducing the patient to have the "deformity corrected/' 
Protruding ears can be corrected in two ways, first, by 
removing the skin from the back surface of the ear and 
mastoid process, and uniting the denuded surfaces by 
means of sutures, after which an adhesive bandage is 
placed around the head, until healing takes place. An- 
other way of operating is to remove cartilaginous por- 
tions of the ear. The incisions are made from behind, 
where the scar will be less noticeable, and the adhesive 
bandage placed around the head, as in the former opera- 
tions. 




RESULTS OBTAINED FROM ENCORCHMENT TREATMENT FOR 
BAGGY SKIN AND WRINKLES. 



THE ENCORCHMENT TREATMENT. 

There has never been a treatment devised which has 
found such a universal field of usefulness in the treat- 
ment of facial blemishes as that described in the above 
caption ; on the other hand, this treatment has been 
greatly misused by ignorant beauty specialists, who 
possess little or no knowledge of the physiology of the 
skin, and the therapeutic application of this preparation, 
which they have endeavored to use as a sort of a pan- 
acea. This treatment has always been held in the great- 



238 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

est secrecy, and the "process" has changed hands sev- 
eral times, for many thousand dollars. If the applicant 
did not have sufficient cash to secure the working for- 
mula, he was supplied with the medicine only at a fancy 
price. 

This treatment, it has been said, originated with a 
French surgeon, and at the present time is very exten- 
sively used in Paris, where beauty culture is in great 
demand. This treatment is far superior to the iodine 
plaster treatment used in this country, and is much more 
easily and painlessly applied. The original formula of 
this treatment was a paste containing equal parts of 
resorcin and zinc oxide, which was used as a treatment 
for acne rosacea; it was later discovered that the treat- 
ment was of exceptional value in many other skin dis- 
eases and blemishes. The formula, as used today by 
some of the most successful Dermatologists, is as fol- 
lows : 

E Salicylic acid 4 gr. 

Ichthyol 8 min. 

Zinc oxide c. p 20 gr. 

Resorcin 80 gr. 

Lard 2 scr. 

Olive oil 16 min. 

Triturate the Resorcin, Salicylic Acid and Zinc Ox- 
ide into a fine powder, then add and mix the other in- 
gredients. 

This preparation is applied to the diseased surface 
morning and night for about four or five days, when the 
epidermis becomes like parchment; the surface is now 
thoroughly cleansed with soap and warm water and the 
skin wipped dry in order to remove the superficial layer 
of skin. The surface is now painted with the following 
mixture : 

^ Zinc oxide, c. p.i 2 dr. 

White gelatin 4 oz. 

Glycerine 15 min. 

Aqua bullient q. s. 



FEATURAL, SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 239 

Dissolve the gelatin with sufficient hot water and stir 
in the other ingredients while in a water bath. 

This should be applied while hot to the surface you 
wish to remove, and covered with surgeon's gauze, and 
another coat applied over this. It is best to cut the gauze 
in small pieces, about one and one-half inches square, 
and apply one at a time. If you have a large surface to 
cover; in a few days the little pieces of gauze will work 
lose from the edges and can be picked off, leaving the 
new under skin exposed, taking the blemish or disease 
with the outer cuticle on the plaster you have removed. 





r M~a 



RESULTS OBTAINED FROM ENCORCHMENT TREATMENT FOR 
SMALLPOX PITS. 

One of the greatest mistakes made by ignorant operators 
is they leave the plaster on too long. 

I was recently visited by a lady who had this treat- 
ment applied in Buffalo, the face being left in a mask for 
one month before removing, and the result was that large 
abscesses had formed and made her last condition much 
worse than the first. While this is an exceptionally val- 
uable treatment it should be used with much caution 
and it is best to have the patient confined to the house 
and constantly under your observation. The object of 
the treatment is to remove the outer cuticle and take 
with it any diseases, discoloration or blemish it may con- 



240 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

tain. It is almost a specific for acna and certain forms 
of eczema, chloasma, or liver spots, tan, freckles and 
black heads, while small-pox pits and scars have been 
treated with a greater or less degree of success. 

* ELECTRICITY. 

Electricity plays a very important and useful part in 
the treatment of facial diseases and blemishes, therefore 
before discussing the different treatments used in the re- 
moval of these diseased conditions, it is well to briefly 
outline the electrical equipment required. Nearly every 
physician is familiar with the use and technique of elec- 
tricity and it will not be necessary to give the minute 
details of the construction of the electrical apparatus 
which produces this mystic therapeutic agent. Suffice 
to say that Dermatologists prefer for convenience a 
portable battery, containing from six to twelve cells, 
which is all the current required for their work. This 
simple equipment is all that is required to master the 
electrical treatments in facial blemishes. The method of 
application will be briefly described when discussing the 
treatment for different diseases. 

Before giving the application of electrolysis as a 
means of removing certain blemishes, I wish to make 
some general remarks regarding its practical use and 
limitations : 

The galvanic current is the only one to be employed. 
Electrolysis only offers us a means of cauterization and 
its only means of cure is to cauterize, the same as the 
use of other acids or alkaline caustics. If we insert the 
needle attached to the negative pole into living tissue, 
hydrogen gas, caustic soda and potassa are formed ; if 
the needle is inserted, attached to the positive pole, oxy- 
gen, chlorine and the acid radicals of the inorganic acids 
appear. The amount of caustic liberated and consequent- 
ly the amount of tissue cauterized and destroyed depends 
upon the strength of the current and the amount of sur- 
face the needle covers. It will thus be seen we have at 
our service an acid of alkali caustic which may be regu- 



FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 



241 



lated and dispensed to any strength desired. If we at- 
tach the needle to the negative pole we liberate an alkali, 
caustic, which is generally preferable and nearly always 
used in Dermatological operations, as it does not create 
as much cicatricial tissue as the acid caustics eliminated 
from the postive pole. There is always some scar tissue 
following the use of the electrical needle, but this is not 
nearly so great when the negative pole is used. A gold or 
iridio-platinum needle also lessens the formation of ci- 
catrical tissue or inflammatory tendency. 

THE TREATMENT OF WARTS, MOLES AND 
BIRTHMARKS. 

There are several methods of treatment for the re- 
moval of these blemishes. They can be treated purely 
upon a surgical basis and carefully dissected out and 






FAVORITE LOCATIONS FOR BIRTHMARKS. 



unite the surface by making as close union as possible, 
as described in the treatment for scars. If the surface is 
a large one, as it usually is, in naevi, it may require sev- 
eral operations. Electrolysis is one of the most popular 
and successful treatments and leaves very little scar tis- 
sue. The patient should hold the positive electrode in 
her hand, and the needle connected to the negative pole 
is inserted in a vertical direction, through the base of the 
wart or mole, on a level with the skin, severa times at 
different points and allowed to remain about one-half 
minute. If the current from four to six cells has been 
used, bubbles of hydrogen gas will be observed around 
the entrance of the needle and the mole will appear 

[-16] 



242 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

blanched and in a few* days entirely disappear. A most 
excellent way to remove warts and moles is to cut a piece 
of isin-glass plaster to fit tightly around the healthy skin, 
allowing the mole or wart to protrude, thus protecting 
the healthy skin from being cauterized. The patient is 
given a small vial of pure glacial acetic acid and instruct- 
ed to thoroughly bathe the surface of the growth by 
dipping one end of a match in the acid and applying it to 
the surface three or four times a day. If this should 
cause much inflammation, the application can be omitted 
for a day or so before applying again. By continuing this 
treatment for a few days the growth will entirely disap- 
pear. 

Birthmarks can be removed by electrolysis in two 
ways, viz., by inserting the platinum needle attached to 
the negative pole into the center of the growth, and then 
make several punctures in the tiny capillaries which 
radiate from this source. If the growth is large a neeale 
disc may be used covering the entire area at one treat- 
ment. 

The principle object of electrical treatment is to de- 
stroy the nourishment of the growth and allow it to re- 
trograde. Dr. Neiswanger recommends the following 
treatment as preferable to electricity in many cases of 
naevi. He says, "If the mark is not elevated it is best to 
employ the following method : 

I? Antim tart I dr. 

Soap plaster 3 dr. 

Green soap i dr. 

This is thickly spread about 1-12 inch on adhe- 
sive plaster, leaving an adhesive edge to facilitate hold- 
ing it in place. Being placed upon the mark it is pressed 
down firmly to insure good and even contact; it must 
then be frequently examined and just as soon as active 
escharotic effect is evident, which is from three to five 
days, the plaster must be removed and the surface dress- 
ed with 

^ Zinc oxide 20 gr. 

Cold cream 4 dr. 



FEATURAT, SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 243 

When the surface is healed the mother mark will have 
disappeared. 

Dr. Beck successfully treats naevi by transforming 
the vascular bulk of a navus into connective tissue by 
subcutanious sutures introduced at several sittings. A 
thread of cat gut is passed in a zig zag manner first be- 
low the skin, then underneath the base of the tumor, then 
again underneath the skin and tumor, and so on, until 
the tumor mass is included in this continuous suture. 
The suture is drawn tight and closed at the point of en- 
trance. In this manner the circulation is shut off within 
the tumor and at the end of a week the size of the tumor 
will be reduced and another ligature inserted. This op- 
eration is repeated until the tumor is reduced to the 
smallest possible size, when it may be excised and the 
borders united by lineal union. 




RESULTS OF TREATMENT FOR GUN POWDER MARKS. 

( Only one side of Face Treated— Illustration nsed by Featural Specialist.) 

TO REMOVE GUN POWDER AND TATTOO 
MARKS. 

Powder marks can be removed by the electrical needle, 
but the process is very tedious and painful. 



244 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

Dr. Watson uses a small trephine designed for this 
purpose. The trephine is placed over the mark and given 
a slight rotary motion, going sufficiently deep to take out 
the little disc of skin containing the powder, which is 
clipped off; the cavity is filled with a healing powder or 
ointment, and leaves a very little scar, which in time is 
hardly detected. One of the most rapid and practical 
ways is to pierce each mark with a sharp lance, exposing 
the imbeded powder and apply a saturated compress of 
peroxide of hydrogen. The operation may be repeated 
in a few days, if necessary, until all the marks disappear. 

Tattoo marks may be removed by tattooing the same 
surface 'with papaya solvent. 

UNSIGHTLY SCARS. 

Scars caused by burns, cuts, wounds, etc., are best 
removed by carefully dissecting away the cicatricial tis- 
sue. The bordering skin is very elastic and can be 
stretched quite a distance. If the scar is not over one- 
half inches wide it can be removed in one operation. 
Should it cover a surface of more than one or two inches 
square it may require several operations. The object of 
the operation is to remove the scar tissue and unite the 
sound borders of the healthy skin ~by lineal union and 
without leaving any more mark than is possible ; the 
closer the union the smaller the scar. After union has 
taken place the remaining scar tissue can be reduced by 
the electric needle. Birthmarks are often removed in 
this way. 

BAGGY SKIN, WRINKLES, ETC. 

The method of removing baggy skin and wrinkles, as 
used by the featural specialist is purely surgical, and con- 
sists of what is known as ''wrinkle tucks," which means 
to remove pieces of skin under the hair and chin where 
it will not be observed. These tucks may follow the en- 
tire border of the scalp, about one-fourth inch from the 



FKATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 



245 



hair margin. In this % way the skin is stretched to its 
former smoothness and makes the face devoid of wrinkles 
or puffiness. 

REMOVAL OF SUPERFLUOUS HAIR. 

There has been several depilatories introduced from 
time to time for the purpose of removing superfluous 




REMOVING SUPEFLTJOTJS HAIR WITH A DEPILATORY. 

hair, which have been sold under "a positive guaran- 
tee (?) that the result would be permanent." The com- 
mercial end of this business has been well taken care of 
by the mail order specialist. I have secured several of 



246 FEATURAL SPECIALIST AND DERMATOLOGIST 

their preparations, and have never,found any agent other 
than electricity, which will accomplish this purpose. As 
a depilatory application for the temporary removal of 
superfluous hair, barium and strontium sulphide heads 
the list. I prefer strontium, as it is less toxic, and differs 
from other depilatory agents in not evolving hydrogen 
sulphide. My favorite formula is as follows : 

If Strontium Sulphide 30 gr. 

Zinc Oxide 15 gr. 

Starch 15 gr. 

Triturate thoroughly and mix sufficient water to make 
a paste. This is applied over the surface containing the 
superfluous hair and allowed to remain five or ten min- 
utes, when it can be removed by scraping the surface 
with some blunt knife similar to a paper knife, or it may 
be rubbed off with absorbent cotton ; the face should be 
washed, cleaned and some bland oil applied. This will 
give excellent results, but will not permanently destroy 
the hair follicle. The only sure means of removing super- 
fluous hair is by electrolysis. 

ELECTROLYSIS. 

The patient should be placed in a comfortable chair 
with a head rest, and before a strong light. The positive 
electrode is laid on the patient's lap or attached to the 
arm of the chair; the needle is attached to the negative 
pole and a current from two to six cells are thrown into 
circuit. The needle is then introduced along the hair 
shaft to the root and the patient is requested to place the 
palm of her hand over the sponge electrode of the posi- 
tive pole and thus complete the circuit. If the current is 
strong enough in a few seconds a little froth will appear 
about the entrance of the needle. The hair can now be 
removed with the depilatory forceps without much 
force. If you should meet with some resistence, it indi- 
cates that the electrolysis has not been complete and may 
require a stronger current or another operation. This re- 



PAINLESS SURGERY 247 

quires a delicate sense of touch on the part of the oper- 
ator. There are two very important things to be con- 
sidered in removing superfluous hair by electrolysis. 

Never operate at the same sitting on hairs located too 
close together, for fear of a resulting scar, and to be suc- 
cessful at each operation the needle should follow the hair 
follicle as close as possible to the terminus of the hair 
root. The small depression around the hair at the exter- 
nal surface should be your point and the direction the 
hair takes will be your guide. 




The accompanying cut illustrates the needle which 
has not entered at the depression at the surface of the 
skin, but accidently penetrated the sheath and gain ac- 
cess to the papilla. Of course such hair will be perma- 
nently destroyed, but it illustrates that more caution 
should be exercised in the point of entering the needle. 



PAINLESS, BLOODLESS, AND SUTURELESS 
SURGERY. 



It is doubtful if surgical science has ever made a 
greater achievement in minor surgery than that described 
in the above title. This is not only one of the interesting 
accomplishments in modern surgery, but also one of the 
most practical. When a surgeon can make an incision 
without the appearance of blood, or any indication of 
pain, and unite the surfaces without applying sutures 
through the living tissues, we have certainly reached the 



248 PAINLESS SURGERY 

highest goal of success. Although this method of surgi- 
cal practice has a limited field, it can be successfully used 
in part or in whole in 90 per cent, of all external minor 
operations. Operations can be made painless to the ex- 
tent and limitation of the use of a local anaesthetic, can be 
made practically bloodless wherever a local anaesthetic 
can be applied, can be made sutureless on any cutanious 
surface where tention is not to great. This method has a 
large field of usefulness in minor operations, upon the 
eye, ear, throat and nose, exterpating small tumors and 
growths upon the skin. The parts to be operated upon 
should be anaesthized with the Obtundent formula No. 
3, with the addition of adnephrin according to the follow- 
ing formula : 

R Obtundent formula (No. 3) 20 min. 

Adnephrin 10 min. 

This offers one of the happiest combinations of rem- 
edies in the Materia Medica, as each remedy seems to 
have a controling influence over the other. The ad- 
nephrin, through its contractile influence on the capillar- 
ies controls the absorption of the cocaine and also in- 
creases the anaesthesia by lessening the blood pressure. 
A few. drops of this solution can be installed into the eye 
for the removal of cataract, or the operation for strabis- 
mus, or injected into any tissue to be operated upon, with 
the advantage of not only having the operation painless, 
but also nearly bloodless, thus allowing you full view of 
the operation with very little use for the surgical sponge. 
To illustrate the advantage of this hemostatic anaesthetic, 
and union without sutures, I will give a case which re- 
cently came under my observation : 

Mr. H., aged 41, came to me with a fatty tumor on the 
back of his neck about the size and shape of a hen's egg. 
This solution was injected at several points along the 
line of incision ; the tumor was then carefully dissected 
out, the edges of the wound trimmed in the usual way to 



PAINLESS SURGERY 



249 



secure as close a union as possible, the edges were drawn 
together and Luken's wound clips were used to unite 
the surfaces as illustrated below, these clips have the ad- 
vantage of making even pressure on all parts of the de- 
nuded surface, and it also makes a very close union, 
avoiding the formation of much cicatricial tissue and 
eventually leaving the surface free from any perceptible 
mark or scar, which is a great advantage, especially in 
facial surgery. The solution used as a hemostatic an- 




aesthetic should be made fresh each time, as it deterior- 
ates with age and the results are not as satisfactory. To 
one who has never witnessed an operation with the use 
of this solution the results will be surprisely marvelous, 
at the calm and composed condition of the average pa- 
tient. One can readily see the field of usefulness of tnis 
solution. I have used it in circumcision, male and female, 
ingrown toe nails, for the removal of tumors of all kinds, 
large as could be successfully operated upon by the use 
of local anaesthetics, in fact when you become acquainted 
with its true merits, you will find it one of the most re- 
liable preparations in your possession. 



250 GOITER 



THE GOITER SPECIALIST. 



Goiter, or "big neck," as it is popularly advertised, has 
been isolated as a specialty by some physicians, and there 
is one Medical Co. in Cincinnati who claim to have the 
names of two-thirds of the goiter patients in the United 
States. This list has been secured by persistent adver- 
tising for several years. 

The treatment used by this company is an ointment 
composed of iodosyl incorporated in a base of lard and 
lanoline, applied three times a day. The internal treat- 
ment consists of iodide of potassium. Some years ago 
Dr. Hale devised a treatment by hypodermic injection, 
which has been used by several physicians with excellent 
success. The treatment is as follows : 

Injection No. i. 

If Carbolic acid J^ dr. 

Tinct. iodine 2 dr. 

Glycerine Yi oz. 

Aqua des 1 oz. 

Mix the carbolic acid and water, add the tinct. of 
iodine and glycerine and filter through absorbent cotton. 

Injection No. 2. 

3$ Iodoform 40 gr. 

Glycerine 3 dr. 

Mix by triturating in a glass motar and keep the so- 
lution in a colored bottle. 

LOCAL APPLICATION. 

I> Tartar emetic y 2 dr. 

Tinct. benzoin comp 2 dr. 

Tinct. iodine 3 oz. 

Aqua Yz oz. 

Dissolve the tartic emetic in the water and add the 
tincture of benzoin and iodine, and filter. 



GOITER 251 

Injections No. I and 2 should be alternated by first 
injecting from 1 to 5 minims of No. I, and in three days 
inject from 2 to 10 minims of No. 2. In this way a pa- 
tient receives about two hypodermic treatments a week. 
The amount of medicine used will depend somewhat 
upon the extent of the growth and the age of the patient. 
It is always best to commence with a minimum amount 
and increase the amount of medicine used as the treat- 
ment progresses. It is not necessary to inject deeply into 
the tissues, as you are dealing with a glandular substance 
and the medicine is readily diffused. The patient is also 
requested to apply the local application two or three 
times a day. 

If you wish to remove the discoloration caused by the 
iodine, you can readily do so by applying a concentrated 
solution of hyposulphate of soda. 

DR. CHAVETTE'S GOITER CURE. 

^ Zinc sulphate 2 dr. 

Salicylic acid • 2 dr. 

Boracic acid 3 dr. 

Iodoform 3 dr. 

Oleic acid 8 oz. 

Mix and keep at boiling heat for four hours, then pour 
off the liquid, and after cooling, bottle and cork and keep 
in a dark colored bottle. 

This preparation should be applied to the enlarged 
gland by using slight friction twice a day until slight 
desquamation occurs, then it may be applied only once a 
day until the enlargement has been entirely reduced. It 
has been stated that this is a permanent cure for goiter. 



252 



HAIR 



THE HAIR SPECIALIST. 



A physician in general practice would hardly think 
that the treatment of the disease of the scalp, falling hair 
and baldness would offer a large enough field for a spe- 
cialty, but we find many regular physicians and many 
irregular "professors" entering this specialty and con- 
ducting "Bald Head Institutes" on a profitable basis. 
Many of these specialists limit their work to the treat- 





HIRSUTE MONSTROSITIES— LIONELL THE " DOG-FACED " RUSSIAN 
AND THE BEARDED LADY. 

ment of falling hair and baldness, while other treat all 
conditions pertaining to the hair, give scalp massage, 
electric treatments, shampoo, bleach and dye the hair, etc. 
The average person, especially men, pay very little at 
tention to their hair in a way of grooming, until he finds 
his hair is falling out and he is fast becoming bald. This 
excites his vanity and he seeks relief by consulting a spe- 
cialist. In this chapter we will give the treatments used 
by these specialists, and the different views regarding 
baldness. There are four varieties of hair; first and most 



HAIR 253 

important of these is the long and pliant hair of the head ; 
second, the shorter and coarser hair on the face of man, 
and on the pubies and under the arm pits of both sexes; 
third, the shorter and coarser hair found on the eyebrows, 
eyelids, nostrils, etc. ; the fourth is called lenugo, which 
is the fine hair which covers nearly the entire body. 
Although there is no race on earth whose bodies are 
entirely covered with heavy hair, there are many mon- 
strosities in the way of hirsute growths, as is well illus- 
trated in the accompanying cuts, of Lionell, the dog-faced 
Russian boy, whose ancestors possessed a similar growth, 
and the bearded lady, who was born in the northern part 
of Michigan, whose ancestors did not possess an abnor- 
mal growth of hair. There has also been several individ- 
uals, whose entire bodies were covered with hair, which 
represented nothing more than their own individuality. 
These freaks are not of as great interest, however, to the 
hair specialist as the gold and silver taken in exchange 
for the treatment of restoring silver hair to its natural 
color, and producing the golden shade in others and 
curing baldness. 

ALOPECIA. 

There has been a diversity of opinion as to the cause 
of baldness, but it is the general belief of most investi- 
gators that it is of microbic origin. 

Prof. Unna, in the year 1887, was among the first to 
publish a paper advancing the theory that dandruff and 
subsequent baldness was of parasitic origin, and although 
his theory was not kindly accepted by many at first, his 
statements were afterwards verified by Morrell, who 
claimed he succeeded in isolating the dandruff germ 
— diplococus. Since his report there has been much in- 
vestigation along that line, which prove that dandruff and 
premature baldness is of parasitic origin. 

It has been noticed by many careful observers that 
seborrhoea often attacks several members of one family, 
who used the same hair brush and comb. It has also been 
demonstrated that mice placed in the combings of hair 
become bald rapidly, and that dandruff rubbed into the 



254 



HAIR 



hair of a rabbit will cause their hair to come out. I am 
of the same opinion as Dr. Bernheim, that much contam- 
ination originates at the barber shop. The less hair a 
man has on his head the more frequent he visits the bar- 
ber shop and exposes others to the same contagion, by- 
coming in contact with his own falling hair and dandruff 
left upon the comb and brush. 

We also notice many men who lead public lives and 
use public toilet utencils, brushes and combs, in hotels, 




DIPLOCOCUS AS IDENTIFIED BY MuRRELL, 

offices, etc., are also encouraging baldness. Another and 
one of the most convincing proofs that dandruff and fall- 
ing hair is of parasitic origin is that the only successful 
treatment is based purely upon cleanliness, antiseptic and 
parasitic medications. Among other things which have 
been attributed to the cause of falling hair and baldness 
may be mentioned, excluding the top of the head from 
light, air and sunshine, which is nature's greatest hair 
grower. Did you ever see a bald-headed Indian? Much 
credit is given as a cause of baldness to wearing too tight 
hat bands, thereby obstructing the circulation in the top 
of the head. The loss of hair is also associated with all 
debilitating diseases, etc. 



HAIR 255 

TREATMENT OF ALOPECIA. 

The essential requirements to successfully treat dand- 
ruff, falling hair and premature baldness, are cleanliness, 
antiseptics, and stimulants, also the untiring patience on 
the part of the patient and physician. With this object 
in view there has been hundreds of hair restoratives 
placed on the market and many devises invented to pro- 
mote the growth of hair. 




DECOMPOSITION" OF HAIR FOLLICLE CAUSED BY DANDRUFF. 

In considering the requirements for treatment as enu- 
merated above, the following simple formula is one of the 
best preparations, to my knowledge, to quickly and thor- 
oughly remove dandruff, and is what is known as 

PEERLESS SEAFOAM : 

]J Aqua ammonia 2 dr. 

Cologne . . 1 dr. 

Alcohol 8 oz. 

Aqua 8 oz. 

Mix. Sig. Apply about a tablespoonful at a time to the 
hair when dry and rub briskly. This makes a profuse foam 
which is very refreshing and cleansing to the scalp. After 
this has been repeated several times, the hair should be 



256 HAIR 

washed thoroughly with a good tar soap. Owing to the 
poor quality of tar soap on the market, it is best to 
superintend the compounding yourself by using forty 
parts of beechwood or birchwood tar to sixty parts of 
castile soap. After using these shampoos the head should 
be thoroughly rinsed with hot water, gradually cooled. 
The bath water will contain many hairs, which may give 
the patient the impression that the treatment is doing 
more harm than good ; you should explain to them that 
the hairs which have come away are diseased hairs and 
would have fallen out in a few days of their own accord. 
These shampoos should be repeated at least as often 
as once or twice a week. Some specialists use what they 
call "scalp foods," which is used after the shampoo; these 
foods are mixtures of olive oil, lanoline, resorcin and mer- 
cury bichloride, and can be applied to a good advantage 
in many cases. It is applied with a tooth brush, rubbed 
in to the scalp, in the same way hair tonics are used. The 
next treatment used are what is popularly known as 
"hair tonics or restoratives," (see nortrums), and there 
is no end to the different combination of remedies used 
for this purpose. The principal thing to be considered is 
the combination of a mild stimulant, antiseptic, germicide 
and tonic. The remedies incorporated in these com- 
pounds are mercury bichloride and resorcin, for their 
antiseptic and germicide properties, quinine and nux 
vomica for their tonic effect, jaborandi or capsicum for 
their stimulating effect. The following formula will be 
found an excellent combination for promoting the growth 
of hair: 

I£ Quinine sulphate 20 gr. 

Tinct. nux vomica 2 dr. 

Tinct. cantharides 2 dr. 

F. E. jaborandi 2 dr. 

Resorcin 1 dr. 

Alcohol 2 oz. 

Glycerine 2 oz. 

Bay rum 6 oz. 

Rose water q. s. 16 oz. 



HAIR 257 

Mix and filter. The best way to apply this and other 
hair tonics is to part the hair about one-half inch apart, 
lengthwise the scalp and dip a stifl tooth brush in to the 
solution and rub it into the scalp two or three times a 
week. 

Another form of hair restorative contains a prepara- 
tion of sulphur and lead. It not only acts as an alleged 
curative for baldness, but as a coloring agent in dying and 
deepening the color of the hair. 

The following formula is a very popular preparation 
for this purpose : (The reader is also referred to the for- 
mula given in the chapter on the mail order specialist, 
and other parts of the book for vegetable and other hair 
dyes.) 

IJ Lead acetate 6 dr. 

Sulphur precipitated . I oz. 

Tinct. cantharides 4 dr. 

Glycerine 8 oz. 

Alcohol 4 oz. 

Oil of citronella 1 dr. 

Oil of bergamot y 2 dr. 

Water enough to make 64 oz. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol, add the glycerine and 
tincture of catharides and mix with the water, then add 
the sulphur and lead. Preparations containing sulphur and 
lead, when exposed to the light, form black lead sulphide, 
therefore they should be kept in dark bottles. Patients 
using sulphur and lead hair restoratives should be cau- 
tioned that they are not entirely free from danger. 

To recapitulate : the treatment of seborrhoea, alopecia 
or falling hair, should consist of thorough cleanliness, 
antiseptics and stimulants, which may be obtained by the 
first two preparations ; the latter formula is not to be used 
unless you wish to darken the hair. 

The secret of success in promoting the growth of hair 
and treating scalp diseases lies in untiring perseverance. 
This should be explained to the patient and no case 
should be admitted for treatment unless he is willing to 
continue the medication for two or more months. 

[17] 



258 



HAIR 



ADVANCED ALOPECIA. 

The treatment of advanced baldness will depend upon 
the condition of the scalp ; if the scalp is shiney and the 
glands entirely atrophied, there is absolutely no help ex- 
cept the topee. If there are a few hairs left it offers the 
specialist a chance for argument and encouragement, and 
the physician's favorite quotation is often given : "where 
there is life there is hope." * 

All treatments for advanced baldness point towards 
one thing, viz., to improve the circulation of the scalp. 
This has been attempted by blistering, electricity and the 
vacuum treatment ; of these treatments the vacuum 





THE EVAN'S CAP FOR GIVING THE VACUUM TREATMENT. 



treatment is to be preferred, as it has many advantages in 
its favor. It is not claimed by specialists who use the 
vacuum treatment that it will create live hairs when 
there is none, but it provides every possible means of 
promoting hair growth under the most adverse circum- 
stances ; however, in no case will it restore hair to a per- 
fectly bald or shiney scalp when the life of the hair folli- 
cile has been extinct. The object of the treatment is to 
loosen the scalp and improve the circulation, which is of 
much benefit in all cases of alopecia. 



HAIR 259 

HAIR DYES. 

The people of the Occident have to a certain extent, 
followed the universal custom of those of the orient in 
dyeing and bleaching- the hair to hide its grayness or to 
give it a preferred color. Hair dyes are of two classes, 
those containing the dye already formed, and those in 
which it is produced in the hair by some chemical pro- 
cess. Some hair-dyes contain substances which in their 
nature are very injurious to the hair, and cause baldness. 
Before dyeing the hair, the oil should be removed by 
washing thoroughly with soap and water, and the dye 
applied when nearly dry. The scalp should also be pro- 
tected from staining by a broad, fine-tooth comb. 

PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM DYE. 

^ Permanganate of potassium 5^ oz. 

Distilled water 2 qt. 

The above combination forms a dark violet solution. 
When this is brought in contact with any organic sub- 
stance like the hair, it rapidly discolors it and imparts a 
brown tint, due to the hydrated oxide of magnesia. 

The hair is washed as stated above, and the dilute 
solution applied with a soft brush. The color is pro- 
duced at once. According to the degree of dilution, this 
innocuous preparation can be made to give any desired 
color from blonde to very dark brown. It is this prepara- 
tion which has recently been extensively used by ladies 
in their latest fad of coloring the hair auburn. Of course 
this preparation and other hair dyes may be used for the 
beard as well as the hair. 

TESIAN AUBURN HAIR DYE. 

"Zaza Shade." 

^ Dioxide of hydrogen 2 oz. 

Nitric acid . 3 min. 

Aqua ammonia 5 min. 

Resorcine 15 gr. 



260 HAIR 

SILVER HAIR DYES. 

This, and similar hair dyes, consists of two prepara- 
tions, preserved in bottles labeled Nos. I and 2 ; the latter, 
containing the silver solution, should be kept in a dark, 
amber-colored bottle, as the silver salts are decomposed 
by light. For use, some of the liquid from bottle No. I 
is poured into a cup, and the hair is moistened with it by 
means of a soft brush. The liquid from bottle No. 2 is 
now poured into another cup and applied with another 
brush. These dyes are prepared in different strengths 
in order to color the hair brown or black. 

TO DYE THE HAIR BROWN. 

No. i (in white bottle). 

If* Sulphide of potassium 7 oz. 

Alcohol 1 qt. 

No. 2 (in dark bottle). 

IJ Silver nitrate . .4^ oz. 

Distilled water 1 qt. 

TO DYE THE HAIR BLACK. 

No. 1 (in white bottle). 

I£ Sulphide of potassium y 2 lb. 

Alcohol 1 qt. 

No. 2 (in dark bottle). 

R Silver nitrate 5^ oz. 

Distilled water 1 qt. 

The sulphide of potassium appears in fragments of a 
liver-brown mass, which readily dissolves in water. The 
solution must be filtered before being poured into the 
bottle as it becomes turbid in the air. Keep in well 
corked bottles. When the two solutions are brought to- 
gether, black sulphide of silver results and darkens the 
hair. After the use of this preparation, a disagreeable 
odor adheres to the hair, which may be readily removed 
by washing. 



HAIR 261 

CHRISTADORO'S HAIR DYE. 

No. i contains sixty grains of pyro-gallic acid dis- 
solved in one dram of alcohol and 4 ounces of distilled 
water ; No. 2 consists of 1 ounce of nitrate of silver dis- 
solved in 1 ounce of distilled water and 1 ounce of con- 
centrated ammonia, to which is added y 2 ounce of gum 
arabic dissolved in 3 ounces of distilled water. 

WALNUT HAIR DYE. 

1^ Green walnut shells 2 oz. 

Alum % oz. 

Olive oil 4 oz. 

Heat together in a water bath until the water has been 
completely expelled, then express, filter and perfume. 

TO BLEACH THE HAIR. 

There are several preparations on the market, under 
different names, as Goldine, Auricome, Golden Hair 
Water, etc. These preparations are nothing but per- 
oxide of hydrogen, perfumed. When this is applied to 
the hair as a bleaching agent, it should be diluted and 
the hair deprived of its oil by first washing it with soap 
and water. 

HAIR RESTORATIVES AND GROWERS. 

NOSTRUMS. 
The following formulae will allow you to become 
familiar with many of the extensively advertised hair 
preparations : 

SEVEN SUTHERLAND SISTERS' HAIR GROWER. 

IJ Bay rum 7 oz. 

Distilled extract of witch hazel 9 oz. 

Common salt , 1 dr. 

Hydrochloric acid (5 per cent.) 1 dr. 

Magnesia q. s. 

Mix the bay rum and distilled extract of witch hazel, 
and shake with a little magnesia ; filter and in the filtrate 
dissolve the salt and add the hydrochloric acid. The 



262 HAIR 

agitation with magnesia causes the preparation to assume 
a yellow color, but by rendering it very slightly acid, 
with the hydrochloric acid, this color all disappears. — 
(New Idea.) 

ALLEN'S WORLDS HAIR RESTORER. 

If Sulphur 6 parts. 

Acetate of lead 8 parts. 

Glycerine ioo parts. 

Perfumed water 200 parts. 

Dissolve the acetate of lead in the water, then add the 
glycerine and sulphur. Any aromatic water may be used 
for making the water. — (American Pharmacist.) 

HALL'S HAIR RENEWER. 

1$ Sulphur 1 dr. 

Lead acetate 1 dr. 

Salt 2 dr. 

Glycerine 8 02. 

Bay rum 2 oz. 

Jamaica rum 4 oz. 

Water 16 oz. 

BORDET'S HAIR TONIC. 

The American Druggist gives the following for this 
preparation, and it is my opinion that it is much better 
than the lead and sulphur mixtures: 

If Carbolic acid 30 min. 

Tincture of cardamon 30 min. 

Tincture of nux vomica 2 dr. 

Compound tincture cinchona I dr. 

Cologne water 1 dr. 

Cocoanut oil q. s. ad 4 oz. 

AYER'S HAIR VIGOR. 

^ Acetate of lead 3 parts. 

Flowers of sulphur 2 j)arts. 

Glycerine 14 parts. 

Water 80 parts. 

— (Formula d'Hygiene Populaire.) 



BEAUTY 263 



THE BEAUTY SPECIALIST. 



The above title describes another type of specialist 
with which every city is familiar. These specialists are 
generally of the feminine gender, and their finely fur- 
nished parlors are found on every fashionable thorough- 
fare. As most women are ambitious to become hand- 
some, we find these specialists well patronized, and "for 
ways that are dark and tricks that are vain" they are, 
unapproachable. 

Georgine Champbaron, of Paris, was among the first 
to establish a reputation with her famous rejuvenating 
treatment. Afterwards Mrs. Harriet Hubbard Ayer 
opened an establishment on Fifth avenue, New York, for 
the purpose of beautifying the complexion of patients. 
From a financial standpoint, her success must have been 
phenomenal, for at the present time, we find temples of 
beauty everywhere, with a presiding princess, who is 
usually a woman past her first youth, hard in feature, 
illiterate to a degree, but seductive in manner and fluent 
in argument. 

These "ladies" generally claim to be philanthropists, 
pure and simple, animated solely by a desire to help their 
less beautiful sisters (at a trifling charge of from fifty to 
three hundred dollars for each case). Their primary 
training as beauty specialists is often obtained at some 
fashionable manicure or hair-dressing establishment, 
where they have acted as an apprentice and learned to 
listen to and sympathize with women who are not blessed 
with good complexions by nature. 

A clever woman at once finds the field a large and 
profitable one, and enters into business on her own re- 
sponsibility, with a few pretty young ladies as her as- 
sistants. 

By consulting some recipe book, she finds the formu- 
lae for the preparations required in her practice, places 



264 



BEAUTY 



them in fancy bottles and labels them "Creme de Beaute 
of the French Court," "Helen of Troy Skin Rejuvenator,'* 
"Circle's Bloom/' or "Elixir of Youth." They also have 
wrinkle-eradicators, hair dyes and bleaches, plasters, etc. 
They have steaming and other appliances which impress 
their patrons favorably. 

, A young lady once delivered herself into the hands of 
one of these philanthropic "ladies," for the purpose of 
learning their methods, and under her treatment, was 




FACE STEAMING APPARATUS. 



kneaded, pinched, massaged, greased, steamed, lotioned, 
powdered, painted and elixired during six weary days. 
She claims that she got along with the treatment more 
easily than many others, for as soon as she had retired 
from their apartments, she washed their stuff off, and 
was not self-sacrificing enough to undergo the rejuvenat- 
ing process, for she did not care to submit to the torture, 
and be flayed alive. She describes the process of beauti- 
fying as divided into three departments, bleaching, 
steaming and plastering. The almost invariable basis 
of the complexion bleach is corrosive sublimate, the 



BEAUTY 265 

action of which is to remove the outer cuticle, leaving 
the smooth, pink underskin exposed. The pain con- 
nected with the use of this preparation varies according 
to the strength in which it is applied, and the delicacy 
of thcskin. 

The face-steaming treatment used at these institu- 
tions is too well known to require much description. The 
face is thoroughly greased, and then bathed with medi- 
cated steam. This opens the pores and allows all secre- 
tions to escape, including the natural oil which is abso- 
lutely essential for the nourishment of the skin. The 
great argument in favor of the face-steaming treatment 
is, that it removes all impurities, which is quite true, but 
experience has demonstrated that the continual and ex- 
cessive use of these steaming treatments will weaken 
the secretory glands of the skin, and have a tendency to 
leave it dry by extracting its oil. This, of course, is the 
cause of wrinkles, which no amount of their creams or 
flesh food will repair. 

The most horrible and barbarous of all the com- 
plexion processes is known by the alluring title of '*fe- 
juvenating treatment," and is guaranteed to make a per- 
son look twenty years younger in a few weeks. This is 
practically a revival of the torture process in vogue in 
France in the fifteenth century, and the suffering which 
it entails varies only in degree. 

Unlike the other treatments given, the skin, in this 
process, is peeled off in strips. The face is first bathed 
with a mixture of iodine some use the pure tincture. 
Plasters are then applied, which not only loosen the 
skin, but draw out a thick, milky pus. The outer skin 
is finally torn off with the plaster, leaving the half-raw 
and agonizingly sensitive under-cuticle exposed. When 
the surface has entirely healed, the shortest time being 
from four to eight days, the complexion in many cases 
is really marvelously beautiful, although all. the lines of 
character have disappeared, leaving the face as expres- 
sionless as that of a doll. 



266 BEAUTY 

For weeks afterward, the faintest breath of wind or 
the touch of the softest cloth in bathing the face, causes 
the most excruciating pain. In a few months after tak- 
ing this treatment, the sensitive skin commences to show 
thousands of criss-cross lines almost imperceptible at 
first, but gradually deeping until the face, when 
viewed closely, shows a shrivelled surface somewhat re- 
sembling that of a peach which has been plucked too 
soon. In connection with the above treatment, these 
specialists often give massage treatments ; bleach, dye 




APPLYING AND REMOVING THE PLASTERS IN THE REJUVENATING 
SYSTEM. 

and shampoo the hair, treat baldness, and remove super- 
fluous hair, have remedies for pimples on the face and 
other skin diseases, advertise flesh foods to develop the 
bust and to round out the neck. They also have complex- 
ion tablets and other beautifying articles. 

Although physicians, as a rule, do not care to assume 
the dignified title of "Beauty Specialists," they are often 
requested to compound toilet preparations for some of 
the above conditions. I, therefore, append some of the 
formulas of their secret preparations, which may be of 
service to them. 



BEAUTY 



267 



THE SKIN. 

It is this part of the anatomy that offers the "beauty 
specialists" their greatest opportunity to hold high car- 
nival, and we find their preparations extensively adver- 
tised to cure every thing from a pimple to a "mother 
mark." Among the remedies used for beautifying the 
skin, glycerine, no doubt, heads the list. Pure glycerine 
should never be used, however, in concentrated form, as 
it abstracts water from the skin and produces a sensation 
of heat and burning, but when it is combined with an 
equal part of rose water, we find it a very valuable agent 




FAKE PICTURES USED BY BEAUTY SPECIALISTS TO DEMONSTRATE THE 
VALUE OF THE REJUVENATING TREATMENT. 

in rendering the skin white, supple, soft and glossy. No 
other remedy will clear a sun-burned skin in so short a 
time as this preparation. 

Owing to the penetrating properties of lanoline, we 
find it also a valuable preparation, in which other reme- 
dies may be incorporated to convey them to the under 
cuticle. Corrosive sublimate is the remedy most gener- 
ally used as a bleaching agent. 

To remove freckles, moth patches, liver spots, etc. 1 
subjoin several formulae which are used extensively in 
treating these different conditions of the skin: 



268 BEAUTY 

ALBADERMINE TREATMENT. 

Under the title of Albadermine, a foreign specialist 
has devised a method of treatment for the removal of 
"tan" and the milder varieties of "freckles," which is as 
follows : 

SOLUTION A. 

]J Potass : iodide 2 dr. 

Iodini pur 6 gr. 

Glycerine 3 dr. 

Infus. rosae 4 oz. 

Dissolve the iodide of potassium in a small quantity 
of the infusion and a drachm of the glycerine ; with this 
fluid moisten the iodine in a glass mortar and rub it 
down, gradually adding more liquid until complete solu- 
tion has been obtained ; then stir in the remainder of the 
ingredients, and bottle the mixture. 

SOLUTION B. 

Tfy Sodii hyposulph. (Thiosulphate) . . . .J4 oz. 
Aqua rose I pt. 

Dissolve and filter. 

With a small camel's hair pencil or piece of fine 
sponge apply a little of "Albadermine A" to the tanned 
or freckled surface, until a slight but tolerably uniform 
brownish-yellow skin has been produced. At the expira- 
tion of fifteen or twenty minutes moisten a piece of cam- 
bric, linen or soft rag with "B," and lay it upon the af- 
fected part, removing, squeezing away the liquid, soak- 
ing it afresh, and again applying until the iodide stain 
has disappeared. Repeat the entire process thrice daily 
but diminish the frequency of the application if tender- 
ness is produced. In the course of from three or four 
days to as many weeks the freckles will either have dis- 
appeared entirely or their intensity will be greatly di- 
minished. "Summer freckles" yield very speedily to this 
treatment. 



BEAUTY 269 

GLYCERINE CREAM. 

^ Glycerine Yz lb. 

Almond oil 14 oz. 

Rose water 12^4 oz. 

Spermaceti 3^ oz. 

Wax 480 gr. 

Oil of rose 60 gr. 

Melt the wax and spermaceti by gentle heat, then add 
the almond oil, next the glycerine mixed with rose water 
and the oil of rose. This makes a splendid preparation 
for sun-burn, chapped hands, etc. 

MELVINA CREAM. 

The following formula will make a preparation closely 
resembling the original: 

5 Saxoline 265 gr. 

White wax 50 gr. 

Spermaceti 30 gr. 

Bismuth oxychloride 40 gr. 

Mercuric chloride ]/2 gr. 

Spirit of rose (4 drachms of oil to 

one pint) 20 min. 

Oil of bitter almonds 1-8 min. 

Warm the saxoline, white wax and spermaceti to- 
gether until melted. While cooling incorporate the bis- 
muth oxychloride and the mercuric chloride; this last 
previously dissolved in a little alcohol, and when nearly 
cold, stir in the perfume. 

MELVINA LOTION. 

This lotion is used in connection with the Melvina 
Cream, and is recommended by the manufacturers to re- 
move freckles, pimples, moth-patches, liver moles, ring- 
worm and salt rheum, and also to straighten wrinkles in 
the face, and cleanse and soften the skin to youthful 
freshness. The following formula will make a prepara- 
tion similar to this remedy: 



270 BEAUTY 

IJ Mercuric chloride 2 gr. 

Zinc oxide 3 dr. 

Almonds 2 dr. 

Rose water i pt. 

Make an emulsion of the almonds and rose water; dis- 
solve the mercuric chloride and add this with the zinc 
oxide. — -(New Idea.) 

ROSALIND. 

This is a cosmetic for tinting the fingers, face and 
lips, which preserves the skin, cures chapped hands, etc. 
The New Idea gives the following formula as approx- 
imately replacing the original : 

3J Eosine io gr. 

White wax 30 gr. 

Spermaceti 30 gr. 

Amber saxoline 410 gr. 

MADAM RUPPERT'S FACE BLEACH. 

Recent analysis assigns the following composition to 
this highly lauded cosmetic : 

IJ Corrosive sublimate 1 gr. 

Tincture of benzoin 7 gr. 

Water 500 gr. 

Mix. — (Western Druggist.) 

COMEDONE LOTION. 

T? Sulphuric ether 1 oz. 

Carbonate ammonia 1 dr. 

Boracic acid 20 gr. 

Water, to make 16 dr. 

Mix, and apply twice a day. 

The ammonia carbonate forms a soap with the grease. 
The borocic acid acts as an antiseptic and the ether as a 
solvent. — (Analytic.) 



BEAUTY 271 

HAGAN'S MAGNOLIA BALM. 

Said to resemble the genuine. 

3J Pure oxide of zinc I oz. 

Rose water 4 oz. 

Glycerine I dr. 

Perfume 25 drops. 

— (Lillard's Prac. Hints and Formulae.) 

LAC VIRGINS. 

Cosmetic for the skin : 

IJ Tinct. of benzoin 10 parts. 

Rose water 150 parts. 

Mix. 

A teaspoonful of this mixture, added to an ordinary 
hand-basin of water, makes an admirable cosmetic for the 
skin of the face and hands. 

FUNK'S CREAM OF ROSES. 

3J Tragacanth I dr. 

Glycerine 1 oz. 

Triple extract of white rose 1 oz. 

Water .8 oz. 

Carmine q. s. to color 

DELIGHT OF THE HAREM. 

This name sounds quite Oriental enough to enable 
one to conjure up a vision of some dusky beauty. This 
cream is used to whiten the skin of the neck and arms 
temporarily and is especially useful for the purpose of 
disguising a bad skin in the evening. 

I£ Oxide of zinc 1 oz. 

Spermaceti 1 oz. 

White wax 1 oz. 

Paraffin 1 oz. 

Orange blossom oil. 20 min. 

Almond oil 6 oz. 

LA DIAPHANE. 

This preparation is also known as Sarah Bernhardt's 
face powder, and has had a wonderful sale in some lo- 
calities. 



272 BEAUTY 

IJ Talcum powder 10 oz. 

Rice flour 10 oz. 

Zinc oxide (Hubbuck's-) 5 oz. 

Mix well and perfume with a mixture of oils of berga- 
mot, ylang ylang and neroli. 

RED LIP SALVE. 

^ Expressed oil of almonds 2 lbs. 

Wax 4^ oz. 

Spermaceti A^/2 oz. 

Oil of geranium 150 gr. 

Oil of santal 90 gr. 

Alkanet root 4^4 oz. 

The beautiful red color which distinguishes this 
preparation is produced with alkanet root ; the mass, be- 
fore the essential oils are added, is macerated for from 
six to eight hours under frequent stirring with the com- 
minuted root and then decanted from the sediment. 

FINGER NAIL POLISH. 

The finger nail being an appendage to the skin, we 
give the following formula for imparting smoothness and 
gloss to the nails : 

^ Oxide of tin 4 lbs. 

Carmine ^4 oz - 

Oil of lavender 150 gr. 

Oil of bergamot 150 gr. 

The oxide of tin must be an impalpable powder and 
is mixed with the other substances in a mortar. 

ECCHYMOSIS. 

The following formula is the very best treatment 
known for discolored skin due to a bruise, especially the 
so-called "black eye :" 

I£ Tincture of Capsicum 1 dr. 

Gum arabic 1 dr. 

Glycerine 10 drops. 

Paint this over the affected parts, allow it to dry and 
then apply again, until the surface has three or four coats. 
The formulae for other toilet preparations will be found 
in the chapter on Secret Nostrums. 



BEAUTY 



273 



THE NEW 



REJUVENATING OR 
TREATMENT. 



ENAMELING 



One of the most amusing incidents the writer has 
ever had in investigating beauty culture, was to visit the 
parlors of an itinerant beauty specialist, who had adver- 




r ; 



RESULTS OBTAINED FROM THE NEW REJUVENATING TREATMENT— ONE SIDE 
OF FACE TREATED. ILLUSTRATION USED BY BEAUTY SPECIALISTS. 

tised quite extensively, and given several lectures regard- 
ing her rejuvenating treatment for the removal of wrin- 
kles, etc. Her parlors were always crowded and she did a 
flourishing business during her stay in the city. 

By allowing her to understand that I wished to secure 
an interest in the business, she was extremely willing to 

[18] 



274 BEAUTY 

enlighten me as much as possible regarding her method 
of treatment. The specialist occupied three rooms in one 
of the leading hotels; one was used as a reception room, 
one as a consultation and treatment room and the other 
for what she called the "retiring room." Patients were 
required to take a course of ten treatments for $15.00 in 
advance. At this nominal price she found many victims 
from all walks of life, but old maid school teachers 
seemed to predominate. 

The treatment, or enameling process, consisted of 
painting the entire face, using a common half-inch round 
paint brush, with the following formula, which I learned 
afterwards : 

I£ Mercury bichloride 2 gr. 

Boracic acid 2 dr. 

White of eggs 1 pt. 

Mix by beating and trituration. 

The entire face was given a heavy coat of this sub- 
stance and allowed to dry, when another coat was ap- 
plied. This was repeated several times. With the assist- 
ance of a fan this process took about fifteen minutes and 
several ladies were treated at the same time. After the 
last coat they were placed in the retiring room and re- 
quested to stay there three hours ; they were not allowed 
to talk or open their mouth, for fear they would break 
the enamel. Imagine yourself placed in a room full of 
ladies, where all is silence and their faces as expression- 
less as a doll's ; it reminds one of a visit to some ancient 
Egyptian, incarnated mummery. 

The process removes the wrinkles, however, but of 
course, the results are only temporary, and many of the 
ladies abandon the treatment before the course is com- 
pleted. This illustrates one of the many ridiculous things 
which a fluent and persuasive tongue can accomplish in 
inducing the gentler sex to improve their complexion and 
restore their youthfulness. 



BEAUTY 



275 



TO DEVELOP THE BUST. 

It is very doubtful if there is any one thing other than 
a beautiful complexion that a woman admires more than 
a full, symmetrical bust. This has caused the inventor 
and the specialist to contrive all kinds of devices to assist 
nature in the development of the mammary glands in 
flat-chested women, and we find bust foods and vacuum 
treatments advertised very extensively. 




THE ABOVE ILLUSTRATES THE VACUUM INSTRUMENT AND THE 
METHOD OF APPLYING. 

The vacuum treatment consists of a cup-shaped glass 
(see cut) which will fit around the gland, and when suc- 
tion is made at the apex, either with a rubber bulb or 
pump, it will draw the breast into the cup, where it is 
allowed to remain in this expanded condition during the 
night. 

Bust foods are nothing more or less than lanoline,. 
which may be adulterated with lard or cheap oils and 
perfumed. This is rubbed into the breast by a course 
of massage treatment, which occupies from one or two 
hours each evening before retiring. I have never had 
any experience in the use of either of these treatments, 
but the accompanying cut is supposed to represent the 
results obtained from their use. 



276 BEAUTY 

The Medical World has the following to say regard- 
ing the development of the bust: If woman's "crowning 
glory" be her hair, it is certain that a well-developed bust 
is a more attractive feature to most people. Many women 
go through life with scrawny figures which are a source 
of constant mortification to them, when a little advice 
and proper exercise would modify matters materially. 
The quack advertisements in the yellowest of lay papers 
are matched by the better worded advertisements in the 
highest class of ladies' magazines in bidding for the 
money of the credulous. The proof is evident that there 
is a demand for some method of developing the figure, 
and the family physician should know what advice to 
give ; in fact he should frequently have the tact to give 
advice unasked. The average physician would ridicule 
a lady patient who asked such advice, when he should 
encourage and aid. Of course one must ridicule any 
drug which has the merit (?) of "developing the bust 
four to six inches in a few days," but we can instruct our 
patients in the use of inunctions, massage, bathing, and 
breathing so as to obtain for them appreciable results. 
The following; ! xtract is taken from Ostrom's Massage 
and Swedish Movements : "Massage and exercise are 
the only means by which the bust may be properly de- 
veloped. The patient should be taught how to breathe 
properly, and for the quick development of the mammary 
glands, use in massage the following preparation : 

I£ Cocoa butter 2 oz. 

Lanolin 2 oz. 

Extract saw palmetto 2 oz. 

Oil cajuput 1 oz. 

Oil sassafras ^2 oz. 

This preparation has not a fine odor, but produces a 
pleasant sensation in the skin. It is a valuable compound 
wherever we wish to develop a part, but it should not be 
used on the face." 

A few deep breaths taken on rising each morning will 
work wonders in the course of a few months. The grow- 



BEAUTY 



277 



ing girl should be taught to stand and walk with the 
abdomen drawn back, the chest thrown well forward, 
shoulders well thrown back and on a line with the hips. 
Bathing with alcohol or cold water on rising or retiring 
is not only grateful, but beneficial. If your flat chested 
girl patients do not speak to you on such matters, it is 
your duty to speak to them (probably through their 
mothers), thus not only earning their gratitude, but ben- 
efiting their health. 









y^^l 




If 




1 ,' 




wkf* 






Pi 






*w; 




«n : » 




?#* 












rm^S! 


w 


/, °'l~ i/ > 




r 



THE RESULTS OBTAINED FROM VACUUM MASSAGE AND FLESH 
FOOD TREATMENTS. 



GALEGA. 

Galega is the internal remedy used by most mail 
order specialists and at local institutes for bust develop- 
ment, and it is claimed that wonderful results have been 
obtained in many cases, not only as a bust developer, but 
as an aphrodisiac for women. The discovery of this drug 
was due to its extensive use in the central parts of Eu- 
rope, where it is given to cows to increase the quantity of 
their milk from thirty to fifty per cent. 



278 HYDROPHOBIA 



PASTEUR'S METHOD 



FOR 



TREATING HYDROPHOBIA 



One of the most successful of the toxin treatments is 
Pasteur's treatment for rabies. From the years 1886 to 
1893 inclusive there were 14,430 cases treated at the 
Pasteur Institute in Paris, with only 72 deaths. This 
leaves a mortality of one-half of one per cent. The 
institute in New York treated 424 cases with but two 
deaths. 

As yet there has never been a microbe discovered 
which is associated with rabies, yet proof is abundant 
that the disease is due to a micro-organism. Pasteur 
found the virus most abundant in the spinal cord of 
the rabid animal and showed that its inoculation upon a 
healthy animal will produce the characteristic symptoms 
of the disease, also that the virus may be attenuated in 
virulence by drying the spinal cord containing it. 

He also found by inoculating on each successive day 
the virus from a cord dried during a shorter period than 
that used on the previous day the animal so treated may 
be gradually made almost certainly secure against rabies, 
either from the bite of a rabid animal or from any 
method of subcutaneous inoculation. Upon these facts 
he founded the preventative treatment of this disease, 
commenced by him in Paris in 1885, which consists 
in the daily inoculation of the bitten person with 
emulsions of gradually increasing virulence, made from 
the dried spinal cord of rabbits that have died from 
rabies. By this procedure chemical substances (toxins) 



HYDROPHOBIA 279 

produced during the life of some specific organism and 
known to be inhibitory of its growth, are introduced 
into the system of the patient (V. Horsley). 

Dr. Horwitz gives the following as his mode of con- 
ducting the treatment of a case of hydrophobia: 

The substance used for inoculation is perfectly pure 
veal broth, free from microbes, in which has been dis- 
solved a little of the spinal marrow of a rabid rabbit. 
The broth is carefully prepared and put into a glass re- 
ceiver of spherical form with a long neck, hermetically 
sealed. It is then submitted for half an hour, under 
pressure, to a heat of 239 degrees F. This boiling is 
for the purpose of destroying all germs. When per- 
fectly clear it is decanted in one of Pasteur's receptacles. 
To obtain the infected marrow, a rabbit is chloroformed 
and trepanned, the infected broth is injected under the 
dura mater, then the edges of the wound are stitched to- 
gether, and the rabbit is left to recover. 

After the inocculation, rabies declares itself in the 
rabbit at the end of six days. Two or three days later 
the animal dies. The spinal cord is carefully extracted 
and then hung up in a flask containing caustic potash. 
It is placed in a room kept at a heat of 68 degrees F. 
When the infected substance is to be used, a piece about 
a centimetre in length is cut off and mixed with pure 
broth. The first day the patient receives half a hypo- 
dermic syringeful of broth, with marrow of thirteen days' 
strength. The following day the patient receives a hypo- 
dermic injection of twelve days' strength. Each day the 
marrow is one day younger, the operation being repeated 
daily for twelve days. 

Rabies may be considered a very rare disease and 
many old practitioners have never seen a case. It is 
therefore best for the physician to send the patient who 
has been bitten by a rabid animal to one of the Pasteur 
institutes. He should be accompanied by a piece of 
the medulla oblongata of the rabid animal if possible. 
This will allow the physicians in charge to determine 
whether or not the animal was rabid. 



280 TAPE-WORM 



THE . 
TAPE-WORM SPECIALIST. 



These gentlemen are, as a rule, not graduates of 
medicine, and often prefix the title "professor" instead 
of doctor to their names. They are either permanently 
located in cities or travel through the country, lectur- 
ing on worms, from a buggy on the street corners of 
small towns, where they display large bottles of the 
•different specimens of worms, which they claim to have 
removed. 

They cure all kinds of worms and, by their persuasive 
oratory, make a large portion of their audiences believe 
that they have worms whether they have or not. The 
fact that physicians often overlook the symptoms of 
worms, gives them an opportunity to sway their audi- 
ence by their convincing arguments. 

The treatment of tape-worms is very simple and spe- 
cific. The best remedy, without a doubt, is the tannate 
of pelletierine. This is best administered in the form of 
Tanrat's solution of pelletierine, which is sold in bottles 
containing one adult dose, for two dollars each. I have 
used this in several cases without a single failure. I 
regret that I cannot give the formula of this preparation, 
but it -is a preparation like many others used by physi- 
cians, of which the manufacturers hold the vehicle a 
secret, and charge many times the price it is worth. 

If a physician wished to prepare a similar prepara- 
tion, from crude drugs, the following formula comes from 
high authority, and is said to be used with equal suc- 
cess: 

5 Granati 2 oz. 

Pepinis 1 oz. 

Aspidii oleoresin Yi dr. 

Aqua acacia and syrup q. s. ad 9 oz. 



TAPE-WORM 281 

The granati should be mixed with a pint and a half of 
water and boiled down to seven ounces. The pepinis 
should be deprived of their outer coats and beaten to a 
paste with fine powdered sugar. The aspidii should now 
be made into a emulsion with acacia and the decoction of 
granati, then added to the paste of pepinis and add 
sufficient flavored syrup to bring the mixture up to nine 
ounces. 

One-third of this mixture should be taken in the 
morning after a light diet and laxative the previous day. 
If the first dose is not successful, the second and third 
portions can be taken at intervals of every three hours. 
When the worm comes away the patient should be sit- 
ting on a vessel partly filled with warm water to pre- 
vent the weight of the expelled portion tearing off the 
head. The patient should be instructed never to attempt 
to pull on the worm, for he will always break it and the 
treatment will have to be repeated. 

Another way is to cover a vessel with a piece of 
mosquito netting so that the cloth bags somewhat into 
the vessel. The faeces will readily pass through and leave 
the worm on top, where it can be easily examined. 

In the large cities we find German specialists who 
have established a reputation among their countrymen 
for removing tape-worms. They are usually successful 
and their method is worthy of mention. Their procedure 
is as follows : The patient is requested to omit two meals 
and during that time a brisk saline cathartic is given 
until the bowels are emptied, after which, they are 
given a teaspoonful of the ethereal oil of male-fern 
(Merck) in a teaspoonful of warm milk. The patient 
can now lie down and suck a lemon. If the dose nause- 
ates him at the end of two or three hours, the patient 
is given an ounce of castor oil with ten drops of oil of 
turpentine and one drop of croton oil. After a short in- 
terval the bowels will move copiously and the worm will 
be expelled. As soon as the worm is expelled it should 
be examined to ascertain if the head is present. 



282 STAMMERING 



THE 
STAMMERING SPECIALIST 



The treatment of stuttering and stammering does 
not properly belong to the physician, as they are habits, 
not diseases, and no medicine will have any effect upon 
them ; but as he is often consulted in regard to these 
impediments of speech, a statement of the manner of 
curing them will not be out of place in this work. They 
differ very slightly, one being an inability to pronounce 
certain words, the other to give certain sounds, and by 
persistent effort both are easily overcome. A New York 
professor, who is a graduate of a German college for the 
study of the vocal organs, says : 

"The whole thing is very simple, so simple that you 
will smile when I tell you the sole and only cause of 
stuttering and stammering is careless respiration. 
People who suffer from the impediment have only to 
pause, take in a long breath, and then, opening the mouth 
in the manner laid down in the charts used by elocu- 
tionists, pronounce the word sharply. Have you ever 
noticed the remarkable fact that people who are inveter- 
ate stammerers are often accomplished vocalists? That 
is because in the act of singing respiration is done in a 
proper way. 

"A novel fact is that the troubles of stammerers or 
stutterers lie entirely with the vowel sounds. Patients 
do not seem to understand this. In describing their 
cases they will tell me that they have difficulty in sound- 
ing 'p' or 'd.' That is where they are wrong. They 



STAMMERING 283 

sound the consonant all right, but stagger at the vowel. 
A patient comes to me, and I say to him, 'Say papa.' He 
will commence, T-p-p-p-p, oh, professor, I c-c-c-c-c-can't 
say p-p-p-p-p-papa.' 

"It is at once apparent that his trouble lies with the 
vowel 'a.' Then the treatment commences. Standing 
before him, I suggest that he take a long breath through 
the partially closed mouth until the lungs are well filled, 
and then, at the moment of exhalation, following my 
direction, he opens the mouth in the proper manner, as 
indicated by a chart, and pronounces with me in a high, 
mechanical voice, 'pawpaw.' This is often repeated, the 
vowels being changed. 

"From words we pass on to sentences and so on to 
introduce in close connection all the vowel sounds. The 
respiration before each vowel sound is necessary. The 
treatment therefore consisis in forming this habit. As 
the patient pupil progresses, the length of this respira- 
tion is reduced, the pronunciation is made in a lower 
pitch and in a few weeks, rarely over five, the most in- 
veterate stutterer can talk fluently and rapidly with no 
sign of his former affliction. But eternal vigilance is 
necessary. 

"Should the apparently cured patient become care- 
less and forget the necessity of respiration as taught him, 
he may relapse into his former state, and then his train- 
ing must be done all over again. A boy of sixteen 
years of age was brought to me. His was a stubborn 
case, but in six weeks I had him talking all right. Time 
passed on for two years. I frequently saw the boy at 
his father's house and was delighted with the cure. Last 
summer he came to my institute. He was as badly off 
as when I first saw him. 

"It seems that his father had sent him on a short 
business trip to Europe, away from the restraining in- 



284 STAMMERING 

fluence of the father, whose ears were always alert for 
any return of his son's affliction, and, much disturbed 
by the noise of the vessel's machinery, he became care- 
less, and having once relapsed he became worse every 
day, and was really forced to shorten his stay abroad and 
return to New York for treatment. 

"He was a bright lad, who readily applied himself to 
my rules, and in a week he was all right again. As a 
matter of fact, he need not have come back to me, but 
could have applied his old lessons with success. 

"The German government has long recognized the 
importance of rational treatment of vocal impediments, 
and school children afflicted in this manner are put 
through a regular course by graduates of the college 
at Frankfort, where this specialty is taught in the govern- 
ment employ. The German treatment is that of ele- 
mentary training in elocution. 

"The habit of imperfect respiration is generally found 
in connection with some diseases of childhood like the 
measles, but a most frequent cause is unconscious imita- 
tion. One stuttering child in a family will set all the 
others to struggling with the vowel sound. An adult 
in conversation with a stuttering person finds it difficult 
to speak without stammering." 

In this city there is an institute for the cure of stam- 
mering and stuttering, and I have an acquaintance who 
took the course and was at the institute for about three 
weeks. Through this gentleman I received the follow- 
ing information, although the professor is very careful 
to keep his methods a secret, and I believe each student 
is required to sign an agreement not to teach or expose 
his methods. 

A synopsis of the treatment is as follows * The first 
day or so the student is "put in silence," that is, he is 



STAMMERING 285 

not allowed to speak a word to anyone. After this, he 
is taught to pronounce each word in syllables and at 
the same time mark each syllable by waving his ringers 
in very much the same way as a director of a band or 
orchestra marks the time of music. To illustrate, have 
the person take a full breath and repeat the following 
sentence and words : "Breathes-there-a-man-with-soul- 
so-dead, who-nev-er-to-him-self-hath-said, this-is-my- 
own-my-nat-ive-land. Con-stan-ti-no-ple ; Phil-a-del- 
phi-a." You will see that each syllable should be pro- 
nounced separately and each word and each syllable 
marked by a right angular wave of the finger or hand, the 
same as a musician marks time. As the pupil progresses, 
he can combine the syllables of words and pronounce 
them as one. 

This is what he called "the method," and it is sur- 
prising to notice how well many extreme stammerers 
can speak after following this method for a few days. 
The method was, no doubt, founded upon the knowledge 
that stutterers could sing with as free flow of words as 
others, and by using this method, he is practically sing- 
ing his conversation without any tune. He gradually 
overcomes the sing-song conversation and talks as freely 
as others. In connection with the method the student 
is given exercises in breathing and pronouncing different 
vowels, reading sentences, etc. 

This is a very simple method and I believe one of 
the best, f or it will cure a large percentage of cases, 
if patients will be persevering and persistent. 



286 hall's hygienic treatment 

HALL'S 
HYGIENIC TREATMENT. 



Several years ago Dr. Wilford Hall attempted to 
startle the medical world by announcing he had made 
a wonderful discovery of a treatment which would cure 
almost every known form of disease, as well as preserve 
health and prolong life, without the use of medicine. 

The pamphlet which unfolds the secrets of this new 
discovery he sold for $4.00, the purchaser agreeing by 
"pledge of honor" not to divluge the treatment outside of 
his or her family. Physicians were allowed, in addition, 
the right of using the treatment on their patients. His 
theory was this : 

"Disease depends upon the absorption of poisonous 
materials from the colon and rectum. Wash this out 
thoroughly with hot water once or twice a day and dis- 
ease is robbed of its power, death of its terror and the 
doctor of his occupation. Use a large quantity of water, 
one or two gallons ; retain it as long as possible and 
that which is not absorbed can finally be expelled, taking 
with it accumulations which have a tendency to create 
disease." He claims this to be a sure cure for con- 
sumption and Bright's disease, while all minor ailments 
vanish like mist before the sun. 

This subject has recently been revived by several New 
York Medical concerns under the name of the "Internal 



HAIR'S HYGIENIC TREATMENT 287 

Bath," and several devises in the way of rectal irrigators 
have been offered the Medical Profession. There is no 
question regarding the value of large injections of water, 
used as a rectal irrigation, thus we find the "Internal 
Bath" will relieve and cure many conditions with greater 
dispatch than medicine. The principle condition where 
this treatment will be found beneficial is in extreme cases 
of constipation, where the fecal accumulations have been 
allowed to remain in the bowels for a long time and a 
systemic absorption of the decomposed matter takes 
place. With this we get all kinds of reflex disturbances, 
sallow skin, chloasma flatulence, anaemia, anorexia, func- 
tional eye diseases, dizziness and blind spells, insomnia, 
fetid breath, sick headache, pyrosis, nausea, low spirited- 
ness, capricious appetite, etc. 

This is one of the most harmless treatments in ex- 
istence, and by washing out and keeping clean, the phy- 
sician will be surprised at the results obtained in many 
cases. It will not be necessary, however, for him to in- 
vest several dollars for "Hall's" or any other system of 
"Internal Bath," as this treatment can be instituted with 
an ordinary one gallon fountain syringe. Although this 
method of "flushing the colon" has been severely criti- 
cised by several members of the Medical Profession, it is 
far from being entirely destitute of merit. 

If physicians will question their patients carefully, 
they will find many of them allow the fecal matter to ac- 
cumulate several days before attempting to expel it and 
these large injections will afford him a valuable adjunct 
in curing these extreme cases of constipation with its 
various reflex detrimental influences. 



288 SECRET PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

SECRET 
PRESCRIPTION WRITING. 



Very often we find physicians who wish to have 
their prescriptions filled at a certain drug store, either 
because they think they have better drugs or else be- 
cause they receive a percentage on prescriptions or per- 
haps they have an interest in the store. This has caused 
different secret systems of prescription writing to be 
introduced. The following very simple method has been 
used in some places and is a very convenient way to 
write prescriptions. 

By the use of this system all medical ingredients are 
divided into grains, minims, and drachms. If the drug 
is a solid, it is designated either as grains or drachms, 
if a liquid, either minims or drachms. Grains and minims 
are distinguished from drachms by the position of the 
period. If the period appears at the right of the number, 
it either means grains or minims (i. one grain or minim) ; 
if at the left of the number, it signifies drachms (.1 one 
drachm). To illustrate, the following prescription will 
give the symbols of both ways of writing the same 
prescription : 

5 Strychnine nitrate y 2 . equals J£ gr. 

Tinct. capsicum 20. equals 20 min. 

F. E. cinchona com 6 equals 6 dr. 

Simple elixir q. s. ad. .32 equals 4 oz. 

M. Sig. A teaspoonful every hour as a "bracer" for 
debauch. 

For writing prescriptions in this way you should have 
special printed prescription blanks directing the patient 
to the pharmacy where it is to be filled or tell the patient 
that he can get it filled only at that certain store. 

To the pharmacist who is not familiar with this way 
of writing prescriptions it is rather puzzling and some 
will refuse to fill the prescriptions altogether, while 
others will attempt to guess it out, which might act to 
the disadvantage of the prescriber. 



NOSTRUMS 289 



THE 
NOSTRUM SPECIALIST 



Xostrum venders should not be classed under the 
title of specialists, but most nostrums have a specialist 
at their helm, who is exercising great energy for the 
sale of his preparations. The amount of money spent 
in advertising the so-called patent medicines will reach 
into the millions every year, and the methods of ad- 
vertisers has created quite a rivalry, and we often see 
one attack another through printer's ink. 

There has been hundreds and hundreds of nostrums 
offered for sale, and while many of them have only be- 
come popular in certain localities, others have gained a 
national or international reputation, depending some- 
what upon the amount of money, energy and cleverness 
displayed in advertising them. It is the author's belief 
that any preparation with a reasonable degree of merit 
can be sold if it is placed before the public in the right 
light, and the amount of popularity gained will depend 
altogether upon the "man behind the gun." To illustrate 
the great and small, I will give some instances which 
have come .to my notice. 

ESTABLISHING THE SALE OF NOSTRUMS IN 
SMALL COMMUNITIES. 

Several years ago I had a friend who was conducting 
a drug store in a small city. One day we entered into 
a discussion regarding the profit made in patent medi- 
cines. I argued that any meritorious preparation could 
be manufactured at about one-third the cost of nostrums 
and would find a ready sale, if the same amount of money 
was expended in advertising; he decided to test the 
project and made up a quantity of King's Consumption 
Cure, after the formula given on another page. The 
preparation was identical with King's Consumption Cure, 

[19] 



290 NOSTRUMS 

except that he added more caramel to give it a deeper 
color. This was cartooned and labeled nicely and placed 
upon the market under the name of Halwood's Cough 
Cure. By keeping his advertisement persistently before 
the public, he has created a great demand for the prepara- 
tion, which today is bringing him a greater profit than 
all the rest of his drug business. Although the prepara- 
tion is only known in one county, there is no doubt that 
if he would exercise more energy and use more capital, 
he would create a demand for the preparation through- 
out the state, or perhaps the United States, and it would 
gain the same popularity as the original ; but he is con- 
tented with his lot. One county satisfied his ambition. 
This is given to show how the sale of a nostrum can be 
limited or expanded according to the ambition of the pro- 
prietor. 

There are several other ways in which patent med- 
icines have been brought before the public. Most of 
the Indian remedies have been introduced through 
Indian medicine companies, who travel from town to 
town ; pitch their tents on some public thoroughfare and 
give an Indian show. The presiding professor tells the 
story of the skill the Indians possess in selecting remedies 
for the sick and suffering (?). The New Idea gives the 
following regarding a company that visited this city a 
few years ago for the introduction and sale of 

HARTLEY'S SOUTH AMERICA CURE. 

"During the summer of the present year a man calling 
himself Prof. Hartley occupied a vacant lot in Detroit, 
with a large tent, lighted by electric light, wherein he 
had immense audiences every evening during his stay, 
which lasted some two months. The professor gave a 
short lecture upon a South American cure, which he 
stated to be composed of roots, herbs, seeds, barks, and 
flowers growing exclusively in South America, and used 
for centuries by the Araucanians, a tribe of people who 
inhabit the western slope of the Andes, in the southern 
part of Chili. During his lecture the professor managed 



NOSTRUMS 291 

to give the audience to understand that this wonderful 
medicine performed more cures of indigestion, dyspepsia, 
catarrh, rheumatism, liver complaints, and kidney dis- 
eases, than any other medicine on the face of the earth. 
Being curious to know something more concerning the 
internal constitution of this South America Cure, we pur- 
chased a bottle, and subjected it to an analysis, according 
to which we find that it consists of fluid extract of rhu- 
barb, 8 parts ; fluid licorice and anise, each 2 parts ; fluid 
.capsicum, Yz part; fluid aloes, y& part; alcohol, 6 parts; 
water enough to make 32 parts, to which a small per- 
centage of sodium bicarbonate is added, about ten grains 
to the ounce. How is this for a South American cure, 
which country -does not furnish to commence one in- 
gredient in the nostrum? It is asserted that nearly 60,000 
bottles were sold in Detroit in a few weeks that this so- 
called professor held forth." 

Other medicine firms depend exclusively upon news- 
papers, circulars, and sampling, free prescriptions, etc. 
The following will give you an idea of the way the 
free prescription fake schemes are worked : 

DR. CHURCHILL'S PRESCRIPTIONS. 

The "Churchill Prescriptions" are still being sent out 
"free." As this particular form of the "sands of life" 
kind of philanthropy will be new to some readers, we 
will copy literally, as a sample, one of the prescriptions, 
which is for "nervous debility," etc. : 

I? Pareira brava % oz. 

Hydrastis C y 2 oz. 

Peruvian bark calisaya % oz. 

Bromide potassium . .y 2 oz. 

Carbonate lithia 1 dr. 

The "mode of preparing" is given as follows : 

"Put one-quarter ounce pareira brava to one ounce 
of boiling water ; let it stand for two hours ; then add 
of finely powdered hydrastis C, one ounce ; mix well and 
reduce to the consistency of syrup by evaporation. Put 
one ounce peruvian bark calisaya to two ounces of boil- 



292 NOSTRUMS 

ing water; let it boil five minutes; then filter and add 
one and one-half ounces bromide potassium. Wash two 
drachms in the salts of carbonate lithia in proper vessels, 
and add all the ingredients together, and heat on a slow 
fire in a close covered vessel to ioo degrees specific 
gravity; remove it to a mortar, pulverize well, and 
triturate. Divide the whole mixture into fifteen powders." 

The reader is warned in the customary fashion 
against "unprincipled druggists" who undertake to pre- 
pare the "prescriptions" as "best they can,' and is invited 
to send to the advertiser for the "remedies." 

The difference between these prescriptions and the 
"Blodgetti" and "Arabian sea-grass" operation is, that 
the former direct nothing but medicines that really exist, 
but cannot be "compounded" according to the absurd 
directions, which appear very learned to the average 
reader. 

The only course left open to a conscientious pharma- 
cist who is asked to prepare such a prescription, is to 
inform the customer of its exact nature, and to "back up" 
his statements by the Circular, in which he will find all 
such schemes explained as they arise. As people seem 
to take more kindly to what they see in print than to 
what is told them by a familiar acquaintance, this plan 
has been found to work well ; the pharmacist sustaining 
his reputation for knowledge and ability. 

CORRASSA COMPOUND. 

Another free recipe for the permanent cure of 
spermatorrhoea, seminal weakness, involuntary emis- 
sions, impotence, etc. : 

1$ Extract of corrassa apimis 8 dr. 

Extract of salarmo umbellifera 4 dr. 

Powdered alkermes latifolia 3 dr. 

Extract of carsadoc herbalis 6 dr. 

Mix well together in a mortar, then put the mixture 
in a box and keep it covered, or wrap it in paper and 
cover with tinfoil to exclude the air. For a dose, take 
about one-half a tea-spoonful of the mixture, and moisten 



NOSTRUMS 293 

it with a little cold water in a glass or cup, then add about 
two table-spoonfuls of cold water, or just enough to en- 
able you to take it down easily. Take the medicine at 
night before going to bed, and in the morning before 
eating. If you wish to sweeten it you may add as much 
sugar or syrup to each dose as may suit your taste. The 
circular continues as follows: 

"The above named herbs, so remarkable for their heal- 
ing qualities, are found in the great valleys of the Am- 
azon and through most of the valleys of the South 
American mountains. Their wonderful medicinal prop- 
erties are known to the Indian medicine men, and also 
to some of the learned missionaries from Europe, who 
reside in South America. 

This particular combination of remedies is called 
the Corrassa Compound, taking its name from the first 
of the four medicines which compose the recipe when it 
is ready for use. 

The Corrassa Compound acts particularly on the 
membranes which line the urinary and genital organs, 
allaying irritation, curing the unhealthy discharges, and 
imparting a healthy tone to the nerves and tissues which 
compose these parts. Its tonic properties give strength 
to the weak and incompetent, while its soothing prop- 
erties keep down over-excitement of the sexual organs. 
In gonorrhoea or gleet this medicine cures almost like 
magic. It is also highly beneficial for females who suf- 
fer from leucorrhoea or whites. 

This remedy from South America (the land of medi- 
cines) is entirely a product of the vegetable world. No 
deleterious ingredients enter into its composition ; no 
injury to the constitution can possibly occur from its 
use, and no other remedy will so effectually eradicate 
mercury arid other mineral poisons from the body. On 
the human system it acts like a charm. It improves the 
digestion, purifies the blood, gives tone to the nerves, 
prevents the tendency to consumption, imparts to the 
skin a fresh bloom, and gives to the countenance an ani- 
mated and brilliant expression. The good effects of this 
medicine in my own case you will find related in the 



294 NOSTRUMS 

following circular, which you will please read." (Extract 
from accompanying circular.) 

"Following this the Rev. Jos. T. Inman tells a 
plaintive story of how he suffered from the effects of 
his youthful indiscretions; how he tried all the best 
physicians in America and Europe; how at last his 
friends managed to transport him in the good ship Rein- 
deer, R. I. Marsh, captain, to Para, South America, to 
spend his last hours as a missionary among the heathen. 
While there he devoted his "spare time to the study of 
medicinal plants," and while doing so, "first learned the 
virtues of the Corrassa Compound," and also made the 
acquaintance of a "learned and venerable physician 
named Ferandez Colina, a native of Spain, who had 
studied in Paris, and had traveled extensively through 
South America." 

All of this is intended to frighten and obtain money 
from the hoped-for victim. No such drugs as are given 
above being in existence, the dupe is expected to pur- 
chase them from the "Reverend" Inman. 

This wonderful ( ?) preparation having been analyzed 
by Dr. A. B. Lyons, of Detroit, was found to consist of: 

I£ Gentian 15 per cent. 

Licorice 15 per cent. 

Sugar 50 per cent. 

Sodium bicarb 17^ per cent. 

Cochineal 2^/2 per cent. 

All in fine powder. — (New Idea.) 

THE RAPID METHOD OF CREATING A LARGE 
DEMAND FOR NOSTRUMS. 

One of the most novel and profitable ways of intro- 
ducing patent medicines was told me by a druggist, who 
Avas formerly proprietor of a drug store in northern 
Michigan, and I think the story will be sufficiently in- 
teresting to repeat here, from the fact that the company 
is now located in Columbus, Ohio, and is among the 
largest of patent medicine advertisers, as it spends sev- 
eral hundred thousand dollars every year in advertising. 



NOSTRUMS 295 

This company had three preparations for which it wished 
to create a rapid demand, and its method was to send an 
advance agent to various given points, to contract with 
some local druggist to place so many gross of each 
kind of medicine in his store for sale. The drug- 
gist was not to pay for the medicines until they were 
entirely disposed of, when he was expected to pay the 
regular wholesale price. After making the contract with 
only one store in each place, the advance agent immedi- 
ately commenced to circularize the entire population not 
only of the city, but of the country for many miles 
around. The circulars conveyed the information that a 
certain specialist of wonderful skill and ability would 
visit that city for the purpose of healing the afflicted. 
The physician was billed as a philanthropist of the 
highest character, and under no consideration would he 
accept any remuneration for his services, his skill being 
absolutely free and at the command of the sick and 
suffering. 

THE SPECIALIST ARRIVED. 

As early as six o'clock in the morning the hotel 
parlors were packed to their fullest capacity. Each 
patient was handed a card giving instructions how to ap- 
proach the doctor, a part of the advice being to "ask the 
doctor no questions, as he can tell your ailments better 
than you can describe them yourself. Each patient will be 
allowed only five minutes' consultation," etc. When the. 
patient was admitted to the consultation room he was 
given a seat and the doctor then proceeded to describe 
his ailments in very much the same manner outlined in 
the chapter on the Observing Specialist. The doctor 
then dictated a prescription to his stenographer, which 
consisted principally of fictitious names of pharma- 
ceutical products, handed it to the patient and dis- 
missed him. 

THE DOCTOR'S UNDERSTANDING WITH THE 
DRUGGIST. 

It was understood between the physician and drug- 
gist that any prescription he sent him, containing a six- 



296 NOSTRUMS 

teen-ounce mixture would be the preparation he left at 
the store, containing the same amount of medicine 
(which is supposed to be a mild cinchona tonic). The 
twelve and fourteen-ounce mixtures were also identified 
in the same way. The physician did not always confine 
his prescribing to the stereotyped preparations at the 
store, but often added a little nux vomica or other medi- 
cines he thought the patient required. The druggist 
supplied the doctor with prescription blanks, with the 
name and address of his store, which was supposed to 
be the only store in the city where the prescription 
could be compounded. The physician instructed the 
druggist to remove the original labels the preparation 
contained, and replace them with the regular druggist 
label with Sig. The gentleman who conducted the store 
told me that the financial receipts for the prescriptions 
that day amounted to several hundred dollars, but they 
did not end there, they continued to fill the same pre- 
scriptions for several years afterwards, and thus created 
a demand for the nostrums which I suppose are still sup- 
plied by the same company. 

This method has proven to be one of the most suc- 
cessful methods of introducing nostrums that the author 
has any knowledge of, for today the company is rated 
at over a million dollars, and it did not take the doctor 
and his staff over two years to visit most of the prin- 
cipal cities of the United States, and thus cover the en- 
tire country. 

THE COST OF NOSTRUMS. 

In the preceding paragraphs we have outlined some 
of the ways of promoting the sale of nostrums. We will 
now discuss the cost of nostrums. My attention was first 
called to this subject by an article which appeared in the 
Indiana Pharmacist, in which it said : 

"Why should you pay $1.90 a dozen for Bull's Cough 
Syrup, when you can put up a better article containing 
no opium, giving three times the quantity for the same 
money, at a cost of but 46 cents a dozen? 



NOSTRUMS 297 

Here is a formula for a most excellent cough syrup : 

1^ Fl. ext. ipecac 2 oz. 38 cents. 

Chloroform ^ oz. 2 cents. 

Tinct. white pine 8 oz. 14 cents. 

Water 28 oz 

Sugar 56 oz. 25 cents. 

Magnesia carb 2 oz. 3 cents. 

Tinct. gelsemium 1 oz. 2 cents. 

Total 84 cents. 

This makes five pints of the finished product, which 
put up in three ounce ball-neck panels, holding 234 
ounces, would make 3^ dozen bottles. The cost of the 
bottles would be 50 cents, and the labels, wrappers, etc., 
would cost not more than 10 cents, making a total cost 
of $1.44 for three and one-sixth dozen syrup, or about 
46 cents a dozen, as against $1.90 a dozen for Bull's. 

Take the subject of bitters. None of the patents can 
be bought for less than $7.00 a dozen, and from that up 
to $8.50. They retail for $1.00 where "cutting" is not 
known. Take the following formula: 

^ Cinchona bark, red 8 oz. 30 cents. 

Qentian root. 8 oz. 5 cents. 

Columbo root 8 oz. 10 cents. 

Juniper berries .8 oz. 3 cents. 

Glycerine 8 oz. 9 cents. 

Alcohol : .... .1 part. 

Water 3 parts. 

To make one gallon of finished product. 

Have the drugs ground to a coarse powder, pack in 
a percolator, pour on menstrum until the top of the drug 
is evenly covered. When the percolate begins to drop, 
insert a cork in the percolate, cover the top, and allow 
the contents to macerate 48 hours. Then proceed to ob- 
tain yy 2 pints of percolate, to which add the glycerine. 
Flavor with oil of wintergreen. 

This makes eight pints of finished product, which 
put up in pint bottles, sells for $1.00 a bottle. The 



298 NOSTRUMS 

bottles cost 25 cents, and the labels and wrappers not Lo 
exceed 10 cents, making a total cost of $1.50 for eight 
bottles, or $2.25 for a dozen, as against $7.00 to $8.00 
for the regular nostrum. 

For a blood purifier that will 'do the work every 
time :" 

^ Fl. ext. sarsaparilla 8 oz. 50 cents. 

Fl. ext. stillingia 8 oz. 25 cents. 

FL ext. yellow dock 8 oz. 25 cents. 

Podophyllin 24 gr. 3 cents. 

Aqua 2 pt. 

Elix. simplex 2 pt. 23 cents. 

Alcohol 2 pt. 55 cents. 

Iodide potash 1 oz. 18 cents. 

Mix and filter. Put up in paneled 14-ounce bottles. 
This will give nine bottles to the gallon. The bottles 
will cost 26 cents, label and wrappers 10 cents, making 
a total cost of $2.35 for nine bottles, or $3.13 a dozen, as 
against $7.00 to $8.50 a dozen for the much-vaunted 
nostrums that are generally only a solution of epsom 
salts, colored and flavored. 

For a kidney cure, one that invariably brings back 
the customer, recommends itself and makes business 
brisk : 

I£ Fl. ext. buchu 8 oz. 35 cents. 

Fl. ext. pareira brava 4 oz. 20 cents. 

Fl. ext. stone-root 4 oz. 20 cents. 

Acetate potass 4 oz. 15 cents. 

Holland gin, best 8 oz. 20 cents. 

Simple elixir, to make 1 gal. J2 cents. 

Mix. Filter and put up in bottles holding eight 
ounces, plain or paneled, as best suits. The bottles will 
cost 44 cents, and the labels and wrappers 10 cents, mak- 
ing a total cost of $2.35 for 16 bottles, or $1.77 a dozen. 
This can be sold for 50 cents a bottle, and will afford a 
much better per cent, and larger profits than Warner's 
nostrum and do the patient some good. 



NOSTRUMS 299 

For a liniment for general purposes, that will relieve 
pain and soreness, giving much better satisfaction than 
St. Jacob's oil : 

1^ Soap liniment 5 pt. $1.10 

Aqua ammonia 2 pt. .12 

Tinct. opium I pt. .60 

After reading the above article it occurred to me that, 
physicians might need a little of the same advice, when 
we stop to consider the number of pharmaceutical prep- 
arations, which are offered to the medical profession at 
an enormous advance in price, and the only defense their 
manufacturers can offer, is that their products are "chem- 
ically pure," which is no doubt true, but when we have 
access to products from the laboratories of Parke, Davis 
& Co., Merck's and many others, why should we pay 
many times the original cost to have some pharma- 
ceutical manufacturing company place these chemical 
products in an aromatic vehicle? This is well illustrated 
in the preparation Bromidia, Peacock's Bromides, San- 
metto, and others. I would suggest why pay one dollar 
for a four-ounce bottle of Bromidia when you can get 
the identical preparation in purity and therapeutical 
value in the following formula : 

BROMIDIA. 

^ Chloral hydrate (Merck's) .. 1 oz. 11 cents. 
Potassium brom. (Merck's) . 1 oz. 5 cents. 
Fl. ext. cannabis ind. (P. 

D. & Co.) 4 min. 

Fl. ext. hyoscyamus (P 

D. & Co.) 4 min. 

Caramel jq. s. color. 

Aromatic elix q. s. 4 oz. 4 cents. 

The above makes an excellent preparation and only 
represents one of the many stock preparations which a 
physician could prepare and have in his dispensing case 
at little expense. 

Perhaps no greater illustration can be made in the 
way chemical products have been sold to physicians, at 



300 NOSTEUMS 

fancy prices, than in the different ways acetanilid has 
been introduced. The cheapness of this remedy (fifty 
cents a pound) makes it a very profitable preparation to 
compound with other remedies, and dispose of under a 
"coined name." Dr. Potter's Materia Medica gives the 
following regarding some of the preparations this drug 
is supposed to largely enter : 

AMMONOL. 

A proprietary antipyretic and analgesic, claimed to 
possess unusual stimulating and expectorant properties 
due to the loosely combined ammonia in its composition. 
Beringer concludes that it is merely an admixture of : 

3J Acetanilid 2 parts. 

Sodium bicarbonate 1 part. 

Ammonium carbonate 1 part. 

With a minute quantity of the dye mentanil — yellow. 
A similar mixture is used at the Philadelphia Hospital 
under the name ammoniated acetanilid, which con- 
sists of: 

^ Acetanilid 2.y 2 gr. 

Sodium bicarbonate 1^2 gr. 

Ammonium carbonate 1 gr. 

This for a minimum dose. Dose of ammonol or am- 
monol salicylate gr. v-xx. 

ANTIKAMNIA. 

Is a proprietary preparation widely advertised as an 
antipyretic and analgesic. Analysis of several samples 
have been made by different chemists, all of which agree 
in finding the chief ingredients to be acetanilid and 
sodium bicarbonate in varying proportions. By some 
observers caffeine was detected, also tartaric acid, etc. 
The preparation is formulated by the latest analysis as a 
mixture of: 

5 Acetanilid 70 parts. 

Sodium bicarbonate 20 parts. 

Caffeine 10 parts. 

Dose, gr. v-xv, in powder or tablets. 



NOSTRUMS 301 

ANTIKOL. 

^ Acetanilid 75 parts. 

Sodium bicarbonate 17J4 parts. 

Tartaric acid 7J4 parts. 

Dose, gr. v-xv. — (Squibb.) 

ANTINERVIN. 

If Acetanilid . 2 parts. 

Salicylic acid 1 part. 

Ammonium bromide 1 part. 

Dose, gr. v-xv. — (Ritsert.) 

EXODYNE. 

If Acetanilid 90 parts. 

Sodium salicylate 5 parts. 

Sodium bicarbonate 5 parts. 

The name sufficiently states its claim to medicinal 
virtue. Dose, gr. iij-x. 

FEBRINOL. 
So-called by its proprietors, is a mixture of acetanilid 
and other inert substances, advertised at one half the 
price of similar coal-tar preparations. 

PHENOLID. 

If Acetanilid 58 parts. 

Sodium salicylate 43 parts. 

And competes with the above as a panacea. Dose, 
gr. v-xv. 

I am not aiming to do an injustice to the manufac- 
turers of the different non-secret preparations, which 
are offered the medical profession, but I only wish to 
point out the large revenues they receive for adding an 
aromatic vehicle and favorably impressing the profession 
that their preparations offer special advantages, because 
they are chemically pure and pharmaceutically correct. 

PHYSICIANS AND NOSTRUMS. 

Many physicians are, generally speaking, no different 
from the laity, and often entertain some of the mysteries 
which hover around the healing art, and place more value 
upon a remedy of which they know little of the contents, 
than they do on their own knowledge of medicine. The 



302 NOSTRUMS 

principal thing they are seeking is results,'' and with 
this end in view prescribe nostrums, with the same grace 
and dignity that a grandmother will goose-oil. 

I have seen many physicians prescribe such nostrums 
as Hive Syrup, Castoria, Trask's Ointment and others of 
a similar character, when superior treatments were at 
their command. This practice has become as profound 
a habit with some physicians as tobacco has with others' 
on the other hand the medical journals contain advertise- 
ments of several preparations which are nostrums in the 
broadest sense of the term. To illustrate, Micajah's 
Uterine Wafers, which are sold at fancy prices, do not 
compare, in results, with those which can be obtained 
from the use of the extra-uterine application, given on 
another page. 

If the practice of medicine is the exercise of medical 
art, and embraces all that pertains to the knowledge ot 
medicine, my plea is to broaden our knowledge to the 
extent that we may prescribe knowingly, intelligently 
and specifically in each case, and abandon as far as pos- 
sible "shot gun therapeutics." 

THE FORMULAE OF NOSTRUMS. 

It is the author's belief that most physicians will ap- 
preciate a collection of the formulae of the most prom- 
inent secret nostrums, and for several years I have been 
extracting these formulae from medical journals, books, 
newspapers, etc., and in addition to the formulae already 
given throughout this volume, I will add several more. 
Preserving these formulae in a convenient form for 
ready reference, affords many advantages, as patients 
will often ask physicians regarding the contents of a cer- 
tain patent medicine, and by referring to this collection, 
he can not only supply them with the information, but 
encourage them to abandon their use for a more thor- 
ough course of treatment, as their case may require. 

In cases of poisoning from patent medicines, which 
is not of infrequent occurrence, this allows the physician 
to select the antidote. It also gives your patient to 



NOSTRUMS 



303 



understand that you are familiar with the ingredients 
these preparations contain, and you cannot recommend 
their use, because you can furnish a more specific course 
of treatment. Although some of these medicines have 
a certain degree of merit, many of them are of little or no 
value, as their formulae will indicate. Out of curiosity 
I have had several of these formulae compounded and 
compared them with the original, to ascertain whether 
or not there was a resemblance, and if they could be 
prescribed with equal therapeutical results, and I have 
been surprised at the success obtained in many cases. 

I, in no way wish to be held responsible for the cor- 
rectness of all these formulae. The author's name is ap- 
pended in each case, when known. 



ACTINA. 

Prof. Flavel B. Tiffany, of the 
University Medical College, this 
city, says the extensively adver- 
tised "Actina" has this composi- 
tion: 
B Menthol crystals 1 dr. 

Alcohol Vz dr. 

Ether sulph 1 dr. 

Oil mustard 2 dr. 

Sponge sufficient to make..l oz. 

ALLEN'S LUNG BALSAM. 

B Tinct. sanguinaria 8 oz. 

Tinct. lobelia 8 oz. 

Tinct. opium 4 oz. 

Tinct. capsicum V/ z oz. 

Essence sassafras 1 oz. 

Essence anise 1 oz. 

New Orleans molasses % gal. 

Bring the syrup to a boil, and 
add cautiously the other ingredi- 
ents. — (Kilner.) 

AMICK'S CONSUMPTION CURE. 

The Amick advertisements ap- 
peared shortly after the publica- 
tion of Dr. N. B. Shade's paper in 
this and other journals. Amick 
copied Shade's language, speaking 
of the "chemical" cure, etc., and 
I believe adopted Shade's method 
of treatment. These are fully de- 
scribed by Shade, and consist of 
the use of calomel, iodoform, gua- 
iacol, etc.— (Dr. Waugh in Times 
and Register.) 

ARABIAN BALSAM. 
B Oleum gossypium 16 oz. 

Oleum origani 1 oz. 

Oleum terebinth 4 dr! 

Mix. — (S. W. Rogers.) 



ASEPTIN. 

B Borax 2 parts 

Alum 1 part 

Mix. —(National Druggist.) 

ATHLOPHOROS. 

B Acetate of potash 1 dr. 

Salicylate of soda 490 gr. 

Sugar 4 oz. 

Caramel 3 drops 

Water 14 fl. oz. 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 

ATKINSON'S INFANT PRE- 
SERVATIVE. 

B Carbonate magnesia 6 dr. 

White sugar 2% oz. 

Oil anise 20 drops 

Comp. spirits ammonia.. 2 x / 2 dr. 

Rectified spirits 2V 2 dr. 

Tinct. opium 1 dr. 

Syrup saffron 1 oz. 

Caraway water enough to 

make , 1 pint 

Mix. Used as an antiacid, anodyne 
and hypnotic. — (Pharm. Record.) 

AUGSBURG ESSENCE OP LIFE. 

B Rad. rhei 1 oz. 

Myrrhae 2 oz. 

Rad. gentian 2 oz. 

Croci opt y 2 oz. 

Camphor y 2 oz. 

Rad. zedoar 1 oz. 

Rad. angelica 2% oz. 

Castor y 2 oz. 

Aloes, socot 2 oz. 

Sp. vini. rect 2 pts. 

Aqua 2 pts. 

Mix. Digest five days and filter. 
Dose— Teaspoonful twice a day. 
—(Medical World.) 



304 



NOSTRUMS 



AYER'S AGUE CURE. 

This is said to be a syrupy tinc- 
ture of cinchona with aromatics. 
Each bottle holds 6 fluid ounces, 
and each fluid ounce was found to 
contain 3.2 grains of amorphous 
cinchona alkaloids. 3 grains cinch- 
onine, 0.9 cinchonidine, 0.8 quinine, 
and 1 grain quinidine. 

AYER'S VITA NUOVA. 

Dr. R. G. Eccles published in the 
Druggists' Circular a lengthy ar- 
ticle on the Hubbard-Ayer prepar- 
ations, and calls attention partic- 
ularly to the presence of cocaine in 
the "Vita Nuova. We have recently 
examined this preparation also and 
find it to contain notable quantities 
cocaine easily detected by the 
organo-leptic test, and also about 
19% per cent., by volume, of al- 
cohol.— (Boston Herald. 



AYER'S CHERRY PECTORAL. 

R Acetate of morphia 3 gr. 

Tincture of bloodroot 2 dr. 

Wine antimony 3 dr. 

Wine ipecac 3 dr. 

Syrup wild cherry 3 oz. 

Mix. 

— (Pac. Med. and Surg. Journal.) 
AYER'S PILLS. 
Consist of Colocynth. Gamboge 
and Aloes, coated with Starch and 
Sugar. 

AYER'S SARSAPARILLA. 

B Fluid extract sarsapariila ..3 oz. 

Fluid extract stillingia 3 oz. 

Fluid extract yellow dock.. 2 oz. 

Fluid extract may apple 2 oz. 

Sugar 1 oz. 

Iodide potassium 90 gr. 

Iodide iron 10 gr. 

Mix. —(Chicago Druggist.) 

BAREEL'S INDIAN LINIMENT. 

B Tr. capsicum 1 dr. 

Oil origanum y 2 oz. 

Oil sassafras y 2 oz. 

Oil pennyroyal y 2 oz. 

Oil hemlock y 2 oz. 

Alcohol 1 qt. 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 

BARKER'S BONE AND NERVE 
LINIMENT. 

For man or beast. 

B Camphor 70 gr. 

Oil of tar y 2 dr. 

Oil of thyme 1 dr. 

Oil of turpentine 2 dr. 

Franklin oil (black oil, lu- 
bricating oil) sufficient to 

make 2 oz. 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 



BATEMAN'S PECTORAL DROPS 

RTinct. of opium If/2 oz. 

Tinct. of opium-benzoated.20 oz. 

Tinct. of Canada castor — 5 oz. 

Cochineal, ground 1 oz. 

Mix. Dose, for adults, 20 to 30 
drops, morning and evening. Not 
to be given to children under 10 
years of age. — (Hager.) 

BECKER'S EYE SALVE. 

B Calmine V& dr. 

Tutty 1% dr. 

Red oxide of mercury 6 dr. 

Camphor in powder 1 dr. 

Almond oil 1 dr. 

.. White wax 1% oz. 

Fresh butter 8 oz. 

Reduce the mineral substances 
to a very fine powder and incor- 
porate with the oil ; in which the 
camphor has been dissolved with 
the wax and butter, previously 
melted together. 

— (Kilner's Modern Pharmacy.) 

BENSON'S SKIN CURE. 

This secret nostrum consists of 
two preparations, one for internal 
use and one for external applica- 
tion. 

A— Internal.— It consists, accord- 
ing to our examination, of clover 
blossoms 720 grains, yellow-dock 
root 90 grains, gentian root 120 
grains, boiled (one hour) with one 
pint of water. Cool, transfer to a 
closed vessel, and add one ounce of 
alcohol in which has previously 
been dissolved oil of rosemary, oil 
of thyme each one minim; let it 
stand over night, strain next morn- 
ing; make up to one pint with 
water sufficient. 

B— External Application— This so- 
lution consists, according to our 
examination, of acetate of lead 2 
grains, acetate of copper 1 grain, 
acetate of zinc 15 grains, benzoat- 
ed water 12 fluid ounces; mix. 
The benzoated water is readily 
prepared by agitating half an 
ounce of tincture of benzoin with 
12 ounces of warm water, allowing 
it to cool and settle; then filter. It 
is warranted to cure all the skin 
diseases described in the medical 
dictionaries. —(New Idea.) 

BEGG'S FEVER AND AGUE 
PILLS. 

Each pill contains one grain of 
quinia sulphate, one-half grain 
cinchona sulphate, rhubarb one 
grain, with a little flavoring. 
These pills are put up in a half- 
ounce plain flint vial; they are un- 
coated, 32 pills in a bottle, balance 
of space filled with powdered lie- 



NOSTRUMS 



305 



orice root. A small slip with title, 
uses, and directions surrounds the 
bottle, and a red lead wrapper, 
type set, surrounds the whole. This 
is an excellent ague cure. 

—(New Idea.) 

BIG G INJECTION. 

An examination made in our la- 
boratory shows the presence of 
boric acid, or borax and berberine, 
the yellow alkaloid of hydrastis. 
No zinc sulphate or other astrin- 
gent was found. No quantitative 
estimates were made. 

BLAIR'S GOUT AND RHEUMA- 
TIC PILLS. 
Are composed of acetic extract 
of colchicum and extract of hyo- 
scyamus. —(New Idea). 

BOERHAVER'S BITTERS. 

B Alcohol, 90 per cent — 140 parts 

Sugar 76 parts 

Aloes 10 parts 

Cinnamon 23 parts 

Galangal 23 parts 

Zedoary 23 parts 

Angelica 23 parts 

Cloves 23 parts 

Gentian 23 parts 

Quassia, cut 23 parts 

Water 200 parts 

Mix. — (Hager.) 

BOSCHEE'S GERMAN SYRUP. 
B Oil of tar 1 dr. 

Fluid extract ipecac 4 dr. 

Fluid extract wild cherry.. 6 dr. 

Tincture of opium 4 dr. 

Carbonate of magnesia 3 dr. 

Water 6 oz. 

White sugar 10 oz. 

Triturate the magnesia, first, 
with the oil of tar; then with a 
mixture of the fluid extracts and 
water; filter and form a solution 
with the sugar, by agitation, with- 
out heat. —(Medical World.) 

BRADYCROTINE. 

A compound closely resembling it 
may be made by the following 
formula: 
B Caffeine (alkaloid) 5 gr. 

Potassium bromide 20 gr. 

Sodium bromide 20 gr. 

Simple syrup 2 dr. 

Alcohol 2 dr. 

Port wine sufficient to make 2 oz. 

Caramel sufficient to color. 
Mix. — (Druggists' Circular.) 

BROWN'S MALE-FERN VERMI- 
FUGE. 

B Fl. ext. male fern 3 oz. 

Oil wintergreen 1 .min. 

Simple syrup 5 oz.' 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 

[20] 



BRANDRBTH'S PILLS. 

B Extract colocynth 20 gr. 

Aloes, Socotrine 2 dr. 

Gamboge 1 dr. 

Castile soap V 2 dr. 

Oil peppermint 2 min. 

Oil cinnamon 1 min. 

Powdered arabic and al- 
cohol, of each q. s. 

Mix and make 80 pills. Dose: 1 
to 3, as directed. 

—(Dr. D. S. Clark.) 

BROMO-CHLORALUM. 

Kilner gives the following: 

B Alum, coarse powder lib. 

Boiling water 2 pts. 

Aqua ammonia q. s. 

Muriatic acid q. s. 

Bromine V 2 oz. 

Water q. s. y 2 gal. 

BARNES' FROST BALSAM. 

B Copaiba V 2 oz. 

Oil turpentine y 2 oz. 

BROWN'S BRONCHIAL 
TROCHES. 

Said to be like the original for- 
mula: 
B Powdered ext. of licorice 1 lb. 

Powdered sugar V/ 2 lb. 

Powdered cubebs % lb. 

Powdered gum arabic 14 lb. 

Ext. conium 1 oz. 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 

BROWN'S IRON BITTERS. 

Are said to contain in each fluid 

drachm: 

B Iron 1 gr. 

Calisaya bark ', 2 gr. 

Phosphorus 1-200 gr. 

Coca 1 gr. 

"Viburnum prunif olium 1 gr. 

BRODIE'S LINIMENT FOR 
ASTHMA. 

B Oil of stillingia 4 dr. 

Oil of cajeput 2 dr. 

Oil of lobelia 1 dr. 

. Alcohol 1 oz. 

Mix. Bathe the chest and throat 
three times a day. 

BRONCHILLINE. 

B Mullein 64 gr. 

Hoarhound 64 gr. 

Senega 64 gr. 

Ipecac 64 gr. 

Sanguinaria 64 gr. 

White pine 64 gr. 

Wild cherry 256 gr. 

Chloroform 64 min. 

Sugar 14 oz. av. 

Alcohol 8 oz. 

Tar water (U. S. P.) 8 oz. 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 



306 



NOSTRUMS 



BRODIE'S LINIMENT. 

B Sulphuric acid 1 dr. 

Olive oil 1 oz. 

Turpentine 1 oz. 

Add the acid gradually to the 
oil, stirring in a mortar; afterward 
add the turpentine. 

BUCKLEN'S ARNICA SALVE. 
B Extract arnica 1 oz. 

Resin cerate 8 oz. 

Vaseline 2 oz. 

Raisins, seedless 8 oz. 

Fine cut tobacco y 2 oz. 

Water q. s. 

Boil the raisins and tobacco in 
one pint of water until the 
strength is extracted; express the 
liquid and evaporate to four 
ounces. Soften the extract of ar- 
nica with a little hot water and 
mix the liquid with it; add this to 
the resin cerate and vaseline pre- 
viously warmed and mix thorough- 
ly 

— (Kilner's Modern Pharmacy.) 

BUCKLER'S CROUP MIXTURE. 

B Tartar emetic. 2 gr. 

Pluv. ipecac 40 gr. 

Syrup of squills 2 oz. 

Mix. Dose: Teaspoonful every 
10 minutes until emesis occurs. 

BULL'S BLOOD SYRUP. 

B Iodide of potash 12 dr. 

Red iodide of mercury 2 gr. 

Tinct. of poke root 3 dr. 

Comp. syrup of stillingia. .6 oz. 

Simple syrup, to make 1 pt. 

Mix. —(National Druggist.) 

BULL'S COUGH SYRUP. 
We have no reason to believe 
that it contains anything else of 
medicinal consequence than the 
morphia and sugar-house syrup. 
—(New Idea.) 
ISTRY ,.Sa..m mbmbmb— 

CALIFORNIA LINIMENT. 

B Tinct. myrrh 1 oz. 

Tinct. capsicum 1 oz. 

Sweet spirits nitre 1 oz. 

Sulph. ether 1 oz. 

Chloroform V2 oz. 

Tmct arnica 1 oz. 

Oil spearmint 2 dr. 

Oil wintergreen 2 dr. 

Oil lobelia 1 dr. 

Aqua ammonia V2 oz. 

Alcohol 1 qt. 

CARTER'S LITTLE LIVER 
PILLS. 

B Podophyllin 1% gr. 

Aloes ty 2 gr. 

Mucilage of acacia q. s. 

Mix; divide into 12 pills and coat 
with sugar. —(New Idea.) 



CARBOLIC SMOKE BALLS. 

Upon examination, made in our 
laboratory by H. W. Snow, it was 
found to consist of glycyrrhiza and 
flour (identified by microscopical 
examination and physicial proper- 
ties) and one of the veratrums, 
probably white hellebore identified 
(by means of the alkaloid jervine, 
which was separated and identi- 
fied.) The smoky body is some 
tar product, not easy to say just 
which. It is this latter and the 
white hellebore which it contains 
that cause it to yield a temporary 
relief; permanent relief we do not 
believe can afford. No quantita- 
tive estimates were attempted. 

—(New Idea.) 

CARBOLATE OF IODINE IN- 
HALANT. 

B Comp. tinct. of iodine.. 180 min. 

Carbolic acid. No. 1 48 min. 

Glycerine 1 dr. 

Water 5 dr. 

Mix and expose to the sunlight 
until the mixture is entirely color- 
less. —(National Druggist.) 

CASTORIA. 

The following formula, from the 
Indiana Pharmacist, is given as 
approximating this preparation: 
B Senna 4 dr. 

Manna 1 oz. 

Rochelle salts 1 oz. 

Fennel, bruised V/ 2 dr. 

Boiling water 8 oz. 

Sugar 8 oz. 

Oil of wintergreen q. s. 

Pour the water on the ingredi- 
ents Cover and macerate until 
cool; strain and add the sugar, 
dissolve by agitation and add oil of 
wintergreen to flavor. 

CATANI'S SPECIFIC. 
Catani's specific for uric acid is 
a mixture of: 

B Carbonate of lithium 1 part 

Carbonate of sodium 2 parts 

Citrate of potassium 4 parts 

All in powdered form. 

— (Pharm. Post.) 

CAZEAUX'S NIPPLE OINT- 
MENT. 

B White wax W2 oz. 

Oil sweet almonds % oz. 

Clarified honey Y2 oz. 

Balsam Peru 2y 2 dr. 

Mix. — (Kilner.) 

CHAMBERLAIN'S RELIEF. 

B Tinct. capsicum (about) — 1 oz. 

Spts. camphor (about) % oz. 

Tinct. guaiac (about) % oz. 

Color tinct. to make 2 oz. 

Mix. —(The Drug Mill.) 



NOSTRUMS 



307 



CENTAUR LINIMENT. 

This widely advertised nostrum 
comes in two forms, "For Man" 
and "For Beast." 

For Man. 

B Oil pennyroyal V 2 oz. 

Oil thyme & oz. 

Oil turpentine % oz. 

Soap 130 gr. 

Caustic soda 10 gr. 

Water to make 1 pt. 

For Beast. 
B Oil spearmint 1 dr. 

Oil mustard 15 : min. 

Oil turpentine V± oz. 

Oil amber (crude) Vz oz. 

Black oil % oz. 

Soap 130 gr. 

Caustic soda 10 gr. 

Water to make 1 pt. 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 

CHAMBERLAIN'S COLIC, CHOL- 
ERA AND' DIARRHOEA 
REMEDY. 

B Tinct. capsicum 20 dr. 

Tinct. camphor 16 dr. 

Tinct guaicum 12 dr. 

Mix. —(Medical World.) 

CHILD'S COUGH MIXTURE. 

B Syr. squills 2 dr. 

Wine ipecac 1 dr. 

Tinct. camphor comp 1 dr. 

Simple syrup 4 dr. 

Water * ... .3 oz. 

CHLORODTNE, 

The following- is a mixture re- 
sembling Brown's, and I think 
fully as good: 
B Chloroform 1 dr. 

Morphia 5 gr. 

Ether y 2 dr. 

Oil peppermint 4 min. 

Dil. hydrocyanic acid 1 dr. 

Tinct. capsicum 1 dr. 

Molasses 10 dr. 

Ext. licorice 15 gr. 

Mix. 

CHLORALUM 

B Aluminum chloride 20 oz. 

Sulphate of lime — 1-3 oz. per gal. 
Mix. —(New Idea.) 

CLARK'S BLOOD MIXTURE. 

B Iodide 01 potassium 64 gr. 

Chloric ether 4 dr. 

Liquor potash 30 min. 

Water iy 2 oz. 

Caramel to color. 
The chloric ether is made by 
dissolving one part by weight of 
chloroform in 19 parts by volume of 
alcohol. 



CLE ART'S ASTHMA POWDER. 

B Pulv. stramonium leaves 30 parts 
Pulv. belladonna leaves. 30 parts 

Pulv. saltpetre 5 parts 

Pulv opium 2 parts 

Mix. A little to be burned and 
fumes inhaled. 

—(Chemist and Druggist.) 

COALINE HEADACHE POW- 
DERS. 

We would suggest antipyrine, 3 
grains, cane sugar in powdered 
form, 15 grains, to each powder. 
One powder to be dissolved in a 
teaspoonful of water and taken as 
a dose, to be repeated in three- 
quarters of an hour. 

—(New Idea.) 

COE'S DYSPEPSIA CURE. 

B Powdered rhubarb 2 dr. 

Fluid ext. of gentian 3 dr. 

Peppermint water iy 2 oz. 

Bicarbonate of sodium 6 dr. 

Mix. Dose: A teaspoonful half 
hour before meals. 

—(The Drug Mill.) 

COKE'S DANDRUFF CURE. 
This preparation is said to be a 
solution containing large quantities 
of resorcin, which renders it a 
valuable antiseptic in parasitic 
conditions of the scalp. 

COMBE'S ASPERIENT. 

B Sulphate of magnes 35 parts 

Roasted coffee 40 parts 

Boiling water 500 parts 

Mix. Boil for two minutes, sweet- 
en to taste with white sugar. 
Dose: One wine-glassful in the 
morning. 

COOK'S ELECTRO-MAGNETIC 

LINIMENT. 
B Alcohol 1 gal. 

Oil amber 8 oz. 

Gum camphor 8 oz. 

Castile soap (fine) ...2 oz. 

Beef's gall 4 oz. 

Aqua ammonia 12 oz. 

Mdx. — (Kilner.) 

COBB'S PILLS. 
B Extract of hyoscyamus y 2 dr. 

Extract of conium V 2 dr. 

Extract of colocynth 11 gr. 

Extract of nux vomica 4 gr. 

Mix. Divide into 30 pills. 

CRAM'S FLUID LIGHTNING. 

Mr. I. L. Fulton (Western Drug- 
gist) gives the following formula, 
which was represented to him as 
being the original from which 
Cram's Fluid Lightning is pre- 
pared: 



308 



NOSTRUMS 



B Oil mustard 2 dr. 

Oil cajeput 2 dr. 

Oil cloves 2 dr. 

Sassafras 2 dr. 

Ether 1 oz. 

Tinct. cpium V/ 2 oz. 

Alcohol 20 oz. 

Mix and filter. 

CUTICURA OINTMENT. 

The much advertised "Cuticura 
Ointment" has been found to con- 
sist of a base of petroleum jelly, 
colored green, perfumed with oil 
of bergamot and containing two 
per cent, of carbolic acid. 

—(Northwestern Lancet.) 

CUTICURA RESOLVENT. 

B Aloes, Socot 1 dr. 

Rhubarb powdered 1 dr. 

Iodide potass 36 gr. 

Whisky 1 pt. 

Macerate over night and filter. 

—(St. Louis Druggist.) 

DELLENBAUGH'S COUGH 
CURE. 

B Picrate of ammon 2 gr. 

Chloride of ammon 1 dr. 

Extract of licorice 1 dr. 

Water 3 oz. 

DERBY'S LINIMENT. 

B Linseed oil 1 gal. 

Aqua ammonia 4 oz. 

Tinct. capsicum 1 oz. 

Oil origanum 1 oz. 

Mix. — (Kilner.) 

DESHLER'S SALVE. 

B Resin 12 oz. 

Suet 12 oz! 

Yellow wax ! 12 oz. 

Turpentine 6 oz. 

Linseed oil 7 oz. 

DOW'S WHITE LIQUID PHYSIC. 

B Sodium sulphate 8 oz. 

Dissolve in water 24 oz. 

Then add nitro-muriate 

acid 2 oz. 

Powdered alum 68 gr. 

Mix. The dose is a table-spoonful 
in water. A cooling purgative. 

ECLECTIC STILLINGIA LINI- 
MENT FOR CROUP. 

B Oil stillingia 8 dr. 

Oil cajeput 4 dr. 

Oil lobelia 2 dr. 

Alcohol 16 dr. 

Mix. In addition it is sometimes 
given internally in one drop doses. 



EDISON'S POLYFORM. 

B Chloroform 2 oz. 

Chloral hydrate 2 oz. 

Alcohol iy 2 oz. 

Gum camphor 1 oz. 

Ether 1 oz. 

Morphine sulphate 6 gr. 

Oil of peppermint 2 dr. 

Mix. —(Druggists' Circular.) 

EDWARD'S ALTERATIVE AND 
TONIC BITTERS. 

B Fluid extract of hops 16 oz. 

Fluid extract of red cin- 
chona 8 oz. 

Fluid extract sarsaparilla, 6 oz. 

Fluid extract hydrastis 6 oz. 

Fluid extract podophyllum 4 oz. 

Oil of wintergreen 6 dr. 

Oil of sassafras 3 dr. 

Oil of peppermint 2 dr. 

Oil of lemon 2 dr. 

Sugar 6 lb. 

Alcohol 2 gal. 

Water, enough to make.. 12 gal. 
Mix. —(Myers Bros.' Druggist.) 

EGYPTIAN EYE SALVE. 

B White rosin 6 dr. 

Burgundy pitch 30 gr. 

Beeswax 30 gr. 

Mutton tallow 30 gr. 

Venice turpentine 30 gr. 

Balsam fir 30 gr. 

Spread on thin leather or cloth 
and apply to affected part. 

ELEPIZONE. 

B Magnesii bromidi 3 dr. 

Sodii bromidi. 3 dr. 

Aquae Y2 oz. 

01. cassiae 2 min. 

Syr. simplex sufficient to 
make 4 oz. 

Ammonical sol. carmine to col- 
or. —(New Idea.) 

ELIXIR IODO-BROMIDE OF 
CALCIUM COMPOUND. 

B Bromide of calcium 256 gr. 

Iodide of sodium 256 gr. 

Chloride of magnesium... 256 gr. 

Iodide of potassium 256 gr. 

Comp. fl. ext. of sarsa- 
parilla 2 oz. 

Comp. fl. ext. of stillingia.. 2 oz. 

Elixir of orange 4 oz. 

Sugar 4 oz. 

Water to make 16 oz. 

Dissolve the salts in the water, 
add the sugar and to this syrup 
add the fluid extracts, previously 
mixed with the elixir of orange. 
After standing two days, filter, 
miding water to make the measure 
16 fluid ounces. 



NOSTRUMS 



309 



ELIXIR PINUS COMP. 

It is evident that this elixir is 
modeled on the Syrup of White 
Pine Comp. (White Pine Expect- 
orant), introduced some years ago 
by Mr. C. S. Hallberg. On the 
basis of the claimed formula of 
the elixir we would offer the fol- 
lowing formula: 
B Fl. ext. white pine bark 6 dr. 

Fl. ext. balm gilead buds... 5 dr. 

Fl. ext. spikenard 5 dr. 

Fl. ext. wild cherry V/ 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. ipecac 40 min. 

Sanguinaria nitrate 2 gr. 

Chloroform 64 min. 

Morphia acetate 8 gr. 

Ammonium chloride 64 gr. 

Spirits of orange (1 in 8) 30 min. 

Spirits coriander (1 in 8).. 10 min. 

Spirits of anise 10 min. 

Alcohol 3 oz. 

Simple syrup 4 oz. 

Water to make 1 pt. 

This elixir should be allowed to 
stand four or five days before fil- 
tering. —(New Idea.) 

ELIXIR THION COMPOUND. 

B Powdered rhubarb 5 oz. 

Powdered golden seal 5 oz. 

Sodium hypophosphite — 100 gr. 

Sodium sulpho-carbolate...40 gr. 

Alcohol 5 pts. 

Water 40 pts. 

Dissolve the salts in the water 
and alcohol and with this men- 
struum percolate the powdered 
rhubarb and golden seal. Flavor 
with peppermint. 

—(Indiana Medical Journal.) 

ELLIMAN'S ROYAL EMBROCA- 
TION. 

B Oil turpentine V 2 oz. 

Oil thyme 1-3 oz. 

Oil amber (crude) Vs oz. 

Soap 130 gr. 

Caustic soda 10 gr. 

Water sufficient 1 pt. 

To be prepared in the same man- 
ner as Mexican Mustang Liniment. 
—(New Idea.) 

ELY'S CREAM BALM. 

B Vaseline 1 oz. 

Thymol 3 gr. 

Carb. bismuth 15 gr. 

Oil wintergreen 2 min. 

Mix. — (Kilner's Mod. Pharm.) 

ENO'S FRUIT SALT." 

B Soda bicarbonate 168 parts 

Tartaric acid 150 parts 

Rochelle salt 110 parts 

Mix. —(New Idea.) 



ESPEY'S CREAM. 
B Cydonium V/ 2 dr. 

Ac. boric 4 gr. 

Glycerine 2 oz. 

Alcohol 3 oz. 

Carbolic acid 10 gr. 

Cologne water 2 dr. 

Rose water q. s. ad 1 pt. 

Dissolve the boric acid in four 
ounces of rose water, macerate 
cydonium in solution for three 
hours, press through straining 
cloth, add glycerine, alcohol, co- 
logne and sufficient rose water to 
make one pint. Lastly add the 
carbolic acid and shake well. — 
(Druggist Circular). 

FAHNESTOCK'S VERMIFUGE. 

B Castor oil 48 parts 

Oil worm-seed 48 parts 

Oil anise 24 parts 

Oil turpentine 1 part 

Tinct. myrrh 3 parts 

Mix. —(National Druggist.) 

FALKE'S SULPHOLINE CREAM. 

B Very thick mucilage of 

quince seeds 300 parts 

Glycerine 40 parts 

Sulpho-carbolate of so- 
dium 20 parts 

Mix. _(New Idea.) 

LINDSEY'S PAIN CURE, 
This is said to be an excellent 
application for pain of -any kind; 
or in any place, and especially for 
neuralgia and inflammatory rheu- 
matism. 
B Alcohol 4 oz 

Ethereal oil of wine 4 dr.' 

No. six 4 oz. 

Spirits of camphor 4 oz. 

Oil hemlock 2 oz. 

Oil cinnamon 1 dr. 

Oil sassafras 1 oz. 

Oil cloves 4 dr. 

Ether 2 oz. 

Chloroform 2 oz. 

Sweet spirits of nitre 4 oz. 

Chloral hydrate 2 oz. 

Lard oil 4 oz. 

Oil cedar 4 oz. 

Oil origanum 1 oz. 

Oil wintergreen 2 dr. 

Mix. It may be taken internal- 
ly in doses of 5 to 60 drops. The 
number six is tincture of capsi- 
cum and myrrh, made double 
strength. The spirits of camphor 
is also made double strength by 
the aid of chloroform. 

—(Dr. McCann.) 

FEBRILINE. 

Dr. R. G. Eccles declares in the 
Druggists' Circular, May, 1889, that 
he has investigated a preparation 
sold under the name "Febriline or 



310 



NOSTRUMS 



Tasteless Syrup of Amorphous 
Quinine (Lyons), "by the Paris 
Medicine Co., of Paris, Tenn., and 
finds that it contains no quinine 
at all. Instead of quinine, quini- 
dine is used, another alkaloid of 
cinchona bark. Its lack of bitter- 
ness renders it convenient for ad- 
ministration to children, and its 
imperfect solubility is not disad- 
vantageous when a slow or tonic 
action is alone required. 

FELLOW'S HYPOPHOSPHITES. 
R Glucose 1 lb. 

Simple syrup 1 pt. 

Hypophosphite calcium... 128 gr. 

Hypophosphite potassium.. 48 gr. 

Sulphate iron ,...48 gr. 

Sulphate magnese 32 gr. 

Sulphate quinine 14 gr. 

Sulphate strychnine 2 gr. 

Water q. s. ad. 2 pt. 

Mix. 

u B. Lyons, Therapeutic Gazette.) 

FIRWEIN. 
Dr. Lewis, of Belvidere, gives the 
following formula for Firwein: 
R Solution bromine, iodine, and 

phosphorus 1 oz. 

Fir bark (in coarse pow- 

— der 1 oz. 

White pine bark (coarse 

— powder) y 2 oz. 

Tamarac bark (coarse pow- 
der) y 2 oz. 

Dilute alcohol 16 oz. 

Sugar 4 oz. 

Percolate the barks with the dil- 
ute alcohol until 13 fluid ounces are 
obtained; remove the tannin; add 
the solution bromine, iodine, and 
phosphorus. Dissolve the sugar; 
allow to stand 24 hours and filter. 

The solution of bromine, iodine 
and phosphorus is made thus: 
R Phosphorus 10 gr. 

Iodine 170 gr. 

Bromine 170 gr. 

Alcohol 1 oz. 

Glycerine sufficient to make 8 oz. 
Dissolve the iodine in the alcohol, 
then add glycerine, then bromine 
and lastly the phosphorus gradual- 
ly in fine shavings. Use great 
care in adding the phosphorus. 
One ounce of this for the above 
Firwein. —(New Idea.) 

FLEURY'S TASTELESS CAS- 
CARINE. 

Examination proves it to be sub- 
nitrate of bismuth and calomel, 
triturated through powdered cane 
sugar. —(New Idea). 

FLAGG'S RELIEF. 
R Oil of cloves, about 1 dr. 

Oil of sassafras, about. 2 dr. 

Spirits of camphor, about V/ 2 dr. 
Mix —(J. J. Pierson, Ph. C.) 



FORD'S BALSAM OF HOAR- 
HOUND. 

R Hoarhound herb 3% lb. 

Licorice root sy 2 lb. 

Water 8 pt. 

Infuse for 12 hours, then strain 
off six points. To these add: 

Camphor 10 dr. 

Opium l oz. 

Benzoin l oz. 

Dried squills 2 oz. 

Oil of anise-seed 1 oz. 

Alcohol 12 pt. 

Macerate for one week and then 
add Z x / 2 pounds of honey. 

—(New Idea.) 

FOSGATE'S ANODYNE COR- 
DIAL. 

R Fluid extract rhubarb 5 dr. 

Fluid extract rhatany 2 dr. 

Fluid extract ginger 6 min. 

Paregoric l dr. 

Simple syrup l dr 

Dilute alcohol 5 dr! 

—(New Idea.) 

FROSTILLA. 

R Quince seeds 60 gr. 

Hot water 21 oz. 

Glycerine 6 oz. 

Deodorized alcohol 5 oz. 

Mix. —(Druggist Circular). 

FREEMAN'S VERMIFUGE OIL. 
R Oil of worm-seed % oz. 

Oil of turpentine 2 dr. 

Castor oil 1% oz. 

Pink root y 2 oz. 

Hydrastin 10 gr. 

Syrup of peppermint y 2 oz. 

Dose for a child 10 years old, a 
teaspoonful three times a day, one 
hour after each meal. If it purges 
too rroely, give it less often. 

GADBERRY'S MIXTURE. 
Gadberry's Mixture is used to a 
great extent in the Mississippi val- 
ley to control malaria. 
R Liquor tersulphate iron 3 dr. 

Liquor arseniate potash.. 90 min. 

Saltpetre 2 dr. 

Sulph. quinine 2 dr. 

Water to make 2 oz. 

Mix. —(Bulletin of Pharmacy.) 

GARGLING OIL. 
R Crude petroleum 13 oz. 

Ammonia water 6 oz. 

Soft soap 16 oz. 

Benzine 16 oz. 

Crude oil amber 2 oz. 

Tincture iodine 1 oz. 

Water 5 pts. 

Mix the petroleum and soap, add 
the ammonia water, oil of amber, 
and tincture of iodine, and mix 

thoroughly. Then add the ben- 
zine and finally the water. 
—(Salmon's Pharmaceutical Com- 
pendium. 



NOSTRUMS 



311 



GARFIELD TEA. 

Our examination showed it to 
contain chiefly senna leaves and 
crushed couch-grass. There are 
perhaps small amounts of other 
drugs present; but if so they are 
relatively of little importance. 

—(New Idea.) 

GILE'S IODIDE OP AMMONIA 
LINIMENT. 

B Iodine 1 dr. 

Camphor 1 oz. 

Oil of rosemary l / 2 oz. 

Oil of lavender % oz. 

Aqua ammonia 4 oz. 

Alcohol 2 pts. 

Dissolve the iodine in the alcohol; 
add the camphor and then the 
oils; then add water of ammonia 
enough to remove the dark color 
of the mixture. — (Kilner.) 

GOLDEN EYE WATER. 

B Sulphate of hydrastia 2 gr. 

Distilled water 1 oz. 

GENUINE WHITE OIL LINI- 
MENT. 

B Ammonia carbonate 19 parts 

Camphor 20 parts 

Oil turpentine 21 parts 

Oil origanum 20 parts 

Castile soap 19 parts 

Water to make (by 
weight) 300 parts 

GOOCHE'S MEXICAN COUGH 
SYRUP. 

B Fluid extract wild cherry.. 2 dr. 

Glycerine 6 dr. 

Simple syrup 2 dr. 

Syrup of tar, sufficient to 

make 3 oz. 

Mix. — (New Idea.) 

GOOD SAMARITAN COUGH 
SYRUP. 

B Morphia muriat 1 gr. 

Aq. lauro-cerasi 1 dr. 

Syrupi 2 oz.' 

Mix. One dr. to two drs., once or 
twice daily. 

GOOD SAMARITAN LINIMENT. 

B Oil of sassafras 1 oz. 

Oil of hemlock 1 oz 

Spirits of turpentine 1 oz'. 

Tinct. of capsicum 1 oz. 

Tinct. of opium l oz. 

Tinct. of myrrh 4 oz. 

Oil of origanum 2 oz. 

Oil of wintergreen 4 dr. 

Gum camphor 2 oz. 

Chloroform v/ 2 oz. 

Alcohol 4 pts 

Mix. —(Kilner.) ' 



GOMBAULT'S CAUSTIC BAL- 
SAM. 

B Croton oil 4 dr. 

Cotton-seed oil 2 oz. 

Oil of camphor 1 dr. 

Oil of turpentine 2 dr. 

Oil of thyme % dr. 

Kerosene 4 dr. 

Sulphuric acid 20 min. 

To the mixture of croton and cot- 
ton-seed oils add the sulphuric 
acid, stirring continually, then add 
the other constituents. After 
standing a few days it resembles 
the original preparation fairly 
well. 

—(Western Druggist.) 

GUNN'S RHEUMATIC LINI- 
MENT. 

B Linseed oil 1 oz. 

Oil cedar 1 oz. 

Oil amber 1 oz. 

Take gum camphor y 2 ounce; rub 
in a mortar Willi alcohol or sul- 
phuric ether till pulverized, and 
while still damp add 

Olive oil % qz. 

Turpentine V 2 oz. 

Laudanum y 2 oz. 

After which add the first three 

GRANDMOTHER'S OWN 

COUGH REMEDY. 

B Liquid tar 5 gr. 

Fluid ext. hemlock 1 dr. 

Powdered white sugar 2 oz. 

And add 

Alcohol y 2 oz. 

WaLer 1% oz. 

Molasses 3 oz. 

Fluid ext. ipecac 8 min. 

Mix well and add finally 

Chloroform 1 dr. 

Mix. _(New Idea.) 

GRAY'S SPECIFIC PILLS. 

B Asafoetida 2 gr. 

Camphor 1 gr. 

Lupuline % gr. 

The specific action is in the di- 
rection of an aphrodisiac. 

—(Western Druggist.) 

GREEN'S AUGUST FLOWER. 

B Rhubarb 360 gr. 

Golden seal 90 gr 

Cape aloes 16 gr.' 

Peppermint leaves 120- gr. 

Carb. of potash 120 gr. 

Capsicum 5 gr 

Sugar 5 oz.' 

Alcohol 3 oz. 

Water 10 oz. 

Ess. of peppermint 20 min. 

Powder the drugs and macerate 
with the mixed alcohol and water 
for several days; filter and add 
enough alcohol to make the prod- 
uct measure one pint. 

—(New Idea.) 



312 



NOSTRUMS 



GREEN MOUNTAIN SALVE. 

B Resin 5 lb. 

Burgundy pitch ^ lb. 

Beeswax V± lb. 

Mutton tallow % lb. 

Oil of hemlock.., 1 oz. 

Balsam fir 1 oz. 

Oil origanum 1 oz. 

Oil of red cedar 1 oz. 

Venice turpentine 1 oz. 

Oil wormwood % oz. 

Verdigris (powdered) 1 oz. 

Melt the first articles together, 
-and add the oils; having rubbed up 
the verdigris -with a little oil, put 
it in with the other articles, stir- 
ring weii; tncn put into cold water 
and work until cold enough to roll. 

GREEN WONDER OIL. 

B Terebinth venet 4 oz. 

Zinci sulphat 15 gr. 

Cupri acetat 1% oz. 

Bals. Peru 1 dr. 

Ol. olivae 1 lb. 

Ol. lini 1 lb. 

Boil the oils; when warm add 
the turpentine and zinc; when 
almost cold add the other ingredi- 
ents and stir well. For scalds, 
burns, wounds and piles. 

GREAT LONDON LINIMENT. 

B Acetate of morphia 10 gr. 

Chlproform 1 oz. 

Olive oil 1 oz. 

Water of ammonia 1 oz. 

GRIMAULT'S INJECTION OF 
MATICO. 

A satisfactory and valuable sub- 
stitute could be made by distilling 
about y 2 to 1 fluid drachm of fluid 
extract of eucalyptus globulus, 
with water sufficient to obtain 5 
fluid ounces of distillate, and then 
in this dissolve 4 grains of sul- 
phate of copper. 

—(New Idea.) 

HAINE'S GOLDEN SPECIFIC 
FOR OPIUM HABIT. 
B Bayberry-root bark, pow- 
dered 16 oz. 

Ginger, powdered 8 oz. 

Capsicum, powdered 1 oz. 

Mix. —(Western Druggist.) 

DR. B. W. HAIR'S ASTHMA 
CURE. 

B Wine of tar 14 oz. 

Iodide of potassium 220 gr. 

Make a solution. Shake well be- 
fore taking. The wine of tar to 
be used in the above must be made 
as follows : 

B Common pine tar 2 dr. 

Sherry wine 2 pts. 

Pine sawdust y 2 oz. 



Mix the tar with the sawdust so 
as to form a sort of powder; then 
macerate it for a week with the 
wine and filter through paper. 

—(Dr. Palmer.) 

HALLO WAT'S PILLS. 

B Aloes 2 dr. 

Rhubarb 1 dr. 

Capsicum 20 gr. 

Saffron 5 gr. 

Sulphate of soda 5 gr. 

Make one hundred pills. 

HALL'S CATARRH CURE. 

B Gentian root 1*4 oz. 

Bitter orange peel 5 dr. 

Cardamon seeds 100 gr. 

Potassium iodide 1 oz. 

Dilute alcohol Sufficient. 

Macerate the crude drugs in 12 
ounces of dilute alcohol for 48 
hours, then transfer to a perco 
lator and allow to percolate slowly, 
when the liquid has ceased to per- 
colate, pass enough menstruum 
through the percolator to make the 
finished product measure 16 ounces. 
In this dissolve the potassium iod 
ide. —(New Idea) 

HAMLET'S AGUE PILLS. 

B Sulph. quinine 2 dr 

Powd. myrrh 1 dr. 

Powd. capsicum 1 dr. 

Mix and make sixty pills. 

HAMLIN'S WIZARD OIL. 

B Alcohol 1 pt. 

.. Gum camphor 1 oz. 

Oil sassafras y 2 oz. 

Tinct. myrrh y 2 oz. 

Tinct capsicum y 2 oz. 

Chloroform *& oz. 

—(Dr. Douglas in Medical World.) 

HAMBURG BREAST TEA. 
It is said that a preparation simi- 
lar to this may be made by mix- 
ing: 

B Marshmallow flowers 8 oz. 

Licorice root 3 oz 

Orris root 1 oz. 

Coltsfoot 4 oz 

Mullein flowers 2 oz 

Anise seed 2 oz. 

HAMBURG DROPS. 
B Powdered socotrine-aloes..l% oz. 

American saffron % oz. 

Tincture of myrrh 16 oz. 

Macerate for fourteen days and 
filter through paper. 

HANSON'S MAGIC CORN CURE. 

B Simple cerate 1 oz. 

Salicylic acid 1 dr. 

Mix intimately. 

—(Indiana Pharmacist.) 



NOSTRUMS 



313 



HUNTER'S RED DROPS. 

B Corrosive sublimate 10 gr. 

Muriatic acid 12 drops. 

Rub in a glass mortal and grad- 
ually add: 

Compound spirits of laven- 
der 1 oz. 

Dose— Five to twenty drops in 
wine, or spirits and water. A 
powerful alterative in syphilitic 
diseases. 

KOHLER'S ONE NIGHT CORN 
CURE. 
This is claimed to consist of lard 
containing 25 per cent of salicylic 
acid. —(Western Druggist.) 

HARLEM OIL, 

B Flowers of sulphur 2 oz. 

Linseed oil 1 lb. 

Oil of amber 2 oz. 

Oil of turpentine sufficient. 

Boil the sulphur and linseed oil 
on a gentle fire until the sulphur 
is dissolved; then withdraw from 
the fire, and when the mixture has 
somewhat cooled, add the oil of 
amber and enough oil of turpentine 
to bring the preparation to the 
consistence of molasses. 

—(National Druggist.) 

HARDY'S OINTMENT. 
B Beef tallow 17 dr. 

Castor oil 6 dr. 

Gallic acid 30 gr. 

Essence vanilla sufficient to flavor. 

HARTER'S WILD CHERRY BIT- 
TERS. 
B Wild cherry bark 8 oz. 

Yellow cinchona bark 1 oz. 

Orange peel 2 oz. 

Cardamom seed 1 oz. 

Asarum canadense % oz. 

Alcohol dilute 6 pts. 

Honey 1 pt. 

Syrup 1 pt. 

Percolate the drugs, in moderate- 
ly fine powder, with the dilute al- 
cohol, and when six pints are ob- 
tained add the honey and syrup. 

HELMBOLD'S JELLY OF GLYC- 
ERINE AND ROSES. 
Our examination shows the fol- 
lowing to be the formula for the 
above: 

B Tragacanth 1 dr. 

Triple ext. of rose 6 drops. 

Glycerine ~. 2 oz. 

Water 4 oz. 

—(New Idea.) 

HEISKELL'S TETTER OINT- 
MENT. 
Heiskell's Tetter Ointment, ac- 
cording to the Western Druggist, 
is said to be simply cerate of 
subacetate of lead. 



HIND'S HONEY AND ALMOND 
CREAM. 
According to Mr. Geo. H. Rose, 
this preparation may be prac- 
tically duplicated by the following 
formula: 
B Ointment of rose-water 5 parts 

Oil of sweet almonds 5 parts 

Glycerine o parts 

Boric acid 5 parts 

Solution of soda, U. S. 

P 12 parts 

Mucilage of quince seed 

(2 drs. to 1 pt.) 25 parts 

Water sufficient to 

make .- 200 parts 

Oil of bitte^ almond, and oil of 
rose, of each sufficient to per- 
fume. 

HINKLEY'S BONE LINIMENT. 
B Oil of wormwood 40 min. 

Oil of hemlock 2 dr. 

Oil of thyme 2 dr. 

Oil of turpentine 4 dr. 

Fl. ext. of capsicum 1 dr. 

Alcohol to make 4 oz. 

HIMROD'S ASTHMA CURE, 
Dr. Geo. Covert, of Clinton, Wis., 
in a recent article, says in regard 
to this preparation: "A one-time 
school-mate and friend of mine 
cured himself of asthma with his 
own remedy. He went to Europe, 
introduced his asthma remedy to 
the notice of Kaiser William, who 
used it with benefit and gave it his 
royal commendation. Our friend's 
fortune was made, and Himrod's 
Asthma Remedy is still on the 
market." 
B Powdered lobelia 2 oz. 

Powdered stramonium 
leaves 2 oz. 

Powdered nitrate potash... 2 oz. 

Powdered black tea 2 oz. 

Sift well and mix. 

HOLMES' LIVER PILLS. 
B Colocynth pulp 1 oz. 

Gamboge 1 oz. 

Scammony 1 oz. 

Barb, aloes 2 oz. 

Castile soap y 2 oz. 

Oil peppermint 2 fl. dr. 

Water Sufficient. 

Make into three-grain pills, of 
which from two to three are an 
average cathartic. These pills for- 
merly had a big reputation in the 
city of Pittsburg, Pa. 

HOLLO WAY'S OINTMENT. 
The formula for this preparation 

is said to be: 

B Yellow wax 10 parts 

White wax 10 parts 

Turpentine 25 parts 

Lard 50 parts 

Sweet oil , 75 parts 



J 



314 



NOSTRUMS 



HELMBOLD'S BUCHU. 

B Short buchu 9 oz. 

Uva ursi W2 oz. 

Licorice root 10 dr. 

Macerate in 9 pints of boiling 
water, strain, and add: 

Caramel 2 oz. 

Molasses 8 oz. 

Mix well, and add: 

Fluid extract cubeb 5 oz 

Alcohol 2 pt. 

Oil peppermint 1 oz. 

Water sufficient to make. .12 pt. 
— (Lillard's Prac. Hints and For- 
mulas.) 

HOP BITTERS. 
The following is said to be the 
formula: 

B Tinct. of hops % oz. 

Tinct. of buchu 3 dr. 

Tinct. of senega 3 dr. 

Podophyllin (dis. in spirits 

of wine) 10 gr. 

Tinct. of cochineal 20 drops 

Distilled water sufficient to 

make 1 pint 

Mix. —(Medical World). 

HOSTETTER'S BITTERS. 

B Sugar 2 lb. 

Calamus root 2 lb. 

Orange peel 2 lb. 

Peruvian bark 2 lb. 

Gentian root •. 2 1b. 

Columbo root 2 lb. 

Rhubarb 8 oz. 

Cinnamon 4 oz. 

Cloves 2 oz. 

Diluted alcohol 4 gal. 

Mix. —(The Medical Bulletin). 

INJECTION BROU. 

A preparation which is substan- 
tially the same, may be made by 
the following formula: 
B Tinct. catechu (1 in 16) 1 dr. 

Cocaine muriate 10 gr. 

Lead acetate 10 gr. 

Zinc, sulphate 10 gr. 

Water 6% oz. 

Alcohol y 2 oz. 

Dissolve the mineral salts each in 
V 2 ounce of water and mix them. 
Dilute the tinct. catechu with 4 
fluid ounces of water; add the min- 
erals and then the solution of co- 
caine muriate in an ounce of wa- 
ter; lastly the alcohol and water 
to make 7% fluid ounces. The color 
of Injection Brou may be fairly 
well simulated by using a small 
amount of magenta. 

—(New Idea). 

JACKSON'S COUGH SYRUP. 

The following is the formula rec- 
ommended by Prof. J. U. Lloyd to 
be followed as a standard for the 



above preparation, which also goes 
by the name of "Compound Syrup 
of Morphine:" 

B Fl. ext. ipecac y 2 dr. 

Fl. ext. senega 3 oz. 

Fl. ext. rhubarb 4 dr. 

Sulphate morphine 8 gr. 

Oil sassafras 22 min. 

Syrup, to make 32 oz. 

Mix. —(American Druggist). 

JAYNE'S ALTERATIVE. 

B Tartar emetic 4 gr. 

Spirits of camphor 1 dr. 

Fluid extract of ipecac — 4 min. 

Laudanum 2 dr. 

Tinct. of lobelia 1 dr. 

Syrup of tolu 12 dr. 

Tinct. of digitalis 1 dr. 

Syrup of squills 2 oz. 

Mix. —(National Druggist). 

JAYNE'S EXPECTORANT. 

The following is given in New 
Idea as approximating this prep- 
aration: 
B Svrup squills 2 oz. 

Tinct. tolu V/2 oz. 

Tinct. camphor 1 dr. 

Tinct. digitalis 1 dr. 

Tinct. opium 2 dr. 

Wine ipecac 2 dr. 

Antimon. and pot. tart 2 gr. 

KEATING' S COUGH LOZENGES. 

B Lactucarium 7% gr. 

Ipecac 3% gr. 

Squills 3 gr. 

Ext licorice 3 dr. 

Mucil tragacanth q. s. 

Mix and divide into lozenges each 
containing 19 gr. 

KENDALL'S SPAVIN CURE. 

The following formula makes a 
preparation substantially the same 
as the proprietary liniment: 

B Turpentine 1 oz. 

Alcohol 2 oz. 

Camphor 240 gr ' 

Iodine 25 gr. 

Petroleum oil (heavy) y 2 dr.* 

Oil of rosemary 1 dr. 

In the mixed oils (without filter- 
ing (dissolve the camphor and the 
iodine. —(New Idea). 

KENNEDY'S MEDICAL DISCOV- 
ERY. 

B Sneezewort 1 oz. 

Bitter root 4 dr. 

Mix and add: 

Boiling water 8 oz. 

Proof spirits 10 oz. 

Licorice root 4 dr. 

Macerate for 48 hours, then add: 

White sugar 4 oz. 

Tinct. gaultheria 1 oz. 

-(King's American Dispensatory). 



NOSTRUMS 



315 



KELLOGG' S RED DROPS. 

B Spirit of camphor 2 oz. 

Spirits of origanum % oz. 

Oil of sassafras y± oz. 

Oil of turpentine y 2 oz. 

Color tincture (about) 4 oz. 

Mix. —(Pharmacist and Chemist). 

KENNKLE'S VEGETABLE 
' WORM SYRUP: 
According to our examination 
each bottle contains: 

B Santonine 27 gr. 

Oil sassafras 1 min. 

Alcohol 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. pink-root 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. dandelion V 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. golden seal ^4 oz. 

Molasses V2 oz. 

The santonine in a finely tritur- 
ated condition. —(New Idea). 

KEFHALGINE. 
This remedy for headache, con- 
sists of: 

B Antipyrine 5 parts 

Roasted coffee 5 parts 

Caffeine 2 parts 

Salicylate of sodium 2 parts 

Mix. 
-(American Journal of Pharmacy). 

KICKAPOO INDIAN OIL. 

B Camphor V2 oz. 

Oil turpentine 1 dr. 

Oil peppermint V 2 dr. 

Oil wintergreen y 2 dr. 

Tinct. capsicum y 2 oz. 

Alcohol, sufficient to make 1 pt. 
Mix. —(New Idea). 

KING'S NEW DISCOVERY. 

The following is said to repre- 
sent its composition: 
BSulp. morphia 8 gr. 

Fl. ext. ipecac y 2 dr 

Chloroform 60 min. 

Tinct. white pine 2 oz. 

Water 7 oz. 

Carbonate of magnesia — y± oz. 

Sugar 14 oz. 

Rub the magnesia with one 
ounce of the sugar in a mortar, 
and triturate with the tincture of 
white pine and the fluid extract of 
ipecac; gradually add the water, 
and triturate with the mixture in 
the mortar. Filter and dissolve 
the morphia sulphate in the fil- 
trate; mix the chloroform with the 
rest of the sugar in a bottle and 
add the liquid above. Keep in 
a tight vessel. —(New Idea). 

KITCHELL'S LINIMENT. 

B Water ammonia 1 part 

Water 3 parts 

Caramel q. s. color 

Mix. —(Western Druggist). 



KING'S ROYAL GERMETEUR. 

B Sulphuric acid 2 oz. 

Water (saturated with sul- 

phureted hydrogen) 1 oz. 

Hydrant or well water to 

make 1 gal. 

Mix. —(Dixie Doctor). 

KLINE'S NERVE RESTORER. 

B Bromide of ammonia 3 dr. 

Bromide of potassium 3 dr. 

Bicarb, of potassium 80 gr. 

Tinct. columbo 6 dr. 

Water 6 oz. 

Mix. Dose: Teaspoonful thrice 
daily in water. 

—(Dr. Wade in Med. World.) 

KREYDER'S AGUE PILLS. 

Sulph. quinia 20 gr. 

Dover's powder 10 gr. 

Sub. carb. iron 10 gr. 

Mix with mucilage of acacia and 
form 20 pills Dose: Two each 
hour, commencing five hours be- 
fore the chill should set in. Then 
take one night and morning until 
all are taken. 

DALLEMAND'S SPECIFIC. 
B Sulph. quinia 1 dr. 

Sulph. cinchona 1 dr. 

Ex. colocynth 4 dr. 

Wine colchicum seeds 8 oz. 

Tinct. verat. viride 1 oz. 

Dilute alcohol 8 oz. 

Sherry wine 31 oz. 

Mix. Dose: One teaspoonful. 

—(National Druggist). 

LANGELL'S ASTHMA REMEDY. 

B Powd. belladonna leaves.. 1 part 

Powd. nitrate of potash. 10 parts 

LAUBACH'S ECLECTIC LINI- 
MENT. 

B Oil of turpentine 60 parts 

Tine, arnica flowers — 120 parts 
Stronger water of am- 
monia 120 parts 

Soap liniment 900 parts 

Oil of sassafras 6 parts 

Oil of thyme 2 parts 

Alcohol 240 parts 

Total parts (by measure). 1448 

— (New Idea). 

LAVARRE'S SURE CURE. 
B Fl. ext. poke berries 80 min. 

Fl. ext. sassafras 40 min. 

Liquid ammonia, caustic. 5 min. 

Sodium bromide 20 gr. 

Alcohol :y 2 oz. 

Oil of peppermint 1 min. 

Powdered cochineal 4 gr. 

White sugar 3 dr. 

Water (enough to make) — 4 oz. 
Mix. —(New Idea). 



316 



NOSTRUMS 



LAVILLE'S GOUT CURE. 

This patent prearation is said to 
have the following composition: 
B Quinine 7.7 gr. 

Cinchonine 9.3 gr. 

Colocynthin : ...3.8 gr. 

Lime salts 7.6 gr. 

Coloring matter 4.6 gr. 

Alcohol 3 1-3 dr. 

Water 2 1-3 dr. 

Port Wine 1234.0 dr. 

.ix. —(National Druggist). 

LEE'S LITHONTRIPTIC. 

B Powdered castile soap 2 oz. 

Carbonate of potassium 4 dr. 

Nitrate of potassium 2 dr. 

Powdered gum arabic 5 dr. 

Oil of juniper 2 dr. 

Mix. —(Druggists' Circular). 

LEE'S GRAVEL REMEDY. 

B Sapo. Venet 4 oz. 

Sal. nitre pulv 4 oz. 

Oil juniper 4 oz. 

Gum arabic pulv 1 oz. 

Sal. absynth 1 oz. 

LEE'S ANTI-BILIOUS PILLS. 

B Calomel 30 gr. 

Jalap '.GO gr. 

Gamboge ....12 gr. 

Tartar emetic 3 gr. 

Beat into a mass and make into 
24 pills, mix with gum arabic or 
extract of dandelion. Dose: 3 to 5 
pills as a purgative. 

By substituting podophyllin in 
the place of calomel (same quan- 
tity) it makes a safer and better 
pill for common use. Dose: 2 to 
3 pills. 

LIEBIG'S CORN CURE. 

The following formula for Lie- 
big's Corn Cure is said to be very 
effective: 
B Ext. of cannabis indica..5 parts 

Salicylic acid 30 parts 

Collodion 240 parts 

Mix until dissolved. Apply with 
a camel-hair pencil four consecu- 
tive nights and mornings to form 
a thick coating. The collodion 
protects the corn from irritation 
and rubbing, while the extract of 
cannabis indica acts as an ano- 
dyne, and the salicylic acid dis- 
solves and disintegrates the corn. 

LITTLE HOP PILLS. 

B Podophyllin : 3 gr. 

Ext. colocynth 6 gr. 

Oil of peppermint 1 min. 

Ext. rhubarb Sufficient 

Mix, divide into 12 pills and coat 
heavily with sugar. —(New Idea.) 



LINIMENT FOR MAN AND 
BEAST. 

B Powdered myrrh 1 oz. 

Powdered aloes 1 oz. 

Balsam fir 1 oz. 

Alcohol 8 oz. 

Mix. —(National Druggist). 

LIQUID CARBONIS DETER- 
GENS. 
B Quillaya saponari (soap 

bark) 4 lb. 

Alcohol (65 per cent.) 2 gal. 

Macerate and filter. 

Tinct. (as above) 100 parts 

Coal tar 50 parts 

Mix. After eight days, filter. 
Used externally in skin diseases. 

LIQUID COURT PLASTER. 

If soluble gun cotton is dissolved 
in acetone in the proportion of 
about 1 dram by weight of the 
former to 35 or 40 drams by volume 
of the latter, and half a dram 
each of castor oil and glycerine be 
added, a colorless, elastic and flex- 
ible film will form on the skin 
wherever it is appied. Unlike or- 
dinary collodion it will not be 
likely to dry and peel off. 

LOCOCK'S PULMONIC WAFERS. 

B Sugar 10 dr. 

Starch 10 dr. 

Gum arabic 5 dr. 

Lactucarium 75 gr. 

Equal parts each of vinegar of 
squills, Oxymel of squills, Wine of 
ipecac. 

The last three are to be mixed 
and evaporated to one-sixth the 
original bulk and added to the 
powders in quantity sufficient to 
make a mass of proper consist- 
ance. This is to be divided into 
lozenges of seven and one-half 
grains each. 

LOWNDES' MAGIC CREAM. 

B Hydrarg. ammoniat 1 part 

Zinc oxide 3 parts 

Must be thoroughly incorporated 
in powder; sufficient glycerine and 
lard then added to make a stiff 
cream. For application to venereal 
ulcers. 

LYDIA PINKHAM'S VEGE- 
TABLE COMPOUND. 

B Cramp bark 4 ox 

Partridge berry vine 4 oz. 

Popular bark 2 oz. 

Unicorn root 2 oz. 

Cassia 2 oz. 

Beth root Wz oz. 

Sugar iy 2 lb. 

Alcohol 1 pt. 

Water, a sufficient quantity. 



NOSTRUMS 



317 



The drugs should all be reduced 
to a moderately coarse powder; 
pour on boiling: water, let stand 
until cold, then percolate with wa- 
ter until the percolate measures 
one pint, add the sugar, bring to 
a boil, remove from the fire, and 
when cold add the alcohol and 
strain. 

Dose: One or two teaspoonfuls of 
this may be taken three or four 
times a day. 

LOW'S MAGNETIC LINIMENT. 

The following formula furnishes 
a liniment nearly identical in con- 
tents, character, and color: 

B Oil of turpentine 90 parts 

Tinct. of capsicum 120 parts 

Spirits of camphor 960 parts 

Stronger water of am- 
monia 90 parts 

Alcohol (sp. gr. 820) . . . .180 parts 

Oil of sassafras 6 parts 

Fluid ext. of sassafras.. 40 parts 
Total (parts by weight).. 1486 

—(New Idea). 

LYON'S KATHAIRON. 

The following formula will ex- 
actly duplicate the original: 

B Castor oil 1 oz. 

Tinct. cantharides 1 dr. 

Oil of bergamot 20 min. 

Stronger water of am- 
monia 1 min. 

Alcohol sufficient to make 3 oz. 
Mix. —(New Idea). 

MARSHALL'S PILLS. 

B Compound ext. colocynth..60 gr. 

Mass mercury 60 gr. 

Powd. aloes 60 gr. 

Powd. soap 60 gr. 

Powd. rhubarb 60 gr. 

Mix and make into 60 pills. 

—(Pharmaceutical Record). 

MATER'S OINTMENT. 

B Olive oil 2% lb. 

White turpentine % lb. 

Beeswax 4 oz. 

Unsalted butter 4 oz. 

iix. —(Pharmaceutical Era). 

MCLEAN'S STRENGTHENING 

CORDIAL. 

B Gentian root 8 oz. 

Columbo root 8 oz. 

Orange peel 2 oz. 

Coriander seed 1 oz. 

Cardamom seed % oz. 

Serpen taria 1 oz. 

Whisky 7 pts. 

Glycerine 1 pt. 

Grind the drugs to coarse pow- 
der, moisten with wnisky, pack in 
the percolator, percolate with the 
whisky, forcing out the last with 
water, and in the percolate mix the 
glycerine. 



MEIBOM'S PECTORIAL BAL- 
SAM. 

B Benzoin 10 parts 

Dragon's blood 10 parts 

Opium 10 parts 

Bals. Peru 10 parts 

Spermaceti 5 parts 

Butter 10 parts 

Sweet oil of almonds.... 50 parts 

Oil of turpentine 100 parts 

Acetic acid 2 parts 

Digest for some days, frequently 
shaking, and strain through linen. 
To be rubbed on the breast once 
daily and taken internally once or 
twice daily, in doses of 10 to 15 
drops, for coughs and catarrh. 

METZ'S BALSAM. 
Metz's Balsam, which is quite 

popular in some sections of the 

country, it is said is prepared as 

follows: 

B Linseed oil 180 parts 

Olive oil 180 parts 

Oil of laurel berries 30 parts 

Turpentine (oleo-resin)..60 parts 

Melt by a gentle heat and add: 

Powdered aloes 8 parts 

Powdered verdigris 12 parts 

Powdered white vitrol 6 parts 

Pour into a bottle and add: 

Oil of juniper 15 parts 

Oil of cloves 4 parts 

Mix by shaking. It is used as 

a dressing for ulcers, boils, wounds, 

etc. —(National Druggist). 

MEXICAN MUSTANG LINI- 
MENT. 
B Oil turpentine y 2 dr. 

Oil thyme % dr. 

Oil amber, crude y 2 dr. 

Black oil 1 dr. 

Kerosene oil 3 dr. 

Water 3 oz. 2 dr. 

Soap 35 gr. 

Caustic potash 3 gr. 

Mix. —(New Idea). 

MILLER'S GOLDEN OIL. 

According to New Idea, this con- 
sists mainly of: 
B Essential oil of lavender. 30 min. 

Essential oil eucalyptus 20 min. 

Essential oil sassafras.. 20 min. 

Oil of turpentine 1 min. 

Cotton-seed oil 7 dr. 

MITCHELL'S EYE- SALVE. 
B Saxoline, snow white v 350 gr. 

White wax 130 gr. 

Oxide of zinc 45 gr. 

Oxide of mercury 5 gr. 

Oil of lavender 10 min. 

Melt the wax and saxoline to- 
gether, and stir constantly while 
cooling. As soon as the mass be- 
gins to solidify incorporate the ox- 
ides and oil of lavender. 

—(New Idea). 



318 



NOSTRUMS 



MORRISON'S PILLS. 

B Powdered colocynth 3 gr. 

Powdered gamboge 6 gr. 

Powdered aloes 9 gr. 

Cream of tartar 12 gr. 

Also syrup enough for 12 pills. 
Serious results are often produced 
by large do=es of these pills. 

MICAJAH'S MEDICATED UTER- 
INE WAFERS. 
The Medical Summary gives the 
following formula as one practical- 
ly duplicating this preparation, 
which is so extensively used by the 
medical profession: 
B Mercury bichloride 1-16 gr. 

Zinc sulphate 5 gr. 

Bismuth subnitrate 15 gr. 

Acacia 5 gr. 

Carbolic acid 3 gr. 

Water q. s. 

MOREHEAD'S MAGNETIC 
PLASTER. 
Is said to be composed of tar 
and extract of belladonna, of each 
equal parts. 

MOUNTAIN ROSE. 

This remedy is similar to Viavi 
and is said to have been invented 
by the same Dr. Springsteen. 
Mountain Rose comes in sixteenth- 
grain round tablets, which are ap- 
plied with a placer. These tab- 
lets are said to contain jequirity, 
calendula, hydrastis, boric acid 
and slippery elm. 

MOXIE. 
This "Moxie," despite the won- 
derful tale of its discovery, and 
although so "wholly unknown to 
botanists," is, we presume to say, 
a plant otherwise termed avena sa- 
tiva The great "Nerve Food" is 
a decoction of oats, made into a 
syrup and flavored with sassafras 
and wintergreen. 

—(Western Druggist). 

MOTHER SIEGEL'S SYRUP. 
B Cone, decoction of aloes 

(1 to 4) 60 min. 

Borax 1.3 gm. 

Capsicum, powdered 0.13 gm. 

Gentian, powdered 2.3 gm. 

Sassafras oil 0.3 gm. 

Wintergreen oil 0.12 gm. 

Rectified spirits 7.5 gm. 

Fluid extract dandelion. .7.5 gm. 
Syrup 125 gm. 

MURRAY'S INFALLIBLE SYS- 
TEM TONIC, M. I. S. T. 
Our examination proved it to be: 

B Aloes 50 gr. 

Cinnamon, pulv 25 gr. 

Glycyrrhiza root, pulv 25 gr. 

Water sufficient 



Make into a pill mass with a lit- 
tle water, and divide into 50 parts. 
Press into gelatine capsules for 
use. —(New Idea). 

NERVURA NERVE TONIC. 

Smile-ax writes to the Drug- 
gists' Circular that he is informed 
from a reliable source that Dr. 
Green's Nervura, so much adver- 
tised, is comuosed about as fol- 
lows: 
B Coca tincture 4 oz. 

Damiana tincture 4 oz. 

Calisaya tincture 4 oz. 

While by no means a "won- 
derful discovery," still, if made 
from the best materials, it would 
afford a handsome profit to the 
manufacturer. 

NUMBER THIRTEEN. 

B Ol. santal alb. opt 2 dr, 

Tinct. cubebs % oz 

Spts. lavender comp % oz 

Spts. nit. dulc y 2 oz 

Ol. cassia opt 15 min 

Syr. acacia 2y 2 oz 

Mix. Dose: A teaspoonful be 

fore meals. 

OCULINE OR "THE BRILLIANT 
EYE." 

This is a collyrium advertised by 
a New York firm. It is guaran- 
teed to cure every description of 
eye disease, and to impart a beau- 
tiful and lasting brilliancy to the 
organ of vision. 

Examined by Dr. Fr. Hoffman, it 
has been found to consist of water 
containing 1 per cent, of boric acid 
and 5 per cent, of glycerin. 

— (Pharm. Rundschau). 

OIL OF JOY. 

B Alcohol 4 pts. 

Gum camphor y 2 oz. 

Oil of sassafras 1 oz. 

Oil of cedar 1 oz. 

Tinct. of guaic 1 oz. 

Tinct. of capsicum 2 oz. 

Water of ammonia 4 oz. 

Chloroform 3 oz. 

OIL OF GLADNESS. 

B Oil of marjoram... 1 dr. 

Oil of peppermint 1 dr. 

Oil of horsemint 1 dr. 

Ether 2 dr. 

Tinct. of capsicum... 4 dr. 

Tinct. of opium 1 dr. 

Tinct. of red sanders 1 dr. 

Alcohol, sufficient quantity 

to make 8 oz. 

Mix. —(Druggists' Circular). 



NOSTRUMS 



319 



ORANGE BLOSSOM. 
This takes the form of a sup- 
pository for female disease, each 
suppository weighing about 31 
grains. The New Idea gives the 
constituents as follows: 

B Zinc sulphate 1 dr. 

Alum 15 gr. 

Cocoa butter 3 dr. 

White wax % dr. 

Oil sweet almonds V/ 2 dr. 

Ext. henbane 1 gr. 

Make suppositories of above 
weight. 

OSGOOD'S CHOLAGOGUE OR 
CELEBRATED AGUE CURE. 

B Sulph. quinine 2 dr. 

Fluid ext. leptandra 2 dr. 

Saturated tinct. stillingia. .4 oz. 

Fluid ext. podophy llin 3 dr. 

Oil of sassafras 10 min. 

Oil of wintergreen 10 min. 

New Orleans molasses suf- 
ficient to make 8 oz. 

Mix. Dose: One to two tea- 
spoonfuls. 

OZONE UTERINE WAFERS. 

The Boston Journal of Health 
says that these wafers consist of 
powdered jequirity in capsules. 

PAINE' S CELERY COMPOUND. 
B Celery seed 2 oz. 

Red cinchona 1 oz. 

Orange peel x k oz. 

Coriander seed Y± oz. 

Lemon peel */i oz. 

Hydrochloric acid 15 drops 

Alcohol 5 oz. 

Glycerine 3 oz. 

Water 4 oz. 

Syrup 4 oz. 

Grind the solids to No. 40 powder, 
mix the acid and the water, add 
the glycerine and alcohol, and in 
the menstruum so prepared macer- 
ate the power for 24 hours; then 
percolate, adding enough water 
and alcohol in the proportion to 
make 12 fluid ounces. Finally add 
the syrup and if necessary, filter. 
Make 32 pints —(Boston Herald). 

PARSON'S PURGATIVE PILLS. 

B Aloes 1 gr. 

Calomel y 2 gr. 

Powd. colocynth % gr. 

Gamboge y 2 gr. 

Soap y 2 gr. 

Mandrake root y 2 gr. 

Oil peppermint. y 2 gr. 

PEEKSKILL'S COUGH SYRUP. 

B Syrup of tolu 5 oz. 

Syrup of ipecac 1 oz. 

Paregoric 4 oz. 

Syrup of wild cherry 1 oz. 

ax. —(Medical World). 



?ERUNA. 

B Copaibr 6 dr. 

CubeJ-^ 2 dr. 

Calisaya bark, ground 2 oz. 

Stone root (Collinsonia) 

ground 2 oz. 

Corydalis (Turkey Corn) 

ground 2 oz. 

Deodorized alcohol 1 pt. 

Add a.ll the ingredients to the 
alcohol. Let stand one week. Shake 
le bottle frequently, and finally 
strain through several thicknesses 
of muslin, or filter through filter- 
ing paper, which may be obtained 
at any drug store. 

PALMER'S COSMETIC LOTION. 
It is said to be a weak (one per 
cent.) solution of sulpho-carbolate 
of zinc in glycerine and rose-wa- 
ter. 

PATTERSON'S EMULSION OF 
PUMPKIN .SEEDS. 

Patterson's Emulsion of Pumpkin 
Seeds is said to be a good emul- 
sion for expelling tapeworms. 

Take two ounces of pumpkin 
seeds, peel and pound to a paste 
with sugar, then add by degrees 
eight fluid ounces of water, the 
whole to be taken in two or three 
draughts at short intervals. 

PERRY DAVIS' PAIN KILLER. 

B Gum myrrh 2% lb. 

Capsicum 10 oz. 

Gum opium 8 oz. 

Gum benzoin 6 oz. 

Gum guiac 3 oz. 

Gum camphor 10 oz. 

Alcohol 5 gal. 

PHENOL SODIQUE, 

B Carbolic acid 188 gr. 

Caustic soda 31 gr. 

Distilled water 4 oz. 

PLEIS' FIT POWDERS. 

B Bromide of potassium 15 gr. 

Powdered gentian 5 gr. 

Mix. Make one powder. 

—(The Drug Mill). 

PERRY'S COMPOUND SARSA- 

PARILLA BLOOD PURIFIER. 
B Turkey-corn root 2 1b. 

Stillingia root 2 lb. 

Sarsaparilla root 2 lb. 

Yellow-dock root 2 lb. 

Sassafras bark lib. 

Simple syrup 2 gal. 

Diluted alcohol 32 pt. 

Iodide of Potassa 2 1b. 

Water sufficient 

Percolate roots and bark with 
diluted' alcohol, add syrup, then 
iodide of potassa. Dissolve in wa- 
ter to make six gallons. 
Mix. — (Kilner's Modern Pharm). 



320 



NOSTRUMS 



PETTIT'S EYE SALVE, 

The formula for this old and pop- 
ular remedy is as follows: 

B Olive oil 4 dr. 

Spermaceti V/ 2 dr. 

White wax V2 dr. 

Melt together, and add gradually, 
under trituration in a warm mor- 
tar, to the following in fine pow- 
der, and thoroughly mix: 

White precipitate 20 gr. 

Oxide zinc 30 gr. 

Acid benzoic 2 gr. 

Morphine sulph % gr. 

Oil rosemary Y 2 gr. 

Finally stir until cool, and pre- 
serve in a well covered vessel. 

—(Western Druggist). 

PIERCE'S "FAVORITE PRE- 
SCRIPTION. 

B Savin 150 gr. 

Cinchona 150 gr. 

Agaric 75 gr. 

Cinnamon 75 gr. 

Water sufficient to make 

a decoction of 8 oz. 

To this add: 

Acacia 150 gr. 

Sugar 75 gr 

Tinct. digitalis V 2 dr. 

Opium V 2 dr. 

Oil Anise 8 min. 

Dissolve the gum and sugar in 
the strained decoction, then add 
Alcohol, 2 fluid ounces, in which 
the oil has previously bene dis- 
solved. — (Hager.) 

PIERCE'S GOLDEN MEDICAL 
DISCOVERY. 

R Fluid extract of cinchona.. 16 oz. 

Fluid extract of columbo..4 oz. 

Fluid extract of guaiacum 8 oz. 

Fluid extract of licorice — 4 oz. 

Tincture of opium 1 oz. 

Podophyllin (resinoid) 120 gr. 

Glycerine 6 pt. 

Alcohol Sufficient.. 

Dissolve the podophyllin in the 
alcohol, and add the rest of the 

ingredients. Mix them. Dose: 

—A tablespoonful 

—(The Drug Mill.) 

PLATT'S CHLORDDES. 

Piatt's Chlorides we found to be 
approximately as follows: 

B Magnesium chloride iy 2 parts 

Potassium chloride 1% parts 

Sodium chloride 1% parts 

Zinc, chloride 1V 2 parts 

Aluminum chloride 7M> parts 

Water, sufficient 
quantity 100 parts 

Mix. —(New Idea). 



POPE'S CURE FOR NEURAL- 
GIA. 

B Iodide of potash 4 dr. 

Extract of conium 1 dr. 

Comp. tinct. of cinchona — 2 oz. 

Syrup of sarsaparilla 4 oz. 

Mix. Teaspoonful three times a 
day. —(National Druggist). 

POWELL'S BALM OF ANISE 
SEED. 

This patent preparation is mere- 
ly a modification of "Paragoric 
Elixir," without the perceptible 
presence, of camphor, but with the 
addition of a small quantity of 
extract of licorice, and the faint- 
est presence of rhubarb. 
The medicine is distinctly acid, 
owing to the presence of benzoic 
acid, and when water is added it 
becomes turbid and milky, from 
anise seed oil being one of the 
principal constituents. 

—(New Idea). 

PROCTOR'S VERMIFUGE. 

B Santonine 16 gr. 

Fluid ext. of senna 2 oz. 

Fluid, ext. of pink-root.... .2 oz. 

Dose for a child two years old, 

one teaspoonful night and morning 

until purging takes place. Used to 

tpel stomach worms from children. 

PISO'S CURE FOR CONSUMP- 
TION. 

B Tinct. tolu y 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. lobelia 2 dr. 

Fl. ext. cannabis indica....2 dr. 

Chloroform 1 dr 

Sulph. morphia 4 gr! 

Tartar emetic 4 gr. 

Ess. mentha viridis 10 min. 

Water 8 oz. 

Sugar 14 oz. 

Mix the fluid extracts, tincture 
tolu, chloroform and essence of 
spearmint, and shake with the 
sugar in a bottle. Dissolve with 
the morphine and tartar emetic in 
hot water, then add the water to 
the sugar in a bottle. Dose: One 
teaspoonful. —(New Idea). 

PRICE'S PILE OINTMENT. 

B English calomel 1 oz. 

Powdered opium % oz. 

Pure carbonate of lead..... .1 lb. 

Oxide of zinc lib. 

Olive oil 2 lbs. 

Fresh lard (without salt).. 2 lbs. 
Mix by trituration in wedgewood 
mortar. It was put up in two- 
ounce gallipots, tied over with a 
bit of bladder, and was sold read- 
ily at $1, the principal purchasers 
being. river and flat-boat men.. 



NOSTRUMS 



321 



QUICK STOPS FOR HEAD- 
ACHES. 

Besides camphor, it contains a 
little over 1% grains of cocaine to 
the bottle; that is about % grain 
of the alkaloidal salt to the dose. 
The greenish color is evidently due 
to some greenish fluid extract, and 
underneath the camphor there is 
an odor suggestive of henbane, 
though we failed to isolate any al- 
kaloid having devided mydriatic 
qualities. The cocaine dilated the 
pupil slightly, but the dilation was 
attributed to the cocaine itself, 
which is reported to sometimes 
have this effect. —(New Idea). 

RAD WAY'S PILLS. 

B Aloes 4 parts 

Jalap 2 parts 

Ginger 2 parts 

Myrrh 2 parts 

Make into a mass with musilage 
and divide into 2-grain pills, of 
which about four dozen are put 
into each box. — (Cooley). 

RAD WAY'S READY RELIEF. 
B Soap liniment, about 1V 2 oz. 

Tinct. capsicum, about — V 2 oz. 

Water of ammonia, about V 2 oz. 

Alcohol, about % oz. 

Mix. —(J. J. Pierson, Ph. C). 

DR. RAD WAY'S RENOVATING 
RESOLVENT. 

B Potassium iodide 2.5 grm 

Concentrated sarsaparilla 

decoction 15 grm 

Bitter almond water 10 grm 

Syrup 30 grm 

Parrish's simple elixir — 90 grm 

Distilled water 250 grm 

Caramel sufficient to color. 

Mix. — (H. B. Parsons). 

RAD AM' S MICROBE KILLER. 

Dr. R. G. Bccles, in the Drug- 
gists' Circular, gives the following 
formula for the preparation: 
B Sulphuric acid (strong) 4 dr. 

Hydrochloric acid 1 dr. 

Red wine (about) 1 oz. 

Well water 1 gal. 

RANSOM'S HIVE SYRUP AND 
TOLU. 

B Fluid ext. squills 2 dr. 

Fluid ext. senega 2 dr. 

Soluble essence tolu 2 dr. 

Tartar emetic * 4 gr. 

White sugar 4 oz. 

Water to make 4 oz. 

It is readily prepared by rubbing 
the tartar emetic and sugar well 
together, adding the fluid extract 
and essence of tolu, and then 



enough water to make, after short 
slight heating and straining, four 
fluid ounces. Each fluid ounce of 
the syrup contains 1 grain of tar- 
tar emetic. —(New Idea). 

REAVE' S EMBROCATION. 

B Olive oil l 1 ^ oz. 

Aq. ammonia 1 oz. 

Goulard's extract of lead..l oz. 
Oil origanum 2 oz. 

RECAMIER CREAM. 

B Rice flour 48 oz. 

Zinc oxide .60 oz. 

Glycerine 640 oz. 

Cocoa butter 48 oz. 

Lard 48 oz. 

Mercuric chloride 4 oz. 

RECAMIER BALM. 

B Zinc oxide 5 lbs. 

Glycerine 2 dr. 

Alcohol 2 oz. 

Mercuric chloride 4 oz. 

Distilled water 64 qts. 

—(Boston Herald). 

RED STAR COUGH CURE, 

We purchased a bottle of it and 
have submitted it to examination, 
and find that it is a syrup prep- 
aration of wild cherry bark, with 
a little tar and slight trace of 
chloroform or chloric ether, with 
possibly a little bitter almond add- 
ed. It is put up in a green panel 
bottle containing full three fluid 
ounces. It is a clear reddish-brown 
syrup A of thick substance, has a 
very faint acid reaction; but has 
pronounced bitter-almond flavor, 
and tarry taste and odor. 

—(New Idea). 

REE'S CHOLERA MIXTURE, 

B Spts. chloroform 12 oz. 

Spts. lavender, comp 12 oz. 

Vin. opium 3 oz. 

Oil of cloves 40 min. 

REVALENTA ARABICA FOOD. 

Consists solely of Lentils ground 
up into a fine powder. 

—(Stokes, in Hygiene). 

REX MAGNUS. 

According to Science, the com- 
position is roughly indicated by the 
following' formula: 

B Boric acid 33^ per ct. 

Borax 33^ per ct. 

Chloride of potassium 15 per ct. 
Water IS per ct 



322 



NOSTRUMS 



RIFAN'S STOMACHIC TABLETS. 
These widely advertised Stom- 
achic tablets are said to derive 
their name from the first letter of 
the name of the ingredient they 
contain, which spells R-I-P-A-N-S. 
Each tablet containing the fol- 
lowing: 
B Rhubarb powd 2 gr. 

Ipecac powd 1-20 gr. 

Peppermint Ys min. 

Aloes % gr. 

Nux vomica Vs. gr. 

Sodium bicarb 5 gr. 

Dose: One or two tablets after 
each meal. 

The above combination offers a 
splendid tonic-digestant of known 
power and activity. The chief aim 
in dyspepsias is, not to perform the 
act that is lacking, but to stim- 
ulate the organs to perform this 
for themselves. Thus, this com- 
bination tends to stimulate all the 
secretions of the prima vitae and 
enable each and every organ con- 
nected with the digestive and as- 
similative processes to function- 
ate. 

Where digestive ferments— pepsin 
and pancreatin and their deriatives 
—are employed, it is with the ex- 
pectation that they will artificially 
and mechanically perform the of- 
fices that belong to the digestive 
organs, leaving the latter no labor 
but that of assimilation. The re- 
sult is a putrefaction process that, 
theoretically, reduces proteids to 
an assimilable form. Stomachic 
Tablets, on the contrary stimulate 
the organs themselves to normal 
activity, whereby digestion be- 
comes a physiological instead of 
forced and mechanical act, and en- 
sures, with a reasonable degree of 
certainty, the desired assimilative 
function. 

RICHMOND'S SAMARITAN 
NERVINE. 
According to our analysis, this 
wonderful agent has the following 
formula: 

B Potass, bromide 1 oz. 

Sugar 1 oz. 

Caramel 20 min. 

Water 5 oz. 

Dissolve and add oil 

cassia 10 min. 

Mix. —(New Idea). 

ROCHE'S HERBAL EMBROCA- 
TION. 

B Digest asafoetida 2^ parts 

with 

Olive oil 60 parts 

for some hours; decant 
and mix solution with— 

Oil caraway 2 parts 

Oil turpentine 2 parts 

And add a few drops of oil gaul- 
theria. —(Western Druggist). 



ROGERS' ANTI-NEURALGIC 
PILLS. 

B Asafoetida 10 gr 

Ext. valerian 10 gr' 

Galbanum 10 gr'. 

Castoreum 10 gr. 

Mix. Make 10 pills. Dose: Three 
or four pills a day. 

—(Country Doctor). 

ROGER'S EXCELSIOR CORN 

CURE. 

B Fluid ext. cannabis indica..l dr. 

Sulph. morphine 20 gr. 

Salicylic acid 10 gr. 

Collodion to make 2 oz. 

Mix well. Pare the corn down 
thin, apply till a coat forms; do so 
twice or more, and you can pick 
the corn out. 
—(Dr. Sullivan in Medical World). 

RUSSIA SALVE. 

A formula for a preparation said 
to resemble this preparation is 
given in the Druggists' Circular: 

B White pine pitch 2 lbs. 

Beeswax 1 lb. 

Temper it with olive oil to the 
proper consistence. The "pitch" 
and wax are, of course, to be 
melted before the "tempering" pro- 
cess begins. 

RUSSELL'S BOTANIC KING. 

' As Dr. Russell states on the la- 
bel, of a mixture of powdered ex- 
tracts of dandelion, mandrake, bu- 
chu, yellow dock, and peruvian 
bark, each 10 parts; aloes, 50 parts. 
—(New Idea). 

SAGE'S CATARRH REMEDY. 

R Powdered hydrastis cana- 
densis 1 oz. 

Powdered borax 10 gr. 

Salt 10 gr. 

Ferro-cyanuret of iron; suffi- 
cient to color. 
Mix. 

The above is the formula of Dr. 
Sage, and sold by him to Dr. 
Pierce, of New York, for $300. The 
formula was given to me by Dr. 
Sage himself, while on a visit to 
relatives in Switzerland county, In- 
diana, two years ago. 
-(Dr. Hewitt in Medical World.) 

SAUL'S CATARRH REMEDY. 

B Comp. tinct. benzoin 2 oz. 

Tinct. tolu ..» 2 oz. 

Chloroform 1 dr. 

Sulphuric ether 1 dr. 

Aromatic spts. of ammonia 1 oz. 

Oil of tar 1 dr. 

Rectified spirits 5 oz. 

Mix. Use with Cutler's inhaler. 
—(Dr. Brucker in Medical World). 



NOSTRUMS 



323 



SANFORD'S RADICAL CURE 
FOR CATARRH. 

Consists, according to an analy- 
sis made by Prof. A. B. Lyons, of 
a distilled extract of witch ha- 
zel, containing- a little alcohol and 
glycerine, perhaps as much as 5 
per cent, of the latter, and be- 
tween 10 and 15 r>er cent, of the 
former (no exact determinations 
attempted), also an important con- 
stituent — morphine — quantity not 
estimated. 

The "solvent" consists mostly of 
nitre and bicarbonate of soda, with 
a small quantity of the yellow pow- 
der, insoluble or sparigly sol- 
uble in water— probably a vegetable 
powder. — (New Idea). 

SCHENCK'S PULMONIC SYRUP. 

The following formula for 
Schenck's Pulmonic Syrup was 
given to me by an old lady sev- 
eral years ago, who professed to 
know all about the late Dr. 
Schenck when he commenced: 
B Wormwood y 2 oz. 

Catnip V 2 oz. 

Tansy V 2 oz. 

Hyssop Vz oz. 

Hoarhound V2 oz. 

Hops % oz. 

Chamomile V 2 oz. 

Comfrey V 2 oz. 

Senega Vz oz. 

Elecampane y 2 oz. 

Boil with sufficient water to 
make, after straining, one quart; 
then add: 

Gum arabic iy 2 oz. 

Liquorice V/ 2 oz. 

Then one good-sized Indian tur- 
nip, and finally add: 

Sugar 3 lb. 

Brandy y 2 pt. 

Juice of two lemons. 

— (H. M. Wilder in Pharmaceu- 
tical Record). 

SCOTCH OATS ESSENCE. 

Recent analysis assert that a 
certain nostrum, "Scotch Oats Es- 
sence," widely advertised as a 
wonderful nerve tonic, containing 
neither alcohol nor other harmful 
ingredients, Is, in fact, loaded 
with 35 per cent, alcohol and with 
two grains of morphine to each 
bottle. —(Western Druggist). 

SEELEY'S PILE OINTMENT. 

B Sulph. morphia 3 gr. 

Tannin 48 gr. 

Pine tar 72 gr 

White wax 72 gr. 

Benzoated lard 766 gr. 



SEVEN BARKS. 

B Extract of hydrangea 1 lb. 

Extract of poke root 12 lb. 

Extrac of Culver's root ..12 lb. 

Extract of dandelion 12 lb. 

Extract of lady-slipper 12 1b. 

Extract of colocynth 12 lb. 

Extract of bloodroot 6 lb. 

Extract of blue flag 6 1b. 

Extract of stone-root 6% lb. 

Extract of golden seal iy 2 lb. 

Extract of mandrake 24 lb. 

Extract of black cohosh ..24 lb. 

Extract of butternut 48 lbs. 

Spirits of sea salt 14% lb. 

Aloes 10 lbs. 

Borate of sodium 15 lb. 

Infusion of capsicum 4% lb. 

Powdered sassafras 111b. 

Ginger 6 lbs 

Sugar-house syrup 40 gal. 

Water, sufficient to make 98 gai 
Mix. 
H. Greeley, in National Druggist) 

SENCKENBERG'S MIGRAINE 
PASTILLES. 

B Methozine (antipyrine) .Ay 2 gr. 

Antifebrin iy 2 gr. 

Rhubarb % gr. 

Calamus 1-3 gr. 

Cinchona x / 2 gr. 

Mix. — (Pharm. Cent.) 

SEA-SHORE DIPHTHERIA AND 
SORE THROAT SPECIFIC. 

The following formula will make 
a preparation practically identical 
with the original: 
B Sol. of chloride of iron 18 min. 

Zinc, -chloride 2 gr. 

Magnesia chloride 2 gr. 

Sodium chloride 4 gr. 

Chlorate of potassium 6 gr. 

Water 2 oz. 

Mix. —(New Idea). 

SEVEN SEALS, OR GOLDEN 
WONDER. 

B Ether 4 parts 

Chloroform 6 parts 

Camphor 4 parts 

Oil of peppermint 2 parts 

Tinct. of capsicum 35 parts 

Alcohol (90 per cent.).... 50 parts 
These proportions are approxi- 
mate. This preparation is recom- 
mended for " cholera-morbus, 
rheumatism, wart, corns and all 
diseases." 

—(National Druggist). 

SEQ UAH'S OIL. 
A mixture of two-thirds Turpen- 
tine and one-third Fish Oil, scent- 
ed with a few drops of Oil of Cam- 
phor. 

—(Stokes, in Hygiene). 



324 



NOSTRUMS 



SEQUAH'S PRAIRIE FLOWER. 

Has to the ounce— 

B Aloes 52% gr. 

Carbonate of soda 17% gr. 

Water 362% gr. 

And a few drops of the Tincture 
of Capsicum and Myrrh. 

— (Stokes, in Hygiene). 

SHILOH'S CONSUMPTION CURE 

B Muriate of morphine 3 gr. 

Muriatic acid 3 min. 

Fl. ext. of henbane 2 dr. 

PI. ext. of ginger 3 dr. 

Fl. ext. of wild cherry 3 dr. 

Diluted alcohol 3 dr. 

Chloroform 1 dr. 

Essence peppermint 30 min. 

Syrup of tar 3 oz. 

Simple syrup enough to 

make 8 oz. 

Mix. —(New Idea). 

SIROP GIBERT. 

Is a favorite French anti-syphil- 
itic remedy, and has the follow- 
ing composition: 

B Biniodide of mercury 2 gr. 

Iodide of potassium 100 gr. 

Simple syrup 6 oz. 

Mix. Dose: Two teaspoonfuls 
given after meals t three times a 
day. 

ST. JOHN LONG'S LINIMENT. 

B Yolks of eggs & 

Oil of turpentine 24 oz. 

Acetic acid 16 oz. 

Water 24 oz. 

Mix. 

—(Philadelphia Medical Times). 

J. L. ST. JOHN'S LINIMENT. 
According to Eclectic Medical 
Advocate, this preparation is com- 
posed of: 
B Turpentine 7 oz. 

Sweet oil 3 oz. 

Tincture arnica 4 oz. 

Oil origanum 1 oz. 

Oil hemlock 1 oz. 

Oil juniper 1 oz. 

Oil amber 2 oz. 

Laudanum 2 oz. 

Spirits ammonia % oz. 

Camphor % oz. 

ST. JACOB'S OIL. 

B Gum camphor 1 oz. 

Chloral hydrate 1 oz. 

Chloroform 1 oz. 

Sulph. ether 1 oz. 

Tinct. opium % oz. 

Oil origanum % oz. 

Oil sassafras % oz. 

Alcohol % gal. 

Mix. —(Medical World). 



SIMMON'S LIVER REGULATOR. 

B Hepatica 1 oz. 

Leptandra 1 oz. 

Serpentaria 1 oz. 

Senna 1% oz. 

Mix. Put the ingredients into 2% 
pints of boiling water. Let stand 
19 bours, then strain. Add % pint 
of good whisky. 

—(New Remedies). 

SKINNER'S DANDRUFF MIX- 
TURE. 

B Chloral hydrate 1 part 

Glycerine 4 parts 

Bay rum 16 parts 

Mix. —(National Druggist). 

SMEDLEY'S FEVER POWDERS. 

B Camphor gum % oz. 

Gum myrrh % oz. 

Blood-root 1 oz. 

Lobelia (seeds, pods, and 

leaves) 2 oz. 

All pulverized fine and well 
mixed. 
For colds and to break a fever in 
its first stages, in powders of or- 
dinary size. For catarrh in the 
head, use as a snuff. 

SMITH BROS.' COUGH DROPS. 
B Average weight of each 

drop 36.5 gr. 

Sugar (and glucose in small 
small quantities) 35.5 gr. 

Powdered charcoal 80 gr. 

Licorice in small quantities. 
And highly flavored with oil 
of sassafras with a little oil 
of anise. —(New Idea). 

STRONG'S ARNICA JELLY. 

The following formula may be 
taken as one which will duplicate 
the proprietary article in all es- 
sential particulars: 

B Glycerine 1 oz. 

Water 1 oz. 

Starch 120 gr. 

Fl. ext. arnica 2 dr. 

Sp. bitter almonds (1 to 8) 2 min. 

Carbolic acid 8 min. 

Mix. —(New Idea). 

STOKE' S EXPECTORANT. 

B Carbonate ammonia 30 gr. 

Fluid ext. squills 1 dr. 

Fluid ext. senega 1 dr. 

Paregoric 6 dr 

Syrup of tolu. 12 dr. 

Water 10 dr, 

Dissolve the carbonate of ammo- 
nia in the water and add the re- 
maining ingredients. Dose: A tea- 
spoonful. 



NOSTRUMS 



325 



STEDMAN'S SOOTHING POW- 
DERS. 

B Opium pulv 3 gr. 

Ipecac 1 gr. 

Milk sugar 8 gr. 

Rice flour 12 gr. 

Mix and divide into eight pow- 
ders. —(New Idea). 

STUART'S DYSPEPSIA TAB- 
LETS. 
Each tablet contains the follow- 
ing: 

B Pepsin 1 gr. 

Soda bicarb 2 gr. 

Precip. chalk 3 gr. 

Jamaica ginger 1 gr. 

Sugar of milk 11 gr. 

SWAIM'S VERMIFUGE. 
B Worm-seed 2 oz. 

Valerian •> 1% oz. 

Rhubarb JJ£ oz. 

Pink-root 1V 2 oz. 

White agaric 1% oz. 

Boil in sufficient water to yield 3 
quarts of decoction, and add the 
following oils dissolved in a quart 
of rectified spirits: 
Oil of tansy 30 drops 

Oil of cloves 45 drops 

S WAYNE'S OINTMENT. 

Its composition appears to be 
precipitated sulphur, 2 parts; tal- 
low, 3 parts; lard, 3 parts. It 
states on the label that ointment 
cures tetter, itch. salt-rheum, 
scald-head, piles, ringworm, pim- 
ples, blotches, barber's itch, ulcers 
and eruptions of the skin. 

—(New Idea). 

SYRUP OF PIGS. 
The formula for syrup of figs is 
as follows: 

B Senna leaves 14 oz. 

Coriander seed 6 oz. 

Figs 24 oz. 

Tamarind 18 oz. 

Cassia pulp 18 oz. 

Prunes 12 oz. 

Ext. licorice V/ 2 oz. 

Ess. peppermint V/ 2 oz. 

Syr. simp 1 gal. 

The formula omits directions; 
but probably a water extract 
should be made of the drugs, so 
as to measure about four pints, 
and in this dissolve eight pounds 
of sugar to make the syrup. 

—(Druggists' Circular). 

DR. SYKES'S CATARRH CURE. 

Mr. D. S. Sager, chemist, Brant- 
ford. Canada, writes the American 
Druggist that an analysis of a 
package of this substance show- 
ed that it consisted of between 
66 and 67 per cent, of chlorate of 



potassium, with powdered licorice 
root, and a small amount of brown 
powder not analyzed. The liquid 
made by adding the powder to a 
stated amount of waiter, filtering 
out the sediment, and then flavor- 
ing with wintergreen. 

SYRUP OF STIDLINGIA COM- 
POUND. 
This is an old eclectic remedy 
and may be prepared as follows: 

B Fl. ext. stillingia comp 1 oz. 

Fl. ext. corydalis 1 oz. 

Fl. ext. blue flag . ,%oz. 

Fl. ext. elder flowers y 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. prince's pine V 2 oz. 

Fl. ext. prickly ash berries % oz. 

Fl. ext. coriander % oz. 

Sugar 14 oz 

Water sufficient. 

Mix the fluid extracts and add 
water to make 6% fluid ounces. In 
this dissolve the sugar, using as 
little heat as possible, and add wa- 
ter to make one pint. 

TAMAR IND1EN. 

B Tamarind pulp 450 parts 

Powd. sugar 40 parts 

Powd. sugar of milk 60 parts 

Glycerine 50 parts 

Mix and evaporate to the con- 
sistency of a soft extract, then 
add— 

Powd. anise 10 parts 

Essence lemon 3 parts 

Tartaric acid 3 parts 

Mix and divide into 100 boluses 
and roll in the following mixture: 

Cream of tartar 5 parts 

White sugar 35 parts 

Sugar of milk 35 parts 

Tragacanth 2 parts 

Tartaric acid 2 parts 

Powd. red sandal 25 parts 

Dry and put up in tin foil. 

—(American Druggist). 

TARRANT'S SELTZER APER- 
IENT. 

The Assistant State Geologist of 
Arkansas offers this hypothetical 
combination for this well known 
article, which we quote as re- 
ported by J. J. Beidelman to Meyer 
Bros., druggists: 
B Bi-carbonateof soda 28.25 per ct. 

Rochelle salts 26.04 per ct. 

Potassium, soda tartar. 

Tartaric acid free ..30.95 per ct. 

Sulphate magnesia 12.89 per ct. 

Magnesia 28 per ct 

Silica 01 per ct. 

Chloride of sodium.. .17 per ct. 

Total 9S.60per ct. 

Loss probably Tartaric 
acid 1.40 per ct. 



326 



NOSTRUMS 



THIELMAN'S CHOLERA MIX- 
TURE. 

B Oil peppermint 4 dr. 

Chloroform 4 dr. 

Fl. ext. ipecac 3^ dr. 

Fl. ext. valerian l x /4 oz. 

Tinct opium, deod 1% oz. 

Ether 2 oz. 

Alcohol 6 oz. 

Shery wine sufficient to 

mix 16 oz. 

Mix. —(Western Druggist). 

THORN'S COUGH MIXTURE. 

B Hive syrup 2 oz. 

Paregoric 1 oz. 

Sweet spts. nitre 1 oz. 

Mix. Dose for an adult: One tea- 
spoonful every two or three hours. 

"THAT LINIMENT." 

B Oil of turpentine 1 oz. 

Oil of spike 1 oz. 

Oil of origanum 1 oz. 

Barbadoes tar 2 dr. 

Spirits of camphor V 2 dr. 

THOMPSON'S EYE-WATER. 
B Zinc, sulphate 20 gr. 

Copper, sulphate 5 gr. 

Tinct. saffron 2 dr. 

Tinct'. camphor 1 dr. 

Rose-water 8 oz. 

Dist. water — 8 oz. 

Mix and filter. —(New Remedies). 

THOMAS' ELECTRIC OIL. 
B Gum camphor 4 'dr. 

Oil gaultheria 4 dr. 

Oil origanum 4 dr. 

Chloroform 1 oz. 

Tinct. opium 1 oz. 

Oil sassafras 1 oz. 

Oil hemlock 1 oz. 

Oil turpentine 1 oz. 

Balsam fir 1 oz. 

Tinct. guaiacum 1 oz. 

Tinct. catechu 1 oz. 

Alcohol 4 pt. 

Alkanet sufficient to color. 

Mix. —(Medical World). 

TIP TOP. 

B Calomel 60 gr. 

Tinct. iodine 1 oz. 

Oil sassafras 1 dr. 

Kerosene oil 3 oz. 

Mix. Shake well before using. 

This preparation is "tip top" in 
some skin diseases, and does not 
belie its name. With a few drops 
of carbolic acid added, it will ar- 
rest or stop a spider or any other 
poisonous insect bite from assum- 
ing the erysipelatous or gangre- 
nous form that we frequently see 
in course of the practice of medi- 
cine. 

—(Dr. Sturdivant in Medical Sum- 
mary. 



TOWNSEND'S PILLS. 
Have been in considerable use 
among physicians of our acquaint- 
ance. The formula is the following: 

B Mass hydrarg 20 gr. 

Gamboge 20 gr. 

Ext. aloes 20 gr. 

Zingiber pulv 20 gr. 

Oil peppermint 3 drops 

Mix. Divide into 16 pills. 

—(American Druggist). 

TOLU, ROCK AND RYE. 

B Good whisky 1 gal. 

Rock candy 4 lb. 

Balsam tolu 2 oz. 

Put the whole into a two-gallon 
jug. Set in a warm place and 
agitate several times a day until 
the candy is dissolved. Then strain 
through muslin. 

TOBIAS VENETIAN LINIMENT. 

B Spirits of ammonia 5 parts 

Tinct. of capsicum 5 parts 

Camphor 2 parts 

Alcohol 34 parts 

Water 10 parts 

Mix. — (Hager). 

TRAFTON'S BALM OF LIFE. 

B Iodide of potassium 80 parts 

Fl. ext. of opium 20 parts 

Fl. ext. of senega 50 parts 

Fl. ext. of squills 120 parts 

Alcohol 240 parts 

Water enough to make, 
by measure 1920 parts 

Filter. —(New Idea). 

TRIUMPH CORN PLASTERS. 

We would suggest the following 
formula as a satisfactory one for 
making a good plaster to replace 
the secret article. Make an ad- 
hesive plaster by melting equal 
parts of resin and balsam of fir 
together; while warm spread on 
linen, and when cold cut into cir- 
cular discs, about the size of a 
nickel, and in the center of each 
place a quantity, about the size of 
a half pea, of the following mix- 
ture: 

B Resin 3 parts 

Balsam of fir 2V 2 parts 

Salicylic acid 5 parts 

Melt the resins together, then 
stir in the salicyclic acid. 

' —(New Idea). 

TRASK'S MAGNETIC OINT- 
MENT. 

B Lard 1 oz. 

Raisins 1 oz. 

Fine cut tobacco 1 oz. 

Simmer well together. Then 
strain, and press out all from the 
drugs. "This is a splendid rem- 
edy in all skin diseases, as salt 
rheum, tetter, etc." — (Kilner). 



NOSTRUMS 



327 



TROPIC FRUIT LAXATIVE. 

The following is offered as being 
a very fair duplicate of the ar- 
ticle: 

B Jalap, powdered 5 parts 

Senna, powdered 5 parts 

Sugar 5 parts 

Tamarind pulp (E, I.).. 30 parts 
Make into lozenges weighing 45 
grains each, and coat with choco- 
late and sugar, and wrap in tin 
foil. —(Adam Sonrath). 

VIA VI TREATMENT. 

This treatment has been exten- 
sively advertised and sold through 
agents. The treatment consists of 
a suppository and cerate, the lat- 
ter to be applied externally over 
the womb and ovaries. The sup- 
positories are to be inserted each 
night at the mouth of the womb. 
They are dispensed in two-grain 
gelatin capsules, filled with cocoa 
butter, in which jequirity is be- 
lieved to be incorporated. The 
cerate is sold in oval tin boxes 
and contains a cheap oily sub- 
stance, which becomes rancid in a 
few weeks and looks like a mix- 
ture of tallow, lard, boric acid and 
coloring matter. The cerate was, 
no doubt, devised for the value 
which may be derived from the 
massage treatment while it was 
being applied. 

WALKER'S VEGETABLE. VINE- 
GAR BITTERS. 

RAloes Socotrin 2 dr. 

Guaiaci Resinae 4 dr. 

Sassafras Mucil 1 oz. 

Aceti 2 dr. 

Aquae q. s. 

Coque, et ft. dococtum, add 19 
ounces deinde cola, et addantur — 

Sodii Sulphatis 1 oz. 

Acaciae .' 2 dr. 

Spt. Anisi, 10 p. c 2 dr. 

Alcoholis 1 oz. 

Mix. Dose: Two teaspoonfuls. 
— (Eberbach). 

WASHBURNE'S SALICYLIC A. 

A preparation bearing a close re- 
semblance to Salicyclica may be 
made by the following simple pre- 
scription: 

B Salicylate of soda 4 dr. 

Make 24 powders. 

—(Druggists' Circular). 
Simple syrup sufficient 

to make 1 pt. 

Mix. One dessertspoonful three 
or four times daily. 
—(Dr. Crider, in Medical World). 



WARNER'S SAFE CURE. 
In Germany each maker of pa- 
tents must furnish the government 
with the formula for the patent 
he makes. This is the one fur- 
nished by Warner for "Safe, Kid- 
ney, and Liver Cure:" 
B Ext. of lycopus Virg. (the 

herb) 308 gr. 

Ext. of hepatica (the 
herb) 232 gr. 

Ext. of gaultheria iy 2 gr. 

Potassium nitrate 39 gr. 

Alcohol (90 deg.) 2% oz. 

Glycerine 10 dr. 

Water sufficient to make 1 pt. 
—(Formulary and Druggists' Mag- 
azine). 

WATT'S ANTI-RHEUMATIC 

PILLS. 
Said to be as follows: 

B Powd. aloes 4 dr. 

Powd. gamboge 4 dr. 

Powd. hellebore 2 dr! 

Powd. guaic y 2 dr. 

Calomel y 2 dr. 

Precip. sulphide of anti- 
mony 15 gr. 

Oil of cloves y 2 dr. 

Soap 1 dr. 

Spirits of camphor — sufficient 
Mix. Make into five-grain pills. 

WAYNE'S DIURETIC ELIXIR. 

B Potass, acetate 3 oz. 

Fl. ext. buchu 3 oz. 

Fl. ext. juniper iy 2 oz. 

WEIDEMEYER'S CATARRH 
CURE. 

We examined in 1880 and found it 
to be composed almost entirely of 
bicarbonate of soda, costing less 
than one-tenth of one cent for the 
contents of a box, which retails 
for $1.50. —(New Idea). 

WHEELOCK'S COUGH MIXTURE 
B Sulph. ether 3 dr. 

Tinct. hyoscyamus 1 oz. 

Syr. wild cherry 1 oz. 

Syr. tolu 1 oz. 

Water to make 4 oz. 

Mix. — (Pharmaceutical Era). 

WHITE'S ELIXIR. 
The following is the formula of 
"White's Elixir," a nostrum ex- 
tensively sold throughout Vermont 
for lung complaints: 
B Antimonii et potassii tart 32 gr. 

Tinct. opii 2 dr. 

Tinct. camphorae 2 dr. 

Tinct. anisi 2 dr. 

Alcoholis dil 3 oz. 

Syrupi simplicis 10 oz. 

Aquae to make 1 pt. 

Mix. 

—(Dr. Ladue in Medical World). 



328 



NOSTRUMS 



WILLIAMS' PINK PILLS FOR 

PALE PEOPLE. 
B Sulphate of iron 240 gr. 

Carbonate .of potassium.. 140 gr. 

Sugar 48 gr. 

Tragacanth 16 gr. 

Strychnine V/ 2 gr. 

Arsenic 1V 2 gr. 

Glycerine 10 mm. 

Water q. s. 

To make mass mix and divide into 
90 pills and coat with pink sugar. 

WILSON'S LIGHTNING LINI- 
MENT. 
B Oil of cedar 3 oz. 

Oil of sassafras 3 oz. 

Tinct. of opium 3 oz. 

Tincc. of guaiac ..3 oz. 

Tinct. of capsicum .. ...3 oz. 

Aqua ammonia — . . .4 oz. 

Spirit of camphor.. 4 oz. 

Spirit of turpentine 4 oz. 

Chloroform 3 oz. 

Alcohol 1 gal. 

Mix. —(Druggists' Circular). 

WINSLOW'S SOOTHING SYRUP. 
B Morphia sulph V 2 gr. 

Sodii carbon 1 gr. 

Simp, syrup 1V 2 oz. 

Aqua y 2 oz. 

Spirit foeniculi 1 dr. 

Mix. —(New Idea). 

WOLCOTT'S PAIN PAINT. 

I have made an article closely 're- 
sembling this, and answering the 
same purpose, by taking: 

B Oil of peppermint 1 to 2 dr. 

Dried mint leaves, finely 
pulv. 1 to 2 dr. 

Moisten the leaves with the Oil, 
enclose in lead wrappers (to pre- 
vent evaporation), leave enclosed 
a few days, then dissolve in four 
ounces of alcohol; add 12 ounces of 
water, shake and filter. 

—(Dr. Crull, in Medical World). 

WOOLFORD'S SANITARY 
LOTION. 
A preparation which is substan- 
tially the same in every respect 
may be made from the following 
formula: • 

B Sodium hydrate 3 dr. 

Sulphur 5 dr. 

Water to make 1 pt. 

Dissolve the sodium hydrate in 4 
or 5 ounces of water and add sul- 
phur, and boil until the prepar- 
ation assumes a reddish-brown 



color, which will require probably 
15 or 20 minutes. It may now be 
diluted to one Dint and sulphur- 
eted hydrogen passed through it 
for a few minutes, and then fil- 
tered. —(New Idea). 

WISTAR'S BALSAM OF WILD 
CHERRY. 

The following formula makes a 
preparation which is substantially 
the same as the proprietary ar- 
..ticle: 
B Fl. fixt. wild cherry 1 oz. 

Fl. ext. ipecac 2 dr. 

Fl. ext. squills 2 dr. 

Tinct. opium 1 dr. 

Tartar emetic 2 gr. 

Sugar house syrup 3 oz. 

Alcohol 6 dr. 

Sp. anise (1 in 8) 20 min. 

Tinct. cudbear comp. 
(N. F.) 2 dr. 

Water sufficient to make..8oz. 
Mix. —(New Idea). 

WITCH-HAZEL OINTMENT. 

B Tinct. hamamelis 12 dr. 

Lanoleum 6 dr. 

Petrolatum 16 oz. 

Mix. Lanoleum is here used in 
place of the copyrighted term 
lanolin. —(Medical Standard). 

YELLOW FAMILY DROPS. 

B Opium 2 oz. 

Sapo venet lib 

Croci opt 2% oz. 

Sp. rosemarini 2 lb. 

Mix. Digest for a week and add— 

Ol. rosmarini 2 oz. 

Ol. origani 2 oz. 

Camphor 2 oz. 

Mix well. 

For spirit rosmarini, take— 

Rosmarini 3 oz. 

Alcohol, sufficient to 

make 2 lb. 

The above, with the Augsburg 
Essence of Life and Green Won- 
der Oil, are famous old formulae 
used for a century and longer in 
Pennsylvania. They came to me 
by chance in a curious old book 
of prescriptions, which belonged to 
one of the Fahnestock family. The 
Yellow Family Drops are still used 
to break up colds, and are an ef- 
cient remedy. 

—(Prof. Waugh, in Medical 
World). 



INDEX. 



329 



INDEX. 



PAGE. 

Acetanilid in Nostrums 30 

Advertising- 7 

Albadermine Treatment 268 

ALCOHOL and Drug Habit Spe- 
cialist 97 

Alcoholism Treatment for 101 

Dr Gray's Treatment for 141 

Dr. Keeley ' s Treatment 138 

Drug Addiction Treatment 109 

Gradual Reduction Method.... 110 
Immediate Withdrawal Meth- 
od 117 

Intermediate Withdrawal Meth- 

Method 115 

Mattison's Treatment 126 

Radical Reduction Method — 116 

Rapid Reduction Method 114 

Triumph Cure for Alcoholism 

and the Drug Habits 127 

Anaesthetine 211 

Anaestheto Obtundent 212 

Antikamnia 300 

Antikol 301 

Antinervin 301 

Anti-Fat 19 

Arophene 213 

Barr's Anaesthetic 213 

BALNEOTHERAPEUTIC Spe- 
cialist 37 

Baths 37 

Acid Bath 42 

Alkaline Bath 42 

Artificial Sulphur Bath 44 

Betz Bath 46 

Cold Bath 40 

Creasote Bath 42 

Electric Bath 49 

Electric Light Bath 48 

Hot Air and Vapor 45 

Mercury Bath 42 

Mud and Sand Bath 43 

Shower Bath 50 

Sulpho-Lava Bath 44 

BEAUTY Specialist 263 

Bust Development 275 

Qbmedone Lotion 270 

Delight of the Harem 271 

Ecchymosis 272 

Eunk's Cream of Roses 271 

Finger Nail Polish 272 

Galega 277 

Glycerine Cream 269 

Lac Virgins 271 

La Diaphane 270 

Melvina Cream and Lotion. .. .269 
New Rejuvenating Treatment 273 



PAGE. 

Plaster Treatment 265 

Steaming Treatment 264 

Bromidia 299 

Brown's Dentifrice 215 

Calder's Dentine 215 

Cascarets 19 

CANCER Specialist 59 

Bougard's Paste 73 

Caustic Remedies 68 

Cerny and Trunecek's Treat- 
ment 73 

Come's Paste 73 

Colloma 65 

Davisson's Cancer Remedy 74 

Encephaloma 62 

Epithelioma 63 

Esmarck' s Paste 77 

Fell's Paste 75 

Fuschius Paste 77 

Guy' s Arcanum 77 

Hebra's Paste 77 

Howard's Cancer Clay 76 

Hue's Treatment 74 

Internal Treatment 68 

Kline's Paste 75 

Landolfi's Paste 72 

Lassar's Paste 78 

Lutterloh's Paste 78 

Melanoma 66 

Ozone Plaster 76 

Sarcoma 60 

Scirrhus 61 

Sherman's Paste 78 

Wheeler's Paste 74 

Chavette's Goiter Cure 251 

Charcot's Clinic 218 

Churchell's Prescription 291 

Corrassa Compound 292 

Cost of Nostrums 296 

DENTAL Specialist 191 

Cocaine 192 

Dentrifrices 213 

Den's Anti-Poena 211 

Dental Surprise 212 

Dickson's Anaesthetic 212 

Dorsenia 212 

Hypodermic Syringe 202 

How to Operate 205 

Obtundent Formula 200 

Enuresis IS 

Epiplepsy 17 

Ethical Specialist 29 

Eye Remedies 19 

Exodyne 301 

Febrinol 301 

Fragrant Sozodont Powder L'i4 



.30 



INDEX. 



PAGE. 

FEATURAL Specialist 228 

Birth-marks 241 

Baggv Skin 244 

Bulbous Nose 236 

Convex Nose 256 

Deformities of the Nose 229 

Concave Nose 233 

Electrolysis 246 

Electricity 240 

Encorchment Treatment 237 

Gun Powder Marks 243 

Neoplasine 231 

Moles 241 

Protruding Ears 236 

Receding Chin 234 

Smallpox Pits 239 

Superfluous Hair 245 

Tattoo Marks 243 

Unsightly Scars 244 

Warts 241 

Wrinkles 244 

GENITOURINARY Specialist... 156 

Gonorrhoea and Gleet 161 

Impotency 161 

Nocturnal Emissions 160 

Prostate Gland 157 

Spermatorrhoea 159 

Spermatorrhoea Ring 160 

Stricture 162 

Syphilis 163 

GOITER Specialist 250 

Gold Cure 97 

GYNAECOLOGICAL Specialist 165 

Diseases of "Women .'..165 

Combined Treatment for 177 

Extra-Uterine Treatment 167 

Intra-Uterine Treatment 172 

Impotency 188 

Internal Treatment 177 

Sterility 186 

HAIR Specialists 252 

Alopecia 253 

Alopecia (Advanced) 258 

Allen's Hair Restorer 262 

Bordet's Hair Tonic 262 

Evan's Vacuum Cap 258 

Hair Dyes 259 

Hair Bleaches and Growers 261 

Hall's Hygenic Treatment 286 

Hartley's South American 
Cure 290 



PAGE. 

HERNIA Specialist 143 

Application of Trusses 144 

Excelsior Hernia Fluid 146 

Field's Fluid 154 

Fidelity Fluid 155 

Heaton's Fluid 153 

Hypodermic Treatment 146 

Ideal Hernia Cure 153 

Langdon' s Operation 149 

Method of Injecting 146 

Olstrum's Operation 152 

Paraffine Injections for 153 

Provost's Fluid 154 

Saunder's Fluid 154 

Testing the Cure 145 

Walling's Fluid 155 

HYPNOTIC Specialist 216 

Hypnotism 216 

As a Therapeutic Agent 223 

Awakening from 222 

History of Hypnotism 216 

Methods of Inducing 218 

Simple Suggestion 224 

Things that Prevent 222 

ITINERANT Specialist 9 

Jessop's Anaesthetic 212 

Local Advertising Specialist.. 11 

Mail Order Specialist 13 

Massage 51 

Mineral Waters 56 

Mesmerism 216 

NOSTRUMS are arranged in alpha- 
betical order from pages 303 to 
328 This offers a more ready in- 
dex than listing them here. 

Nostrum Specialist 2S9 

Nostrums, Cost of 302 

Office Specialist 31 

Osteopathy 51 

Painless Dentistry 191 

Painless, Bloodless and Suture- 
less Surgery 247 

Pasteur's Treatment for Hydro- 
phobia 278 

Physical Culture 54 

Secret Prescription Writing 288 

Specialist 7 

Special Disease Specialist 12 

Stammering Specialist 282 

Tape- Worm Specialist 2S 

Viava 327 



Sf P 1 19C5 







iMLT y^-3 


*9 








'jfjjBt 






r? 


FjSHi! 


^^^Knfl 




QKw^B 










tg&*r& 


f^TTufff^^^fi 


SItEs! 


sX 


SPSi 




5SJ5t! 


9BS|Sfl 


^v^SSn 


P^^^itA 










(■P^>yK«W 


ij^^^jBE 


B^l^ i53 















